搜索
    上传资料 赚现金
    裕兴新概念英语第二册笔记打印版本
    立即下载
    加入资料篮
    裕兴新概念英语第二册笔记打印版本01
    裕兴新概念英语第二册笔记打印版本02
    裕兴新概念英语第二册笔记打印版本03
    还剩126页未读, 继续阅读
    下载需要5学贝
    使用下载券免费下载
    加入资料篮
    立即下载

    裕兴新概念英语第二册笔记打印版本

    展开
    Lesson 1 A private conversation
    【New words and expressions】
    ★private
    ① adj. 私人的
    private life 私生活 private school 私立学校
    ② adj. 普通的 private citizen 普通公民
    I’m a private citizen. (citizen n. 公民)
    private soldier 大兵《Private Ryan》《拯救大兵瑞恩》)
    public adj. 公众的,公开的(private的反义词)
    public school 公立学校 public letter 公开信
    public place 公共场所 privacy n.隐私
    It’s privacy. 这是我的隐私!(不愿让别人知道的)
    ★conversation n.谈话
    have a + talk/chat/dialogue/conversation/gossip 名词变动词conversation 一般用于正式文体中, 内容上往往不正式subject of conversation 话题
    They are having a conversation.
    talk 内容可正式可不正式, 也可以私人
    Let’s have a talk.
    dialogue 对话, 可以指正式国家与国家会谈
    China and Korea are having a dialogue.
    chat 闲聊,就是北京人说的“侃”,无关紧要的事。
    gossip 嚼舌头, 说长道短
    ★theatre n.剧场, 戏剧cinema n.电影院
    ★seat n.座位
    have a good seat/place,这里的seat指place(指地点),而不是chair.
    take a seat/take your seat 坐下来, 就坐
    Is the seat taken? 这个位置有人吗?
    请坐的3种说法 :
    Sit down, please. (命令性)
    Take your seat, please.
    Be seated, please. (更礼貌)
    作为动词的seat与sit的区别
    sit(sat,)vi. 就座He is sitting there.他坐在那儿。
    seat vt.让某人就座Seat yourself.
    seat sb. 让某人就坐,后面会加人
    You seat him.你给他找个位置.
    When all those present(到场者)_D_ he began his lecture.A. sit B. set C. seated D. were seated
    sit down 坐下;be seated=take a seat 就坐
    ★angry adj. 生气的
    ★angrily adv. 生气的 angry =cross
    I was angry. /He was cross.
    annoyed: 恼火的;
    be blue in the face 脸上突然变色
    程 I was annoyed.
    度 I was angry/cross.
    加 I was very angry.
    深 I am blue in the face. (脸色都青了,相当生气)
    ★attention n. 注意
    Attention ,please. 请注意(口语)
    pay attention 注意pay attention to … 对……注意
    You must pay attention to that girl.
    pay a little attention 稍加注意pay much attention 多加注意pay more attention 更多注意pay no attention 不用注意pay close attention 特别注意
    ★bear(bore, born) v. 容忍
    ① vt. 承受,支撑,承担,负担
    Can the ice bear my weight?
    Who will bear the cost? 谁来承担这笔费用?
    ② vt. 忍受(与can/could连用于疑问及否定句中)
    She eats too fast. I can’t bear to watch/watching her.
    How can you bear living in this place?
    bear =stand =put up with I can't bear/stand you.
    endure:忍受,容忍、put up with :忍受
    I got divorced(离婚).I could not put up with him
    bear/stand/endure 忍受的极限在加大
    bear n.熊 white bear 白熊
    bear hug :热情(热烈)的拥抱give sb. a bear hug
    ★business n. 事, 生意
    ① n. 生意 business man :生意人/do business: 做生意 go to some place on business:因公出差
    ② n. 某人自己的私人的事情
    It's my business. (指私人的事, 自己处理的事)
    It's none of your business. 不关你的事。
    ★rudely adv. 无礼地, 粗鲁地rude adj.
    ★pay vt. &vi. 支付
    ① vt. &vi. 支付(价款等)
    You can pay a deposit of thirty pounds… 您可以先付30英镑的定金……I’ll pay by installments.
    (pay…for sth. 花/支付……(钱)买……)
    ② vt. &vi. 给予(注意等);去(访问)
    They did not pay any attention.
    We paid a visit to our teacher last Sunday.
    ③ n. 工资,报酬I have not received my pay yet.
    【课文讲解】
    1、Last week I went to the theatre.
    动词go的原义是离开一个地方去另一个地方,与介词to连用后,常加上主语所要去的目的来代表主语的动作目的。
    go to the +地点 表示去某地干嘛
    go to the theatre = go to the theatre to see a play去剧场看戏go to the cinema =see a film去电影院看电影
    go to the dairy 去牛奶店
    go to the + 人 + 's 表示去这个人开的店
    go to the doctor's 去看病;go to the butcher's 买肉
    以下短语中名词前不加冠词:
    go to school 去上学;go to church 去做礼拜;go to hospital(医院) 去看病;go to bed 上床,睡觉;go home(跟home相连一定表无事情可做,回家休息)
    I am at home. 在家休息
    2、I had a very good seat.
    seat一般指戏院、汽车等配置的固定座位,也可以抽象地表示“座位”或“位子”等概念。
    the front seat of a car 汽车的前座
    Take a seat, please. 请坐。
    3、I did not enjoy it.
    ① enjoy +n. 喜欢,从当中得到一种享受(后面不能跟人I enjoy the music. /the dinner/film/program/game
    ② enjoy oneself/代词 玩的开心
    We always enjoy ourselves.
    ③ enjoy +动名词Jane doesn’t enjoy swimming.
    4、I got very angry.
    get在这里有“逐渐变得”的含义,接近become,是个表示过程的动词,表示状态的变化。而I was very angry则仅表示当时的状态是生气,并不暗示过程。
    I am/was angry. 是一个事实、I got angry. 强调变化过程It is hot.、It got hot.
    got取代be动词,got是半系动词,可直接加形容词。
    5、I could not hear the actors. I turned round.
    hear+人:听见某人的话
    I could not hear you. Beg your pardon?
    I couldn't hear you./I couldn't hear a word./I couldn't catch your words.
    I couldn't hear you clearly./I couldn't catch your words.
    Beg your pardon? /I couldn't catch your words.
    turn round =turn around 转身
    6、In the end, I could not bear it.
    in the end 最后,终于,表示一段较长的时间之后或某种努力之后 She tried hard to finish her homework by herself. In the end, she had to ask her brother for help.
    7、I can't hear a word!
    I can't hear a word.
    美音:肯定I can [kAn] 否定,I can't[kAnt]/,它的/t/是吞进去的, 在读音上很难区别, 只能根据上下文来定
    hear a word of sb. (a word 等于一句话)
    He didn't say a word.
    May I speak to Jim?/May I have a word with Jim?
    8、It's none of your business.
    one’s business 指某人(所关心的或份内)的事
    It's none of your business./None of your business./It's my business. 不关你的事。
    It is my business to look after your health.
    none相当于not any或no one,但语气较强。
    She kept none of his letters. none of 这个短语有时可以表达一种断然、甚至粗暴的口气,尤其是在祈使句中:None of your silly remarks! 别说傻话了!
    【Key structures】 
    简单陈述句的语序
    陈述句一定是有主语,有动词,有宾语,有句号
    1 ---主语,一般由名词、代词或名词短语构成,通常位于动词之前,动词必须与主语一致,即主语决定动词的单复数形式
    2 ---谓语,由动词充当
    3 ---宾语,一般为名词、代词或名词短语
    4 ---副词或介词短语,对方式或状态提问,往往做状语 I like her very much
    5 --地点状语,一般在方式副词之后,时间副词之前
    6 ---时间状语,可以放在句首或句末
    简单陈述句一定不能少的是主语, 谓语.
    如果问何时何地,是一个固定搭配 when and where
    [Multiple choice]
    7 The young man and the young woman paid ___d___ attention to the writer.
    a. none b. any c. not any d. no
    none——代词,没有任何东西、没有任何人
    None knows./None of us knows.
    not——否定词,要放在非实义动词后面
    not any=no He didn't pay attention.
    no——形容词、修饰名词
    I don't have any friends./I have no friends.
    I have no time./I don't have any time.
    11 The writer could not bear it. He could not ___c___ it.
    a. carry b. suffer c. stand d. lift
    bear 忍受=stand
    suffer 遭受,忍受 (精神或肉体上)痛苦,suffer后面必须加一种痛苦I suffer the headache.(肉体上的痛苦)He often suffers defeat.(精神上痛苦)

    Lesson 2 Breakfast or lunch?
    【New words and expressions】(5)
    ★until prep.直到
    until用于表示动作、状态等的持续,可译为“一直到……为止”或“在……以前”。在肯定句中,它与表示持续性状态的动词连用,表示持续到某一时刻:
    I’ll wait here until 5. 我会在这里等到5点钟。
    在否定句中,它通常与描述短暂动作的动词连用,表示“到……为止”、“直到……才”:
    She cannot arrive until 6. 她到6点才能来。
    His father didn't die until he came back.
    until(后的从句)的时间终止之前,这个动作做了还是没做?做了前面的主句用肯定;没做用否定
    For he ___A(C)___(wait) until it stopped raining.
    A. waited B. didn't wait
    A. leave B. left C. didn't leave
    ★outside adv. 外面(作状语)
    He is waiting for me outside.
    ★ring(rang. rung) v.(铃、电话等)响
    ① vt. 鸣,(铃、电话等)响(这种响是刺耳的, 往往是提醒人做某事)
    Every morning the clock rings at 6.
    The telephone(door bell) is ringing.
    而风铃等响要用jingle,jingle (bell) (铃儿) 响叮当
    ② vt. 打电话给(美语中用call)
    ring sb. 给某人打电话
    ③ n. (打)电话give sb. a ring
    Remember to give me a ring. /Remember to ring me.
    ④ n. 戒指
    ★aunt n. 姑,姨,婶,舅妈(所有长一辈的女性都用这个称呼)男性则是uncle: 叔叔
    他们的孩子:cousin 堂兄妹(不分男女)cousin的孩子:nephew 外甥;niece 外甥女
    ★repeat v. 重复
    ① vt. 重复Will you repeat the last word?
    ② vi. 重做,重说Please repeat after me.
    【课文讲解】
    1、It was Sunday.
    it指时间、天气、温度或距离,it被称为“虚主语”(empty subject)。作为第三人称单数的中性代词,it可以指一件东西、一件事件或用来指是什么人:
    It is a lovely baby.
    2、I never get up early on Sundays.
    on Sundays: 所有的星期天,每逢星期天,与一般现在时连用,表示经常性的行为。
    介词on一般用于表示某一天的时间短语中:on Monday,on Monday morning,on that day
    当使用last,next,this,that时,介词(以及定冠词)必须省略:I’ll see you next/this Friday.
    never 从来不 (可以直接用在动词前面)=助动词+not (变成否定句,前面一定要加助动词)
    I don't like her.=I never like her.
    3、I sometimes stay in bed until lunchtime.
    在表达卧床时bed前不需加冠词:
    It’s time for bed now.
    You must stay/remain in bed for another two days.
    4、Just then, the telephone rang. It was my aunt Lucy.
    just then: 就在那时
    如果不知道对方性别, 他/她可以用it取代Who are you?/Who is it?
    5、I've just arrived by train,
    by 直接加交通工具(不能有任何修饰词, 复数);如果加修饰词, 就要换掉by用in或on
    I go out in/on two buses. (指具体的两辆车介词用in/on)如果是特指的交通工具,则要加冠词或其他限定词:My aunt left by the 9:15 train.
    by air 乘飞机 by bicycle/bike 骑自行车by boat乘船by bus 乘公共汽车by car 乘小汽车 by land 由陆路by plane 乘飞机 by sea 由海路by ship乘船by train 乘火车
    6、I'm coming to see you. 我将要来看你.
    用 come 的现在进行时态 be coming 表示一般将来,表示近期按计划或安排要进行的动作。同样用法的动词有:go,come,leave,arrive,land,meet,die,start,return,join…
    7、Dear me!天哪!英国人说Dear me!或My dear!
    美国人说 : My god! (发啊的音)美英的发音不同.
    【Key structures】 
    现在进行时和一般现在时
    现在进行时表示说话的当时正在发生或正在发生的事件,也用来表示现阶段(一段时间)的动向。现在进行时常与now,just,still等副词连用:
    I am working as a teacher. "现阶段"
    He is still sleeping. (现在还在睡觉)
    Jane is just dressing up. 简正在打扮。
    一般现在时表示习惯性动作, 真理, 是过去、现在和未来都会发生的事情。一般现在时一般与频率副词often,always,sometimes,never,frequently,rarely,ever等连用。
    Helen never writes to her brother Tony. She sometimes rings him.
    频率副词往往放在句子中的实义动词前, 非实义动词后;如果既有实义动词又有非实义动词, 要放在两个之间;疑问句中副词往往放在主语后面。在否定句中not必须放在always之前,而且也出现在generally、normally、often、regularly和usually之前;not必须出现在sometimes和frequently之后。表示肯定的速记可以用在句尾;在特别强调和需要对比时,frequently、generally、normally、sometimes、usually等副词可用于句首。I get paid on Friday usually. very often the phone rings when I’m in bath.
    非实义动词 :
    ① 系动词(be)
    ② 帮助动词构成时态的助动词
    ③ 情态动词(must, can, may) 除此外皆实义动词.
    I frequently go to bed hungry. (形容词作状语)
    He went to school hungry.饿着肚子上学.
    You must come here hungry.空腹来这里.
    【Special Difficulties】
    以what开头的感叹句:
    在英语中可用what引导的感叹句来表示惊奇、愤怒、赞赏、喜悦等感情,在感叹中主谓语采用正常语序。What 对名词感叹,结构:What +a/an (+adj.)+n.(+主语+谓语)!What a good girl (she is)! (主、谓可省)有上下文和一定的语境, 才能省略形容词。一般省形容词表示批评或不大好的意思。
    What a thing to say! 多么难听的话啊!
    What (a lot of) trouble( he is causing)!
    【Multiple choice questions】
    8  He ___a___ out of the window and saw that it was raining.a. looked b. saw c. remarked  d. watched
    look 表示看的动作,后面一定要加介词
    see 表示看的结果,后面直接加宾语
    watch 表示观看,后面直接加宾语, 但宾语一定是能够活动的东西
    look at pictures (对);watch pictures(错)
    11  Breakfast is the first ___d___ of the day.
    a. food b. dinner c. lunch d. meal
    lunch 中餐 food 食物 dinner 正餐
    一天中最丰盛的那顿饭, 可能是中餐, 也可能是晚餐, 但决不会是早餐. meal 一顿饭

    Lesson 3 Please Send Me a Card
    【New words and expressions】(11)
    ★send v. 寄, 送
    send sth. to sb. /send sb. sth. 给某人送(寄)东西
    send/take children to school:take强调某人亲自送;send则是通过第三人去送, 如美国的校车
    take flowers to his wife 自己送
    send flowers to his wife 叫店里的人送
    ★postcard n. 明信片
    两个爆破音在一起,前者失去爆破音。这里/t/和/k/前者失去爆破音
    name card /visiting card 名片
    Here is my name card. (口语常用, 同时伴随着递出的动作) ID card 身份证 (ID 身份)
    credit card 信用卡
    cash card 现金卡储蓄卡工资卡(不能透支)
    ★spoil(spoiled,spoilt) v. 使索然无味, 损坏
    ① vt. 弄坏,损坏,糟蹋 The rain spoiled the school sports. ② vt. 宠坏,惯坏,溺爱
    Don’t spoil your children. 不能太惯孩子。
    spoil: 把东西质量变差; 生活中不顺心的事;宠坏, 溺爱;break: 打破; break the windows 打破玻璃
    damage: 破坏, 程度不一定很重
    destroy : 破坏, 彻底摧毁
    以上三个指物理上的破坏;spoil主要指精神上的
    ★museum n. 博物馆Palace Museum 故宫
    ★public adj. 公共的
    ① adj. 公共的,公众的,社会的
    There is a public library in this town.
    I always sit in public gardens on Sundays.
    ② adj. 公开的,众人皆知的
    Their secret meeting was made public 20 years later.
    public house(酒吧简称pub public place 公共场所
    in public 公开的;in private 私下里的
    Let’s have a conversation in private.让我们私下谈谈?--Why not have a conversation in public? 为什么不公开谈呢?(当面说呢?)
    ③ n. 公众,群众,大众
    The public is/are pleased with his explanation. 公The museum is open to the public on Sunday.
    ★friendly adj. 友好的
    friendly是形容词,单独使用时一般做定语;作状语表人做什么事情很友好, 用短语in a friendly way
    He always greets me in a friendly way.
    以-ly结尾的形容词还有lovely,brotherly,fatherly,manly,motherly
    ★waiter n. 服务员, 招待员
    waiter(男服务员), waitress(女服务员), 只出现在餐馆里chief waiter 领班
    shop assistant 商店里的店员
    attendant n. (其他公共场所的)服务员
    ★lend v. 借给
    lend to(借出):lend sth. to sb/lend sb. sth.
    borrow from(借进):borrow sth. from sb./borrow sth. (borrow不能用 borrow sb sth.)
    He borrowed my pen yesterday.
    ★decision n. 决定
    make /take a decision作出决定
    It was not easy for me to make/take this decision.
    make a big/great decision (big:重大;great:伟大, 更重大) decide v. 决定
    ★whole adj. 整个的
    a whole bottle of milk 一整瓶牛奶
    the whole…,the whole day 整天 ,two whole weeks 整整两星期
    all th…,all the day (the可省略) 整天
    all of后面如果加代词, 代词前面不需要修饰词;一旦要加名词, 前面一定要加the
    all of us;all of the students
    ★single adj. 唯一的, 单一的反义词double 双倍的
    【课文讲解】
    1、Last summer, I went to Italy.
    last:① adj. 上一个last summer
    ② adj. 最后一个,表示“最后一个”时要加冠词the
    the last day 最后一天 (具体到一天及一天的早中晚都要用on)
    2、A friendly waiter taught me a few words of Italian.
    Italian于Italy 注意重读音的位置不同
    teach sb. sth. 教某人做某事
    He teaches our English.(错)He teaches us English.(对)
    语言不可数, 所以要用a little Italian或a few words of Italian
    I can speak a little English/a few words of English.
    a few可与复数可数名词连用,表示肯定,含有some,a small number of(一些,少数几个)的意思。
    The police would like to ask him a few questions. 警察要问他一些问题。
    3、Every day I thought about postcards.
    think about/of 考虑, 思考,指某一段时间一直在想/考虑某事, think of还可指想到
    What do you think of TV program last night?
    think over 仔细考虑,反复思考
    What’s the weather like today?
    cold, chilly(非常非常冷), freeze
    I'll freeze.我要冻僵了
    4、I spent the whole day in my room, but I did not write a single card!
    spend与表示时间的词或短语连和时,意思为“花(时间)”、“度过”. spend+时间+地点 : 在什么地点我花费/度过了多少时间
    I spend three hours in the sea.
    I spend my weekend at my mother's.
    I spend a lot of time in traffic jam.(交通堵塞)
    spend还可以表示“花钱”
    I can’t spend any more on this car.
    【Key structures】 
    一般过去时
    一般过去时通常表示过去发生的而现在已经结束的事件、动作或情况。它通常指动作何时发生,而不指动作持续多久。
    Do you ever catch a cold in the winter?
    Yes, I caught a cold last winter.
    【Special Difficulties】
    直接宾语与间接宾语
    双宾语:直接宾语(表示动作结果,动作所涉及的事物)和间接宾语(动作目标,动作是谁做的或为谁做的,通常是人)。间接宾语大多数情况下置于直接宾语之前,如果间接宾语在后,间接宾主前必须加“to”(表示动作对什么人做)或“for”(表示动作为什么人而做)。give sb. sth./give sth to sb
    间接宾语在后面时, 其前必须加to(对……而言)或for(为……而做)。可以翻译为“给”、“替”、“为”的,就用for;如果只能翻译为“给”的, 就用to
    与to相连的give, take, pass, read, sell, buy,pay,hand,bring,show,promise,offer,owe
    take flowers to my wife.
    与for相连的 buy, order, make, find
    I buy a book for you ./make a cake for you
    find sth. for sb./do sb. a favor 帮某人一个忙
    Do me a favor please./Do a favor for me? 帮我个忙
    Can I order something for you?
    Can I buy you a bottle of beer ?我请你喝杯酒的意思
    【Multiple choice questions】
    4  ___a___ him a few words of Italian? The waiter.
    a. Who taught b. Who did teach
    c. What did he teach d. Whom did he teach
    人做主语提问——who 对宾语提问——whom
    who既可以对主语提问也可以对宾语提问, 而whom只能对宾语提问如果对主语提问, 则句子的语序和陈述句语序一样;如果对非主语来提问, 则句子要使用特殊疑问词+一般疑问句的语序
    7  He spent the whole day in his room. He was in his room ___c___ day.
    a. the hole b. the all c. all d. all of
    all (the) day
    all of 后面如果加代词, 代词前面不需要修饰词all of us;一旦要加名词, 前面一定要加the
    all of the friends all of my friends all of the students
    11  He made a big decision. He ___b___ .
    a. thought about it b. made up his mind
    c. changed his mind d. made a wish
    think about:考虑、思考、想 make up one's mind:下定决心change one's mind:改变主意 make a wish : 许个心愿, 愿望, 许愿

    Lesson 4 An exciting trip
    【New words and expressions】(6)
    ★exciting adj. 令人兴奋的
    exciting adj. 令人兴奋的;excited adj. 兴奋的
    -ed: 自己感到 / -ing:令人感到
    The news was exciting.
    exciting boy 令人兴奋的男孩I am excited.
    excite v. 激动 (这类动词的宾语一定是人,让后面的人感到……)The news excited me.
    interesting adj. 令人感到有趣的;interested adj. 感到有意思的interesting man
    interest v. 对……感兴趣
    The book interests me. 那本书让我感到很有趣
    ★receive v. 接受, 收到
    ① vt. 接到收到,得到
    ② vt. 招待,接待
    You need a large room if you are going to receive so many guests.
    receive是“收到”,指的是一个被动的动作,主观上接受与否不清楚。receive/have a letter from sb.
    accept 同意接收
    This morning I received a bunch of flowers from a boy,but I didn't accept it.
    take则是主动的“拿”、“取”
    I received a beautiful pen from my uncle. My brother took it from me yesterday.
    take 也可以作收到
    take the exam 接受考试; take advice 接受建议
    ★firm n. 商行, 公司 company n. 公司
    ★different adj. 不同的
    ① adj. 不同的,相异的(经常与from连用)
    We are planning something different this year.
    我们今年有不同的打算。
    My room is different from yours.
    ② adj. 各种各样的,不同的
    This department store sells a large number of different things.这家百货商店出售许多各种各样的东西。
    He has visited many different places in China. ★abroad adv. 在国外(副词, 直接和动词连用)
    go abroad 去国外/live abroad 国外定居
    study abroad 国外学习
    【课文讲解】
    1、I have just received a letter from my brother, Tim.
    同位语:一个名词(或短语等)与另一个名词(或短语)并列而作为其说明或限定成分时称为同位语。同位语与它所补充说明的成分之间用逗号隔开。在译成汉语时,同位语或者插入主句中,或者另译为一句,很少像英语中那样用逗号隔开。
    This is John, one of my best friends. 这位是约翰。他是我最好的朋友之一。
    Mrs. Smith, my neighbor, has never been abroad. 我的邻居史密斯夫人从来没有出过国。
    2、He has been there for six months.
    one month;two months注意读音 将/W/省略
    I have arrived in Beijing. (arrive 是瞬间动词不能和段时间连用) has been + in 地点
    He has been in Beijing for one year.
    3、He is working for a big firm and he has already visited a great number of different places in Australia.
    work for 在……上班/任职,强调work
    I am working for a school.
    work in 强调地点(在哪个地方上班)  
    I am working in the New Oriental school.
    work at 上班 She works at a department store.
    a number of后面一定要加可数名词复数;通常number前有great,large,good,small,certain等形容词,数量大小也随之改变。a great number of 类似于, 约等于a lot of;
    A large/great number of our students are Danish.
    There are a small number of spelling mistakes in your homework.
    a lot of 可加可数名词也可加不可数名词
    4、He has just bought an Australian car and has gone to Alice springs, a small town in the centre of Australia.
    has gone to 去了某地没回来
    has been to 曾经去过某地, 现在不在那个地方
    5、My brother has never been abroad before, so he is fending this trip very exciting.
    before在句子后是副词, 译为“在此之前”,是现在完成时态的标志
    find作“发现”、“发觉”讲时宾语往往带补足语(一般为形容词),说明宾语的状况、性质等。
    find +宾语+形容词做宾补   
    find the room clean/find her happy
    be finding在口语中经常使用
    I'm finding... . . We’re finding... ...
    下面表示状态、感觉、情绪、精神活动的动词不可用于进行时:believe,doubt,see,hear,know,understand,belong,think,consider,feel,look,seem,show,mind,have,sound,taste,require,possess,care,like,hate,love,detest,desire
    【Key structures】 
    现在完成时
    现在完成时表示动作现存的结果,或者过去发生的事对现在的影响。常与现在完成时连用的副词和副词短语:before (now)(以前);it’s the first time(第一次);so for(到目前为止);so far this morning(到上午为止);up to now(直到现在);up to the present(直到目前);just(刚刚);recently(最近);already(已经);lately(最近);now(现在);for 一段时间;since+时间;still(还;仍);at last(终于);finally(最终);疑问句和否定句中常用ever,yet,never,not…ever等。
    I’ve planted fourteen rose bushes so far this morning.
    I have lived here for several years now and I’ve made many new friends since I have lived here.
    现在完成时还可和表示频度的副词连用,表示反复和习惯性动作,如often(经常),frequently(屡次),three times(三次)等。
    I’ve watched him on TV several times.
    【Multiple choice questions】
    3  Tim is in Australia. He went ___a___ Australia six months ago. a. to b. in c. at d. into
    at… 表示位置(be at是典型表示位置的介词短语)
    go to… 只要有to这个感念, 它的后面一定要有宾语, go to the theater
    go in… (in 做副词)很少加宾语  He went in.
    go into… 有去向的动作, 还有进入的动作  go into the room
    move常用的意义是“动”、“移动”,在表达“搬家”这个意思时move可以单独使用,也可组成短语move to,move into,move in,move out。
    move in:搬进来、move to the new house:正在搬
    move into :搬进去了/move out 搬走
    11 He will soon visit Darwin. He will visit Darwin_c_. a. quickly b. for a short time c. shortly d. in a hurry
    quickly 指的是动作上的快He went quickly .
    for a short time 不久, 表示动作延续一段时间
    soon = shortly 不久以后, 表示在这段时间之后,强调的是时间上的快
    in a hurry:匆忙的(指动作)

    Lesson 5 No wrong numbers
    【New words and expressions】(7)
    ★pigeon n. 鸽子
    It's not my pigeon. =None of my business. ★message n. (口头或书面的)信息
    Here is a message for you from your sister.
    an oral/written message 口信/便条
    leave sb. a message 给……留便条
    I'll leave you a message.
    take a message for sb.  替某人捎口信
    Can I take a message for you? 我能替你捎个口信吗? Can you take a message for me?
    take a message to sb. 给某人口信
    打电话 :
    Hello!--àMay I have a word with Tom ?/May I speak with/to Tom?--àCan you take a message for me?
    information n.信息(不可数)
    messenger n. 送信人,信使
    ★cover v. 越过;覆盖
    ① vt. 盖,覆盖
    She covered the child with a coat.
    ② vt. 行过(一段距离),走过(通常不用被动语态)cover+距离 越过……   
    You can cover the distance to the museum in ten minutes. ③ n. 覆盖物,盖子,罩子,套子
    Put a cover on the box!
    ★distance n. 距离 keep distance 保持距离
    distant adj.远距离的
    importance n. 重要   important adj. 重要的
    difference n. 不同 different adj. 不同的
    ★request n. 要求, 请求
    ① n. request for 对……有请求, 有需求
    I have a request for the cake.
    He granted my request for more time. 他同意了我延长时间的请求。
    She sent a request for help to Gary. 她向加里求助。
    ② v. 要求, 请求
    request sb.to do sth. =ask sb.to do sth.要求某人做……require sb.to do sth. 要求某人做……
    You are required/asked to do sth. (对人要求习惯用被动语态)
    ★spare adj. 备用的
    ① vt. 抽出(时间等),让给
    Have you got five minutes to spare?
    ② vt. 饶恕,赦免The robbers spared his life.
    ③ adj. 多余的,空闲的,剩下的,备用的
    You can sleep in the spare bedroom.
    Where can I get spare parts for this machine?
    ‘Have you any old clothes that you do not want?’ he asked.=‘Have you any old clothes to spare?’he asked.
    ★service n. 业务, 服务
    service作不可数名词时通常用于表示旅馆、餐馆以及商店等对旅客、顾客等的侍候、接待或服务;作可数名词时可以表示为帮助他人所采取的行动或所做的工作。The service in that hotel is quite good.
    You have done me a great service.
    service既可以指公用事业的业务,如:the mail service(邮政业务)、the telephone service(电话业务);也可指办这些业务的机构,如:a travel service(旅行社)、a news service(通讯社)。
    At your service. = Glad to be at your service. = I am glad to be at your service.
    我很乐意为您效劳.
    serve v. 服务, 接待
    ——Thank you.
    ——You are welcome.(下次又需要再来找我)/Not at all.(根本完全不用谢)/That's (all)right./That's ok.(绝对正确, 绝对过时)/(It's) My pleasure.(我很高兴这么做, 把自己放得很低, 把对方抬得很高)
    Thank you for your listening.在讲课, 演讲结束时说, 即感谢大家的合作的概念(应以鼓掌回应)
    情急之下, 可用No thanks.回答
    ——Sorry. ——No sorry.
    【课文讲解】
    1、Mr. James Scott has a garage in Silbury and now he has just bought another garage in Pinhurst.
    garage n. 车库, 车行(英美读音不同)
    another(+单数名词) 其它的很多个中的一个,
    Can you show me another?
    other(+名词) adj.其它的(可加单/复数名词)
    the other 两个之中的另外一个   
    one…the other… 一个……另一个……
    One is watering the flowers, and the other is reading.
    others(不用再加名词)= other + 名词复数
    Some boys are playing football, and others are rowing/(going boating).
    2、Pinhurst is only five miles from Silbury, but Mr. Scott cannot get a telephone for his new garage, so he has just bought twelve pigeons.
    介词from在这里表示距离上相隔,作“距……”、“离……”讲,常与away连用
    It is far (away) from here.
    Bus stop is only one mile from school/here.
    Bus stop is only one mile (away).
    How far...? 多远(对距离提问)
    How far(away) is the bus stop?
    How far is your home(from here)?
    My home is ten miles away from here.
    get a telephone 得到电话, 安装电话
    3、Yesterday, a pigeon carried the first message from Pinhurst to Silbury.
    carry v. 带着, 携带(其强调所携带的东西不会着地)I carried my son. (背或抱着)
    take v. 带着I take my sister to the cinema.
    from…to…表示从一个地方到另一个地方
    He looked at the girl from head to foot.
    The news spread from house to house. 家家户户都得知了这条消息。
    4、The bird covered the distance in three minutes.
    cover the distance 飞过那段距离
    5、Up to now, Mr.Scott has sent a great many requests for spare parts and other urgent messages from one garage to the other.
    up to now =up till now 到目前为止,到现在为止(作时间状语,时态多用现在完成时,相当于until/till now) request for 对……的需求
    a great many(+可数名词复数) 许多……
    a great many可以做形容词短语:
    A great many trees were destroyed in the storm.
    也可作代词短语:
    He has read a great many of the books in this room.
    a great number of(+可数名词复数) 许多……
    urgent adj. 紧急的something urgent 紧急的事情
    【Key structures】 
    一般过去时与现在完成时
    在表示过去某个特定时间发生的事情或动作时,要用一般过去时。在表示刚刚或者已经完成一个动作并且对现在有影响时,则要用现在完成时,时间状语可以是不特指的now,just或者for引导的一段时间,或者不加任何时间状语。
    一般过去时与现在完成时的共同点:动作在过去都做过了;区别:过去式只能强调过去的事, 和现在没有任何关系.
    I ate a piece of bread.
    现在完成时, 强调过去的事情对现在产生的影响.
    I have eaten a piece of bread this morning. I'm not hungry.
    The clock stopped. 陈述事实
    The clock has stopped. 过去的事实对现在造成影响
    It snowed yesterday.
    It has snowed yesterday. 强调对现在造成影响
    【Special Difficulties】
    带way的短语
    in the way 按照,以……方式
    Do your work in the way I have shown you. 按我给你示范的方法来做你的工作。
    I do the work in the way you showed me.
    I fly the kite in the way you showed me.
    in the/one’s way 挡路;妨碍(某人)
    Sorry, you are in the way.(在口语中很少用, 一般直接用Excuse me.就可以了)
    Don’t stand in the way. I can’t see the blackboard.
    in this way 这样,以这种方式
    He saves old envelopes. In this way, he has collected a great many stamps.
    in a way 从某种意义上来说,在某种程度上
    In a way, you are kind.
    in a friendly way 用友好的方式
    in the family way 怀孕了, 快有小孩了(have a baby)The woman is in the family way.
    by the way 随便说一声, 随便问一下(插入语,改变话题时用) By the way, have you seen Harry recently?
    on the/one’s way(to) 在去……的途中(陈述句) :
    on the way to school/the office;on the way home
    out of the way 让路
    Get out of the way! 你给我滚出去!
    get one's own way 随心所欲 (at one’s pleasure)
      Children get their own way during the holidays.
    关于系动词 : 一般来说, 如be become 一定不单独使用, 往往要在后面加上表语, 我们称它为系动词. 但另外还有一些系动词同时又是不及物的实义动词, 常见的: seem, look, appear, sound, taste, feel, smell, stay, remain, keep, grow, turn, go, run, get, prove, stand等, 这些词有的书上称为半联系动词.
    【Multiple choice questions】
    4  Mr. Scott cannot get a telephone for his garage. ___b___ he has just bought twelve pigeons.
    a. That's so b. That's why c. Because d. For
    so表示前面是原因, 后面是结果
    That's why+从句 那就是……原因, 前者是原因, 后者why后面是结果was caught in the traffic jam. That's why I was late.
    That's后面的表语从句常常用特殊疑问词引导, 再加一个句子.That's when we can start class.
    That's where we will have a meeting.
    That's how I get to school.
    Mr. Scott has a garage in Silbury. His ___b___ garage is in Pinhurst
    .a. another b. other c. else d. different
    在语法上, 冠词(an/a)、形容词性物主代词(his/my/your)、名词所有格(my mother's)不能同时并存的, 一般要用只能用其中一个
    another=an +other 另外一个,强调的是剩下的还有好几个当中的一个, 强调的是有三个以上
    other 其它的, 加单数就表示一个, his取代the的位置语法的范围正在放宽松, his another 也对, 但不太好else 其他的,放在被修饰词的后面, 会修饰两种词, 疑问词和不定代词
    修饰疑问代词: who else,…
    What else can I do for you?
    修饰不定代词:anyone else, anything else

    Lesson 6 Percy Buttons
    【New words and expressions】(4)
    ★beggar n. 乞丐
    beg v.乞求I beg your pardon? beg for 乞求得到
    ask for 请求得到(ask sb. for sth.向某人索要某物)
    ★food n. 食物(不可数)a lot of food
    ★pocket n. 衣服口袋
    inner pocket 内口袋;jacket pocket 夹克的口袋;coat pocket 大衣口袋pocket book 袖珍书
    pocket dictionary袖珍词典pocket pick 车上的小偷
    pocket money (小孩的)零花钱
    change 零钱get exact change准备好正确的零花钱
    beer money (男人的)零花钱
    ★call v. 拜访, 光顾
    ① vt.&vi. 叫,喊I heard someone calling.
    call out =shout 大声喊
    ② vt. 呼唤,召唤Lucy is sick. Please call a doctor.
    ③ vi. 访问,拜访;(车、船等)停靠
    Amy called (at our house) yesterday.
    The train calls at large stations only. 这列火车只停大站。call on sb. 拜访某人
    call at+地点=visit someplace 拜访某地
    ④ vt.&vi. 打电话
    call sb =call up sb. 给某人打电话
    call back 回某人电话
    Can you take a message for me? =Can you tell him to call back? call in sb. 招集和邀请某人
    For the project, the government called in a lot of experts.
    【课文讲解】
    1、Yesterday a beggar knocked at my door.
    ★knock ① vi. 敲门I knocked, but no one answered.. knock at 敲(门、窗等)
    knock at the door;knock at the window
    ② vt.&vi. 碰撞You always knock things off the table. 你总是碰掉桌上的东西。
    Jim was knocked over by a bus this morning. 今天上午吉姆被一辆公共汽车撞倒了。
    She has knocked a cup over again.她又碰倒了一杯子。③ vt. 把(某人)打成……状态
    He knocked Tom out yesterday. 他昨天把汤姆打昏过去了。
    ④ 与off连用时有一些特殊含义,一般用于口语
    vt. (价格上)减去,除去,打折扣
    They knocked five dollars off the price of the coat.
    The shop assistant knocked 10% off the bill.(He reduced the price by 10%.)
    vi. 下班,停止,中断(工作等)
    When do you usually knock off? 你一般何时下班?
    He knocked off for lunch at half past eleven. 他十一点半休息吃中午饭。
    2、He asked me for a meal and a glass of beer.
    ask (sb.) for sth =request for sth. 问某人要什么东西
    (for为了这个目的去请求某人, sb.更多的时候不出现, ask for sth.)
    The boy asked (his parents)for money again.
    3、In return for this, the beggar stood on his head and sang songs.
    in return for this 作为对……的回报,作为交换
    I'll buy a present for him in return for hospitality.
    in return 作为回报
    In return for your help, I invite you to spend the weekend with my family.
    He doesn't want anything in return. 他不想得到任何回报
    stood on his head 倒立
    stand on one's hands 用手着地(hand单数就是一只手, 双手复数)stand on one's knees 跪着, 膝盖
    lie on one's back 仰面躺着
    lie on one's side 侧躺/lie on one's stomach 趴着
    4、Later a neighbour told me about him.
    介词about可以和一些动词连用,以表示“关于……(的)”、“涉及……(的)”
    Please tell me about the accident.
    tell sb. about sth. 告诉某人某事(about关于, 通过其他事自己得出的结论)
    tell you about the word 解释这个单词的意思
    tell sb. sth. 告诉某人某件事(把事情直接告诉)
    5、Everybody knows him.
    everybody作主语一定作单数看待, 属于不定代词
    所有的不定代词作为主语一律为单数看待 : somebody,anybody,everything等
    6、He calls at every house in the street once a month and always asks for a meal and a glass of beer.
    calls at 光顾,拜访
    in the street(英国)/on the street(美国)
    once a month 一个月一次, 单位表达方式
    once adj. 表示每……一次(表示频率时后面直接加表示时间的名词), 计量单位 “/” (每……)
    five kilometers an hour
    He goes back to the South once a year.
    【Key structures】 
    A, The and Some
    当表示不确定的某个人或物时,用不定冠词a/an(单数, 可数名词);当表示不可数的名词时,则需要由不定冠词加量词组成词组。
    在表示一种笼统概念(某某一类/一种东西)的陈述句中可以省略a和some
    A tiger is a dangerous animal. /Tigers are dangerous.
    Salt is necessary for/to us all.
    表示某个确定的人或事物或者上文已提到过的人或事物,则要用定冠词the(有时相当于this/that/these/those),可数名词单/复数或不可数名词均可。
    在姓名、地名、国名(非复合词)以及月份、星期等前面不加任何冠词。
    a和the的区别:a是泛指, a man;特指, the man
    在文章当中第一次出现名词的时候往往用a和an修饰, 第二次出现的时候用the
    A man is walking towards me. The man is carrying a parcel. The parcel is full of meat.
    She always buys flour, sugar and tea at the grocer's.
    一般姓名前一般不能加冠词,表示“某某一类人当中, 具有这种特征当中的一个”,加不定冠词a
    a Mr. Zhang 张先生这类人
    【Special Difficulties】
    短语动词
    某些动词的后面加上介词或副词以后就会改变词义, 这种新的组合称作短语动词
    put v. 放put on 穿上,戴上
    take v. 拿走take off 脱掉,摘掉
    look v. 看look at 看;look for 寻找;look after 照顾;look out 当心;look out of 向外看
    call :call at;call on;call in;call back;
    call for 去取某物, 去接某人;需要
    The problem calls for immediate action. 这个问题需要立即采取行动
    knock v. 敲knock at 敲门
    knock off 下班He knocked off earlier.
    knock off 打折 Knock 10% off the price.
    把……撞倒,如果有地点,用介词off;无地点,用介词over knock sth. off+地点
    I knocked the boy off the bicycle.
    knock over A car knocked the boy over.
    knock out 打晕, 在拳击场合中, 把人打倒在地叫knock out(专用术语) He did not know how to fight, but he knocked the boxer out.
    【Multiple choice questions】
    6  Everybody knows him. ___a___ know him.
    a. They all b. Each c. Every d. All they
    all of us, we all 我们所有人
    every +n. 每一个(书, 本, 人等)
    every person likes…
    each adj.&pron. 每一个
    each +n;each 直接作主语或者宾语
    each person likes.../each likes...
    every只能是形容词性,强调整体,常用来指一个大的、不确定的数目,不能直接做主语;each既可作形容词,又可作代词,强调个体,常用以一个确定的并通常是有限的数目,在作代词时,直接作主语或宾语,使用第三人称单数
    Every child enjoys Christmas.
    Each of us has his own work to do.
    They each have a share.
    10  She gave him a piece of cheese. He put the ___a___ of cheese in his pocket.
    a. bit b. bar c. block d. packet
    a bit of /a piece of 在英文中经常互用
    bar 门闩 : 长条状 : a bar of chocolate/soap
    block n. 房子;块, 一大块;v. 堵塞
    packet 一包
    12  All the houses in our ___a___ are the same age and size. a. street b. way c. road d. route
    same age and size 同年代同样式
    street 两边有房子的街道, 强调城市里的街道
    way, on the way, in the way 挡住某人的路(强调方向) road 路的通称
    road home 通往家的路 (《我的父亲母亲》英文名)
    route 路线
    〖语法精粹〗
    2.The girl even won't have her lunch before she__D__her homework.
    A. will finish B. is finishing C.hadfinished D. finishes
    状语从句中, 用一般现在时取代将来时.
    3.Those who have applied for the post__A__in the office. A. are being interviewed B. are interviewing
    C. interviewing (光动词+ing不能构成谓语)
    D. to be interviewing (不定式不能构成谓语动词)
    apply for 申请 interview 面试
    4.The old scientist __C___to do more for the country.
    A. is wishing B. has been wishing
    C. wishes D. has been wished
    D为被动语态,从语法上说合理, 但不合情
    表示状态、感觉、情绪、精神活动的动词不可用于进行时态.wish sb. to do 希望某人做某事

    Lesson 7 Too late
    【New words and expressions】(13)
    ★detective n. 侦探detective story 侦探小说
    ★airport n. 机场
    ★airfield n. 飞机起落的场地
    port 港口;airport 航空港at the airport 在机场
    field 田野;airfield 停机坪on the airfield在停机坪上★expect v. 期待, 等待
    ① vt.&vi. 预计,预料
    Jim has failed in mathematics as his teacher expected.
    正如他老师所预料的那样,吉姆数学考试没及格。
    ② vt. 等待,期待,盼望(心理上的等待)
    They are expecting guests tonight. 今晚有人要去他们那里作客。
    expect所表示的等待一般暗含着根据某些信息或规律而作出相应反应的意思,而wait for主要接续“等待”这个动作本身。
    expect sth.I expect a letter from Jimmy.
    expect sb.to do sth. 期待某人做某事
    I expect you to write back.
    wait for sth./sb. 动作上的等待I wait for my mother.
    ③ vt. 认为,猜想(一般用于口语)
    I expect so./I think so. 我希望如此[口语]
    I expect you’ve heard the news. 我想你已经听到这个消息了。
    ★valuable adj. 贵重的★precious adj. 珍贵的
    value n.&v. 价值;valuable adj.有价值的
    sth.is valuable/sth.is precious
    precious adj. 珍贵的(带有一定的感情色彩)
    precious photo 珍贵的照片
    -less 表否定;
    priceless adj. 没有价格的, 无价的
    valueless adj. 没有价值, 不足道的
    worthless adj. 无价值的
    ★diamond n. 钻石diamond ring 钻石戒指
    precious stone 宝石;crystal 水晶;jade 玉
    ★steal(stole,stolen) v. 偷
    ① vt.&vi. 偷盗,行窃
    英语中“偷”用steal和rob来表达,宾语是物,用steal;宾语是人,用rob;跟地点相连,也用rob
    steal sth. 偷(某物)My wallet was stolen.
    rob sb. 抢(某人) rob the bank
    ② vt. 巧妙地占用,偷偷地弄到手
    He has stolen away Mary’s heart. 他已赢得玛丽的芳心。③ vi. 偷偷地行动,悄悄靠近
    He stole into the room. 他悄悄地进了房间。
    ★main adj. 主要的
    main building;main street;main sentence;main idea
    main不能与人连用
    ★guard n. 警戒, 守卫
    life guard 救生员/body guard 保镖
    keep guard 守望,警戒
    They kept a close guard over the thieves. 他们对小偷们严加看管。stand guard 站岗,放哨
    【课文讲解】
    1、The plane was late and detectives were waiting at the airport all morning.
    all一般直接加表示时间的单数名词构成副词短语,如:all day,all night,all week,all winter,all year等。但不说all hour。
    whole在表达同样的意思时一般要加冠词或数词,如a whole day/year,two whole weeks。
    all morning=all the morning
    detectives 没有强调一些侦探或者那些侦探, 强调侦探这种人,笼统感念, 可不加some, the
    2、A few hours earlier, someone had told the police that thieves would try to steal the diamonds.
    a few hours earlier 几个小时以前
    = a few hours before/a few hours ago
    would +do 过去将来时,间接方式, 转述, 站在过去看未来
    3、When the plane arrived, some of the detectives were waiting inside the main building while others were waiting on the airfield.
    代词others常常和some连用,表示“有些(人)……,也有些(人)……”或“有的……,其余的……”
    one…the other… 一个……另一个……
    some…others… 一些……另一些……
    Some students are very hard-working, others are not.
    others=other+名词复数
    5、Two men took the parcel off the plane and carried it into the Customs House.
    take sth. off…=take sth. away from…
    and carried it into…carried 表示看得很重
    Customs House 海关
    6、While two detectives were keeping guard at the door, two others opened the parcel. To their surprise, the precious parcel was full of stones and sand!
    …were keeping guard at the door, two others opened the parcel.
    表面上是分工, 两个动作同时发生, 不是同时开始同时结束, 延续时间不一致, 长一点时间的动作用进行时态, 短时间的动作用过去时.
    When someone knocked at the door, I was having dinner.
    keep guard守卫
    They kept a close guard over the thieves.
    at the door 在门边(固定搭配)
    two others=two other detectives
    to one's surprise,让某人惊讶的是
    To one’s +表情绪名词to one's joy/to one's excitement
    be full of ...装满My bag was full of books.
    【Key structures】 
    过去进行时
    过去进行时的构成:be的过去式+现在分词
    过去进行时和一般过去时经常同在一个句子里使用。过去进行时表示过去正在进行的动作或情况,一般过去时则表示比较短暂的动作或事件。正在进行中的动作或情况往往由连词when,while,as,just as等引导。
    when,while 当……时候(强调动作同时发生)
    while+从句, 动词一定是延续性动词
    when+延续性动词/瞬间动词
    while能用when代替,但是when却不一定能用while代替。while通常只引导持续时间较长的动作,并且主句和从句可以同时用过去进行时,而when和as一般不这么用。
    John was watching TV while his wife was talking with a neighbour over the phone.
    Just as I was leaving the house, you came in.
    when也可引导较短暂的动作,while和as一般不行。
    We were having supper when the lights went out.
    过去进行时往往与表示一段时间的状语连用,如all morning,all night,all day,all evening,the whole week等,表示这段时间一直在干什么。
    What were you doing all evening? I couldn’t find you anywhere.
    过去动作同时发生的时态
    ① 过去两个动作同时发生, 习惯上一个用一般过去时, 另一个用过去进行时;动作长用过去进行时, 动作短用一般过去时; 分工的情况, 动作的开始时间和结束时间几乎相同, 均用过去进行时;
    I was listening to the radio, my sister was dancing.
    When my mother was doing the housework, my father was watching TV.
    ② 两个动作在同时段进行, 在不同时间结束, 先发生的动作未结束, 另一个动作发生, 先发生的动作用进行时态, 另一个动作用过去时.
    When I was opening the door, the telephone rang.先开门/When the telephone was ringing, I opened the door. 电话先响
    ③ 瞬间动词(如:arrive)没有进行时态, 所以两个动作同时发生, 延续性动词用进行时态, 瞬间动词使用过去时态.
    When he arrived, I was having dinner.
    I am arriving 进行时态表示将要
    【Special Difficulties】
    短语动词中的小品词
    许多动词加上介词或副词后就会改变词义,这些介词和副词通常被称为小品词。它们没有词形的变化。有些小品词既可以作介词又可以作副词。判断一个小品词是副词还是介词要看小品词有没有带宾语。有宾语的是介词,没有宾语的是副词,介词的位置相对固定,不能变动。
    ① vi.&vt.+ prep./adv.+宾语(n.)
    She is walking up the hill.
    ② vt.+宾语(n./pron.)+adv.
    take off the coat =take the coat off =take it off
    put on your shoes =put your shoes on =put them on
    I always take money with me.我身上总带些钱
    【Multiple choice questions】
    9  The parcel was valuable. It was ___c___ .
    a. worth b. worthy c. precious d. value
    valuable= precious value n. 价值
    worth v. 值得……,后面一定要加词   
    something is worth…
    The book is worth reading. (动名词)
    The book is worth three dollars.
    worthy adj. 有价值的
    be worthy of… 值得……
    This book is worthy of being read [to be read]. acts worthy of punishment 应该受处分的行为
    worthless adj. 无价值的
    something is worthless(后面不加任何东西)

    Lesson 8 The best and the worst
    【New words and expressions】(5)
    ★competition n. 比赛,竞赛(暗地里的竞争)
    race n. 比赛,竞赛car race
    match n. 比赛football match
    contest n. 比赛(更广泛)
    baby contest 宝宝大赛;beauty contest 选美
    game : 游戏, 运动
    ★neat adj. 整齐的, 整洁的,井井有条
    clean adj. 干净的neat=tidy
    tidy (up) the room 整理房间
    ★pool n. 水池(人工的) swimming pool 游泳池pond 池塘(天然的)《golden pond》—金色池塘
    【课文讲解】
    1、Joe Sanders has the most beautiful garden in our town.=Joe's garden is the most beautiful.
    Bill's garden is the largest.
    Bill’s garden is larger than Joe’s. (比较的东西都是同类的事物 joe’s 的“’s”不能省略)
    2、Nearly everybody enters for 'The Nicest Garden Competition' each year, but Joe wins every time.
    nearly和almost意义相似,表示“几乎”、“差不多”、“差点儿”的意思。I have nearly forgotten his name.
    enter for 报名参加(各种竞赛,考试等活动)
    win(won,won) v. 赢   
    ① vi. 赢I win. /I lose. (输了)
    ② vt. 赢得……win something 后面往往是奖品,不能接对手I win the book.
    win a prize 赢了奖win a prize for…因为……而获奖
    defeat+对手  I defeat you.
    3、Bill Frith's garden is larger than Joe's.
    名词加-’s表示所属关系,构成名词的所有格。这类名词往往指有生命的东西,特别是人。所有格的语法作用相当于形容词,限定后面的名词。这个被限定的名词在上下文中第二次被提到时可以省略,只要不引起误解。
    4、He has made neat paths and has built a wooden bridge over a pool.
    make和build在这里是同义词,“修建,建造”。make的词义比较笼统、广泛,可解释为“做、作出、制造”等,而build主要限于建筑业,指“建造,建设,盖房子,修筑(桥梁)等” Have you made the skirt by yourself? They have made a road along the river.
    【Key structures】 
    形容词和副词的比较级和最高级
    比较级相当于汉语中“比……更……”这种句型,最高级则表示在某个范围“最……”的概念。最高级在使用时前面通常要加定冠词the,并有一个短语或从句限定其范围。
    1、比较级和最高级的构成:
    ① 单音节词和少数双音节词在词尾加-er,-est,以辅音加-y结尾的词变-y为-i,再加-er,-est
    ② 以-e结尾的词加-r,-st
    ③ 以一个辅音字母结尾的单音节词要双写最后一个字母,再加-er,-est
    ④ 三个或者是三个音节以上(多音节)
    比较级的构成 : more+原级    
    最高级的构成 : the most+原级
    有一些双音节词既可在单词结尾加-er,-est,也可与more/less和most/least连用,如narrow,clever,common,pleasant等。
    clever— cleverer— more clever
    fun adj. 快乐 more fun (美国人用)
    ⑤ 有些构成是不规则的:
    good/well(better best);bad/ill(worse worst);many/much(more most);little(less least);
    far(farther further , farthest furthest)
    (farther:距离上远和更远further:程度上更进一步)
    further more(更有甚者)
    old(older elder, oldest eldest)
    older 比……大  She is older than somebody
    elder 做定语修饰其他名词elder sister (年长的)姐姐
    2、比较级和最高级的用法
    在使用比较级时,如果需要把所比较的两项都提到,那么就必须比较级后用than:
    My room is cleaner than the one next door.
    如果比较级之所指很清楚,它可独立存在:
    Which house do you prefer?I prefer the older one.
    最高级的限定范围一般用of,among,in等介词短语;限定范围也可以是从句;如果范围很清楚,则可以省略。John is the tallest of the three brother.
    Mary is the most intelligent person I’ve ever met.
    【Special Difficulties】
    every构成的合成词
    every和one,body,thing可以构成复合不定代词everyone,everybody,everything。Everyone和everybody一般可以替换使用,后面的代词既可以用单数,也可以用复数,但它们本身均被视为单数。
    Everyone/Everybody knows what he has to do.
    =Everyone/Everybody knows what they have to do. 每个人都知道自己必须做什么。
    Everything is going well. 一切都很顺利。
    each和every均可译为“每一个”,两者常可互换。every只能是形容词性,强调整体,常用来指一个大的、不确定的数目,不能直接做主语;each既可作形容词,又可作代词,强调个体,常用以一个确定的并通常是有限的数目,在作代词时,直接作主语或宾语,使用第三人称单数
    Every/Each time I wash the car it rains.
    Enter and Enter for
    enter① vt.&vi. 进入enter+地点名词
    Always knock on the door before you enter.
    ② vt.&vi. 参加,加入
    We’ve entered into an agreement. 我们已达成一项协议。He soon entered their conversation.
    enter for+表示比赛、竞赛、考试的名词 报名参加, 强调报名  enter for the exam
    She entered (her name/herself) for the mathematics competition. 她报名参加数学竞赛。
    take part in 真正的参加
    2  Will you enter ___for___ this week's crossword competition? crossward 文字游戏
    3  Many athletes have entered ___for___ the Olympic Games this year.
    【Multiple choice questions】
    8  Joe wins every time. He always ___b___ Bill Frith.
    a. wins b. beats c. gains d. earns
    对手关系不能用win
    defeat v. 击败 defeat sb. beat v. 打败;打
    gain =get sth. earn vt. 挣得 earn money
    9  Joe grows more flowers. More flowers ___a___ in his garden. a. grow b. grow tall c. grow up d. grow big
    grow vt. 种植: grow sth; grow flowers…
    vi. 生长: sth. grow; flowers are growing
    grow tall/grow big 变得……(一般不加形容词)
    grow up 只和人连用, 表示人的长大

    Lesson 9 A cold welcome
    【New words and expressions】(7)
    ★welcome n. 欢迎;v. 欢迎
    ① n. 欢迎 a cold welcome 冷遇
    ② v. 欢迎 welcome to+地点
    welcome to China;;welcome home;welcome back
    ③ adj. 受欢迎的You are welcome.
    You are welcome to+地点
    ★crowd n. 人群
    ① n. 人群 in the crowd 在人群中
    I spotted him in the crowd. 我在人群中一眼就认出了他
    a crowd of people 一群人,没有次序的人群, 拥挤的人群a group of people 一群人,有次序的人群
    ② v.拥挤, 挤满
    a large crowd of people 一大群人
    crowds of people 许多人, 人山人海
    ★gather v. 聚集
    ① vt. 使集拢,集合,召集
    He gathered a large crowd of people round him.
    ② vt 收集,采集,收(庄稼等)
    The children are out in the field gathering flowers. 孩子们在外面地里采花。
    It has taken me a lifetime to gather all these books.
    ③ vi. 集拢,聚集,集合
    They gathered under the Town Hall clock.
    people gathered 人们聚集在一起, 尤指自发性的
    ★hand n. (表或机器的)指针;手
    minute hand;second hand;hour hand
    second hand 二手的,旧的,秒针
    wait me a moment/wait me a few seconds(for a few secs.) (secs.是seconds的缩写)
    ★refuse v. 拒绝
    ① vt. 拒绝(接受、服从等)She refused the gift.
    ② vt. 拒不,不肯,不愿
    John refused to change his mind. 约翰拒不改变主意。③ vi. 拒绝,不接受
    I offered to pay him for his help, but he refused.。
    ★shout v. 喊叫 scream 尖叫
    call out 大声喊叫cry out 大声哭喊
    【课文讲解】
    1、A cold welcome 冷遇
    cold adj. 冷的, 寒冷的, 冷淡的
    cold fish 冷漠的人My brother is a cold fish.
    lucky dog 幸运的人
    2、On Wednesday evening, we went to the Town Hall.
    morning,afternoon,evening前如果加修饰词则用介词on,否则用in .Town Hall 市政厅
    3、It would strike twelve in twenty minutes' time.
    ★strike v. 打,击;敲,弹(钟,乐器等)
    ① v. 打,击She struck the man in the face.
    ② v. 敲,弹(钟,乐器等)
    strike the clock(人)敲钟clock strike 钟自己响
    Listen, the clock is striking.
    strike twelve 数字表示敲击的次数
    minutes'名词所有格,用来表达时间
    名词所有格表示时间或距离
    It will leave in five minutes'time.
    in twenty(minutes'time)名词所有格可省略
    How far is the school from here?
    3 minutes' walk. 三分钟路程。
    4、We waited and waited, but nothing happened.
    waited and waited 等啊等啊, 强调动作的重复(walked and walked;run and run)
    happen vi.事情做主语, 事情发生
    What happened? Nothing happened.
    5、It was true that+从句 ……是一个事实
    6、The big clock refused to welcome the New Year.
    refuse to do sth. 拒绝去做某事
    7、At that moment, everybody began to laugh and sing. at that moment = just then 就在那时
    at the moment = now 现在, 此刻, 在此时
    【Key structures】 
    引导时间状语的介词in/on/at/during/till与until
    1、用in的时间短语有:
    ① 表示一天中的某段时间:in the morning;in the afternoon;in the evening
    ② 表示周、月份、年份:in a week;in January;③ 表示季节:in summer;in spring;in autumn; in+表示时间长度的短语可以表示“在某段时间之内”,这时可以与现在时、过去时或将来时连用,一般与完成某动作有关;还可译为“……时间之后”,一般与将来时连用。根据时态判别in 表示的含义
    in twenty minutes' time 20分钟之后
    We will finish class in half an hour.
    2、用on的时间短语有:
    ① 表示星期:on Monday;on Friday
    ② 表示日期:on June 1st;on 23rd March(在书写日期时没有冠词,但在口语中则分别读为:on June the first;on the 23rd of March)
    ③ 表示星期+日期:on Monday, June 1st
    ④ 表示具体时间:on Wednesday evening on that day
    3、用at的时间短语有:
    ① 表示确切的时间:at five to twelve;at ten o'clock
    ② 表示用餐时间:at lunch/dinner time;at teatime
    ③ 表示其他时刻: at noon;at midnight;at that time
    4、during在……期间,后必须跟一个名词,可以指整个一段时间,有时可以用in替代
    He has phoned four times during the last half hour.
    I met him sometime during the week.(不能用in代替) 我是在这一周的某天遇到他的。
    during the holiday 强调假期的从头到尾
    He enjoyed himself during his holiday.
    in the holiday 强调这段时间其中某一点时间, 并不表示自始至终
    I was caught in an accident in the holiday.
    5、from…till… 指一段明确的时间:
    The tourist season runs from June till October.
    6、until prep.&coin. 直到……时候,直到什么时候为止, 直到什么时候才
    until主句和从句两个都用一般过去时对(最习惯的一种用法), 主从句任何一个用过去完成是也对
    I can't enter for the sports meeting until tomorrow.
    We hadn't disturbed him until he finished work.
    We didn't disturb him until he had finished work.
    We didn't disturb him until he finished work.(更习惯于这种用法)
    7、时间表示方法 : What’s the time?/What time is it?
    A整点 : A o’clock A点B分(B<30): A B / B past A
    A点15分 : A fifteen / fifteen past A / a quarter past A
    A点30分 : A thirty / half past A
    A点B分(B>30) : A B / (60-B) to (A+1)
    A点45分 : A forty-five / a quarter to (A+1) / fifteen to (A+1)
    【Special Difficulties】
    Any,Not...Any and No
    any 用于否定句和疑问句中, some用于肯定句(或要求得到肯定回答的疑问句)
    Do you have any friends?/I don't have any friends.
    not 用在非实义动词后面, 实义动词前面.
    not any=no 用在名词前面,no比not any的语气要强,但这两种否定的意义是相同的。
    I have no friends.
    no可构成复合词nobody,none,nothing,nowhere;any可构成复合词anybody,anything和anywhere。
    一句通常只能有一个否定词(包括never,hardly等)
    【Multiple choice questions】
    8  How many times did the clock ___d___ ?
    a. hit b. beat c. knock d. strike
    敲门用knock;敲钟用strike
    hit(轻)和strike(重hit hard)在一定的时候可以互换, 一般表示打一下beat v. 连续不断的打 
    beat drums 敲鼓
    12  It refused to welcome the New Year. It ___c___ .
    a. denied it b. wanted to c. didn't want to d. wished to
    deny v. 否认, 拒绝去承认, 后面一般加名词
    deny the fact/ I denied that I had stolen the bicycle.

    Lesson 10 Not for jazz
    【New words and expressions】(11)
    ★musical adj. 音乐的
    musical student 有音乐天赋的人
    music student 学音乐的人
    ★instrument n. 乐器=musical instrument
    instrument常用的意思是“器械”、“器具”,尤指医疗、机器等方面的。也可用来泛指各种乐器。
    ★clavichord n. 古钢琴, 不是现代的piano
    a kind of instrument
    ★recently adv. 最近(=lately)
    ★damage v. 损坏
    ① n. 损害,损失,伤害
    The storm has done a lot of damage to the village.
    ② vt. 损害,毁坏,损坏
    The car was badly damaged in the accident.
    ★key n. 琴键
    ① n. 琴键 ② n. 钥匙,答案
    key to the door 门钥匙
    Do you know the key to the question?
    ③ adj. 关键的key structure
    ★shock v. 使不悦或生气, 震惊
    ① v. 使不悦或生气, 震惊
    跟人的情绪有关的动词的宾语往往是 “人” (以sth.为主语)The news shocks me. 这个消息使我震惊
    ② adj. 令人震惊的It is shocking.
    ③ adj. 感到震惊
    凡是能够用 “人” 做宾语, 又是表示人的情绪活动的动词, 有两个形容词形成:令人……(V+ing);感到……(V+ed)I'm shocked.
    ④ n. 震惊get a shock /sb. get a shock 某人很吃惊
    shock 必指坏事, 令人不悦, 生气的
    surprise 好事坏事都可以, 只要你没有料到的 
    I want to give you surprise.
    ★allow v. 允许, 让allow doing sth.
    Smoking is allowed.=people allow smoking
    allow sb. to do sth. / sb.be allowed to do sth.
    allow常用于被动语态
    ★touch v. 触摸
    ① vt.&vi. 触摸,碰
    You are not allowed to touch the vase.
    ② vt. 谈及,涉及,关系到
    A rise in the cost of living touches everyone. 生活费用的增加与每个人都有关系。
    【课文讲解】
    1、It is called a clavichord.
    call在这里的意思是“把……称为”、“称呼”,既可用于主动态,也可用于被动语态。
    call sb.sth./sb.be called 称某人为……,什么被称为… What do you call this? 你们把这称为什么?
    2、It has belonged to our family for a long time.
    belong是一个表示状态的动词,而不是行为动词,所以不能用于进行时,常用的时态是一般现在时和现在过去时。This farm belongs to me and it belonged to my father before me.
    3、She tried to play jazz on it!
    play n. 玩,演奏(乐器等)
    ① 跟球类连用, 直接+球类;
    ② 跟乐器连用, +the+乐器, 演奏乐器而非音乐
    ③ play music on + 乐器 , 一定要用 “on”
    【Key structures】 
    被动语态
    主动语态与被动语态皆指动词的形式而言。在主动句中,动词的主语是执行动作的人或物;在被动句中,动作是对主语执行的。
    被动语态由be的一种形式和过去分词构成。主动语态的时态用法规则也适用于被动语态。动词作及物动词用时才能构成被动语态。如果要说明是什么人或什么东西做了某事,则用“by+行为主体”结构。“行为主体”也可以不表示出来。
    【Special Difficulties】
    与被动语态的made连用的几个介词
    made in表示产地或时间 It was made in Germany.
    made of用某种材料制成(通常指制造后不变该材料原来的性质或形状)The tea pot is made of silver.
    made from用数种材料制成或是制造后改变了材料原来的性质或形状 Paper can be made from wood.
    made by由谁制造This cake was made by my sister.
    be made into 被制成……
    The gold is made into a ring.
    双重所有格/双重属格 : 名词+of+名词所有格(名词性的物主代词)
    英语中通常用-’s和of结构来表示所有格。-’s结构通常用在人名和表示人称的名词的末尾,而of结构则常与无生命的名词连用。-’s结构的所有格可用于of结构之后,称为双重所有格。在名词前可以用a,this,that,these,some,any,no等,但不用the。
    He is a friend of mine. 含有“他是我的一个特殊的或惟一的朋友”之意。
    He is no friend of mine. 含义是“我根本不认识他”或“他是我的敌人”
    强调很多当中的一个或几个的时候, 选用双重属格结构a friend of my father/my father's friend(s)  只有一个朋友a friend of my father's 很多朋友中的一个It happened to a friend of mine. 我的很多朋友中的一个
    【Multiple choice questions】
    9  It's kept in the living room. That's where we ___a___ it.
    a. have  b. hold c. lift d. carry
    keep(kept,kept) v. 保持,保存
    keep sth.+地点 在某地放……(状态)
    put v. 放(动作);lift v. 举起;carry v. 扛着, 背着, 抱着
    hold v. 拥有, 持有, 握着;have v. 拥有
    That's后面+以特殊疑问词引导的从句
    That's where 那就是……的地方
     That's why 那就是……的原因
    10  The visitor damaged it. She ___c___ it.
    a. hurt b. pained c. broke d. destroyed
    damaged:可以修复destroy:无法修复
    pain:有身体的疼痛broke:打破, 打断, 打碎
    I broke my leg.
    ★hurt ① hurt oneself/身体的某个部位 ……受伤
    ② 身体的某个部位+hurt ……疼痛
    My hand hurts.
    ③ hurt feelings 伤害……感情,……受伤

    Lesson 11 One good turn deserves another
    【New words and expressions】(6)
    ★turn n. 行为, 举止
    turn n.(帮助或损害他人的)举动、行为
    Yesterday George did me a good/an ill turn. 乔治昨天做了一件对我有利/不利的事。
    He is always ready to do a turn for others.
    ★deserve v. 应得到, 值得
    ① deserve + n. 应该得到……,值得……,应得(奖赏、惩罚等)
    He deserves praise. 他应该得到表扬
    Yor deserve the best. 你应该得到最好的
    He deserved a promotion. (promotion n. 提升)
    ② deserve sth./to do sth. 应该……
    She deserved to be punished.
    Good work deserves good pay. 多劳多得
    ★lawyer n. 律师lawyer's office 律师事务所
    ★bank n. 银行rob the bank 抢银行
    ★salary n. 工资
    pay n. 工资(salary+wage,通用)
    salary n. 薪金,薪水(月薪, 年薪,通常指职员、脑力劳动者(如律师、教师、医生等)有固定工作或管理阶层的收入,数额比较固定,一般按月支付)
    My salary is paid on the 28th of the month.
    wage n. 工资,工钱(按小时, 周计算的,通常指技工或一般体力劳动者,不稳定的工作人的收入,按周或天支付。一般用复数形式wages)。
    When I worked as a waiter, the wages were low, but the tips were good.我当侍者时工资不高但小费可观。
    bonus n. 奖金, 分红
    collet v. 搜集, 领取 collect salary/wage 领工资
    ★immediately(= right away =at once) adv. 立刻
    right now 现在
    【课文讲解】
    1、One good turn deserves another 礼尚往来, 善有善报one bad turn deserves another 恶有恶报
    2、Tony worked in a lawyer's office years ago, but he is now working at a bank.
    work for…强调工作work in… 强调in后面的地点
    working at a bank
    (some/several) years ago 名词-s,前面省略了some
    3、He gets a good salary, but he always borrows money from his friends and never pays it back.
    The teachers in the New Oriental school can get a good salary.
    borrow sth. from sb. 从……借……
    never=not 前面不需要加助动词
    pay在这里的意思是“偿还(债务等)”,还可解释为“付,支付(价款、账单)等”。Pay既是及物动词也可以是不及物动词。How much did you pay for that dress? paid the bill. pay back 还钱
    4、Tony saw me and came and sat at the same table.
    and连接三个并列的动词
    at the same table 坐在同一张桌子旁边
    at table 吃饭at the table 坐在桌子旁边
    5、'I have never borrowed any money from you,' Tony said, 'so now you can pay for my dinner!'
    pay for 为……而付钱I have paid for you a dinner.
    ask (sb.) for sth. 问……要……
    It's my treat. 我请客
    This time is your treat. Next time is my turn.
    Let's go dutch. AA制
    【Key structures】 复习动词时态:p53 D
    【Special Difficulties】
    动词+名词/代词+带to的不定式
    某些动词之后的带to的不定式之前可以有一个名词或代词。有些动词后的名词/代词可有可无,但有和没有经常影响影响整个句子的意义。
    I asked him to lend me twenty pounds.
    I want to speak to John./I’d like sb. to do sth.
    I’d like to do sth.
    还有一些动词后面用不定式作宾语时,其后通常必须有一名词或代词。这类动词有allow,advise,help,teach,tell,request等,这类动词不但可用于主动语态,也可用于被动语态:
    We were not allowed to see the picture.
    hope一定不能说hope sb. to do sth.,正确用法是hope to do (希望自己)或hope that(希望别人)
    【Multiple choice questions】
    8  He gets a good salary. His salary is very ___a___ .
    a. good b. well c. fine d. beautiful
    good salary 不错的薪水beautiful 美丽,漂亮的
    well表示好的时候一般用作副词
    fine用来形容天气好, 质量好
    10  Tony must pay the money back. He must ___c___ .a. pay it again b. pay it c. repay it
    d. pay it once more
    pay back 还钱;pay something 付钱;pay again 再次付钱;pay it 付钱
    once more=again repay it =pay back 

    Lesson 12 Goodbye and good luck
    【New words and expressions】(6)
    ★luck n. 运气, 幸运
    good luck =break your leg 祝你好运
    bless you 保重(比如在别人打喷嚏时说的话)
    lucky adj. 幸运的lucky dog 幸运儿
    lucky day 幸运日 It’s my lucky day.今天我真幸运
    luckily adv. 幸运地unlucky adj. 不幸的
    ★sail v. 航行
    ① vi. (船)航行,扬帆行驶
    The ship is sailing for New York.
    ② vi. (人)乘船航行I want to sail around the world.
    ③ n. 帆,篷This boat has white salis.
    ★harbour n. 港口
    port n. 港口 air port 航空港
    ★proud adj. 自豪,自满
    be proud of 以……为自豪,为(某人)感到自豪
    Parents are proud of their children.
    pride n. 自豪take pride in 以……为自豪
    ★important adj. 重要的importance n. 重大
    【课文讲解】
    1、We'll meet him at the harbour early in the morning.
    在表示时间的短语in the morning,in the afternoon等前面可以再加上early,late等副词,以便确切地表示时间.early in the morning 一大早
    late in the afternoon 傍晚
    2、It has sailed across the Atlantic many times.
    across是对某个细长物“横切、横断、横渡”等,尤指河流、马路、海洋等;过桥用over
    the Atlantic =the Atlantic Ocean 大西洋
    once,twice,three times…
    表示次数的时候, for 一定不能加
    I do something twice.
    3、Captain Alison will set out at eight o'clock, so we'll have plenty of time.
    set out/set off/begin something 出发,动身   
    plenty =enough 相对多,充足的,足够的
    plenty of 足够多的……
    I have plenty of money. a lot of 指客观上的多
    4、We'll see his boat and then we'll say goodbye to him. see = visit 参观 Can I see it?
    say goodbye (to sb.);say hello to (to sb.);say sorry to (to sb.)
    5、He will be away for two months.
    瞬间动词不是不能用完成时态, 而是指不能与段时间连用, 一旦要用段时间就要将其变为 “系表结构” 即 “be + 形容词或介词短语构成”
    He has been away for two hours.
    =He left two hours ago.点时间
    有的动词可用be+形容词系表结构表状态来代替
    arrive= be here/there ;leave= be away ;die = be dead ;join(也是瞬间动词) = be a soldier/in the army
    6、He will take part in an important race across the Atlantic.take part (in) 参加,参与(某项活动)
    enter for 报名参加
    I have entered for the meeting,but now I don't want to take part in the meeting.
    an important race across the Atlantic 横渡大西洋的比赛(介词短语做定语放在被修饰词的后面)
    the person at the door
    be in the race = take part in the race 参加比赛
    at the race 在比赛场地观看比赛
    【Key structures】 
    一般将来时
    1、一般将来时表示将要发生的动作或存在的状态
    2、 ① 基本结构: shall/will + 动词原形
    shall常用在第一人称I或we的后面,而will可用于所有人称,缩略为’ll,否定式中,will not可缩略为’ll not或won’t,shall not缩略shan’t(在美语中很少用shall)
    ② be going to do sth./ be gonna do sth.(美语) 打算做某事; 与will一般可以互换,但与打算无关含义的句子, will与be going to do 不能互换
    I’ll miss you. (不能用be going to)
    He'll lose. 他要输了。(不能用be going to)
    I'll be sixteen years old next year(不能用be going to)
    ③ be + to do sth. 表示计划安排在某事或用来征求意见 I am to have a holiday.
    ④ be about to do sth. 即将做某事.
    ⑤ will be doing 表示将要做某事
    ⑥ be doing (瞬间动词) 用进行时表示将来时态.动词有:go,come,arrive,leave,die,land,join
    ⑦ be 一般现在时表示将要发生If it rains, …
    【Special Difficulties】
    be+副词构成的表语   
    动词be如与不同的副词连用意义不同,意思主要由副词的意义决定:
    be in 在家;be out 出去;be away 离开;be on 上映;be back 回来;be over 结束;be up to sth.胜任某件事情, 能够做某件事
    set+副词构成的短语动词
    set out 出发,动身 When’ll you set out for London?
    set off 出发,启程 I’ll set off for home the day after tomorrow. set up 创立,建立;(a record)创造……记录 Has Tom set up a new world record?

    Lesson 13 The Greenwood Boys
    【New words and expressions】(5)
    ★group n. 小组, 团体a group of 一群或一个团体
    group n. 组合,指合唱团(如Back Street 后街男孩)band n.乐队(如零点乐队, 只有一个主唱)
    ★pop singer 流行歌手
    pop adj. 受欢迎的,通俗的,流行的,大众的(popular的缩写)pop song(music)流行音乐
    ★club n. 俱乐部night club 夜总会
    ★performance n. 演出
    ① n. 执行,完成,履行He is praised for the excellent performance of his duties.
    ② n. 表现,工作情况His performance in the mathematics exam is not very good.
    ③ n. 演出,表演
    The pop singers will give five performances.
    -mance 名词后缀 perform v. 演出
    ★occasion n. 场合
    中文 : 在某种场合, 某种条件下, 某种环境中
    英文 : occasion = time 某个时候
    this occasion;on the(this) occasion 在这种时候
    occasionally =sometimes 有时候, 偶尔
    【课文讲解】
    1、At present, they are visiting all parts of the country.
    at present =now 目前,现在 nowadays adv. 目前
    up to now =so far 到现在为止
    visit v.拜访、参观;(歌手)巡演
    all parts of the country 全国各地(all在这里的意思是“各种的,各个”)
    in all parts of the world 在全世界各地
    2、They will be coming by train and most of the young people in the town will be meeting them at the station.
    will be doing 将来进行时态,用来表示最近的将来正在进行的动作或说话人设想已经安排好的事情,将来进行时态的意思往往等于一般将来时态.
    We will be acting. 我们将要行动了
    most of the young people in the town 镇上的大部分年轻人(介词短语作定语)
    most of + the… 大多数的……(一定要加‘the’)
    most of the books; most of the time
    most of the young people = most young people
    most students = most of the students.
    ★meet
    ① vt.&vi.(偶然)遇见,遇到We met at a restaurant.
    ② vt.(约定地点或时间)和……会面,迎接
    meet sb. +地点  去某地接某人  
    Who will be meet you when you arrive in London?
    see sb. off 送行, 目送
    ③ vt.(经介绍)和……相识/见面
    I’d like to meet your brother.
    3、Tomorrow evening they will be singing at the Workers' Club 在工人俱乐部
    4、The Greenwood Boys will be staying for five days. During this time, they will give five performances.
    …will be staying here for five days 逗留五天
    …give five performances 演出五场
    5、As usual, the police will have a difficult time.
    as usual 象往常一样,照例
    difficult这里解释为“难对付的”、“费劲的”,指麻烦比较多。have a good time 玩得开心  
    have a hard time 生活得艰辛
    have a difficult time 日子不象平时那样惬意
    6、They will be trying to keep order. It is always the same on these occasions.
    try to do sth. 设法做某事, 尽力做某事
    order常用的意义是“次序、顺序”,也可当“治安、秩序”讲keep order 维持次序
    public order 治安
    当用occasion表示在某个/些场合时,它与介词on连用on these occasion(s)每逢这种场合
    the same 表示情况相同
    注意同一意思的多种表达方式
    Why are you late? = What took you so long?
    【Key structures】 
    将来进行时
    将来进行时由will/shall+be+现在分词构成,通常用于表示最近或很久的将来正在进行的动作。将来进行时常用来表示说话人设想已经安排好的事。
    I’ll be working for my exams next month. 下个月我将用功看书准备考试。
    By this time tomorrow, I’ll be lying on the beach.
    将来进行时与一般将来时有时表达的意思差不多,但一般将来时中的will经常具有蓄意为之的含义(如表示主语的意愿、决心、许诺等),将来进行时不具有这些含义,只表示单纯的将来,或者说只陈述将来的事实,但它语气比单用will时委婉客气。
    When will you finish these letters? (如上司对下属)When will you be seeing Mr. White?(如下属对上司)
    Mary won’t pay this bill. (她拒绝付帐)
    Mary won’t be paying this bill. (将来的事实)
    Won’t you join us for dinner? 你来和我们一起吃饭好吗?(邀请) Won’t you be joining us for dinner? 你会和我们一起吃饭吗?(将来的事实)
    【语法精粹】
    1."The meeting is scheduled to begin at 7 o'clock"
    "But__C___a delay."
    A. it will be B. there'd be C. there will be D. there is schedule 按计划;delay n. 延迟, 拖延和耽误it be 它是,be动词的后面一旦加名词, 往往认为主语和名词之间是等号关系
    2.He'll leave for Paris before you___C__next week.
    A. will come back B. will be back C. come back D. came back
    3.Our next meeting__C___on 1st December
    A. has been held B. will hold C. is to be held D. is holding
    be to,将来的标志, 是将来还是被动
    4.Where__C___a will,there is a way.
    A. there will have B. has been there
    C. there is D. there has been.
    是个谚语“有志者事竞成”where 引导地点状语从句
    5.It__B___be Wednesday tomorrow.
    A. is going to B. will C. is about to D. is to
    Will和be going to一般可以互换, 遇上没有办法打算和计划安排的, 只能用will be(单纯的表将来)
    be about to 计划打算; be to 计划打算; be going to 计划打算
    【Special Difficulties】
    名词所有格:
    一般只对人和某些生物用-’s,名词所有格放在其所修饰的名词之前,但在上下文很清楚时名词可省略。名词所有格的规则
    ① 在单数名词及不以 -s 结尾的人名后加 -'s;
    ② 在以 -s 结尾的单数名词后加 -'s;
    ③ 在规则的复数名词的 -s 后面加所有格符号 ';
    ④ -s 结尾的人名后可用 's 也可用所有格符号 ';
    ⑤ 如果是用and连接的两个人名,则在第二个人名上加-'s;也可以同时有两个所有格:
    My brother’s neighbour’s sister is a nurse. 我兄弟的邻居的姐姐/妹妹是一名护士。
    ⑥ 有些无生命的物体后面也可以用所有格,如与时间有关的:in twenty minutes' time。3 minutes' walk(drive) 走路或开车三分钟的路程
    a month’s salary
    表示值多少钱也可以用所有格:
    I want ten pounds' worth of minced meat. (minced meat 碎肉)
    How much damage was there? 哪儿有多大的损失?
    There was a hundred pounds'worth of damage.
    【语法精粹】
    I want ( C ).
    A.a dollar worth candy B.candy a dollar's worth
    C.a dollar's worth of candy D.a dollar worth's candy
    【Multiple choice questions】
    5  During this time, they will give five performances. That's what they'll do ___a___ this time.
    a. in b. on c. of d. while
    during this time: 在这段期间
    during和in之间有区别, 但是它们之间却是近义词
    during this time=in this time (this time 这一次)
    12  It's always the same on these occasions. It's always the same at ___d___ like this.
    a. situation b. conditions c. place d. times
    on these occasions:在一个时候
    situation: 情况, in the situation
    condition: 状态, 条件, in the condition
    11  The Greenwood Boys will give five performances. They will give five ___a___ .
    a. recital b. executions c. play d. songs
    recital n. 朗诵,(对外公开)的演出
    execution n. 演出(倾向技巧);play n. 戏剧;

    Lesson 14 Do you speak English?
    【New words and expressions】(7)
    ★amusing adj. 好笑的, 有趣的
    The story is amusing. (好笑的)
    amused adj. 感到好笑的(要笑出声)
    amuse v. 使发笑,使愉快The story amused me.
    funny adj. 好笑的(不一定要笑出声可以指贬义),开心的,令人开心的interesting / funny story
    ★experience n. 经历(可数);经验(不可数)
    ① n. 经历(可数)He has a lot of experiences.
    ② n. 经验,体验(不可数)Does she have any experience in teaching?③ vt. 经验,体验The village has experienced great changes since 1980.
    experienced adj. 有经验的,经验丰富的
    He is an experienced doctor.
    ★wave v. 招手wave to sb. 向某人招手
    ★lift n. 搭便车A give B a lift. 让某人搭便车
    take a bus/taxi/lift 乘公共汽车/乘出租汽车/搭便车 B wants to take a lift. 某人想搭便车
    thumb lift 拇指便车(向过路车辆竖起拇指表示要求免费搭车)
    ★reply v. 回答
    reply与answer的区别:
    ① 作为不及物动词是一样的 :He answered/replied.
    ② 作为及物动词就不一样了 :
    answer sth. answer the letter 回信
    reply to sth. I will reply to the letter. 回信
    ★language n. 语言
    native language 母语mother tongue 母语(口语中用)
    My mother tongue is Chinese.
    ★journey n. 旅行 所有的旅行,偏重于陆地旅行
    go on a journey;3 days' journey(三天路程)
    trip n. 短距离旅行或出差(时间或距离上较短)
    go on a trip = go on business
    travel n. 周游(长途旅行)tour n. 游玩(为了玩)
    tourist n. 游客 voyage n. 旅行(海上)
    flight n. 空中飞行
    【课文讲解】
    1、After I had left a small village in the south of France, I drove on to the next town.
    after引导的从句如果一个是过去时,一个是过去完成时,那一定是从句用过去完成时;before引导的从句表示“在……之前”,主句发生在从句之前, 主句用过去完成时。
    drive on 继续开往(on加在动词的后面表示继续)
    My heart will go on 《我心永恒》
    副词on紧跟在动词后面时可以表示“向前”、“继续下去”等意义:He talked on until everybody had gone. 他滔滔不绝地讲到大家都走了。
    表达方位的表达方式一共有3个介词, in(在……里面),on(接壤),to(没有相接的, 是相离的)
    A is to the east of B (A B不相接)A is on the east of B (A B接壤)A is in the east of B (A在B里面)
    2、On the way, a young man waved to me.
    on the way 在路上, 在途中
    wave to sb. 冲某人挥手
    3、As soon as he had got into the car, I said good morning to him in French and he replied in the same language. as soon as 一……就……,后面一定要加一个句子(时间状语从句), 强调两个动作几乎是连在一起的,“一” 后面的先发生
    只要是状语从句, 一旦遇到将来时, 变为一般现在时As soon as you arrive,you must call me.
    表示用某种语言作为交际手段时介词用in,表示讲某种语言时可以不加介词。
    I speak English. I say a word in Chinese.
    reply 要想加宾语要加 to (+要回答的内容),而in the same language 在句中作状语, 不是replay所应回答的问题(宾语), 故用in
    4、Apart from a few words, I do not know any French at all. apart from… 除……以外
    not … at all 一点都不,表强调
    5、I had nearly reached the town, when the young man suddenly said, very slowly, "Do you speak English?'
    nearly 将要
    when的翻译要看具体情况, 在这里译为“就在此时”
    I had nearly reached home when I found my mother standing there.
    Do you speak English? 你说英语吗? 你是说英语国家的人吗?(问的是一个事实,不是问会说英语吗) Do you swim? 你去游泳吗?  
    Can you swim? 你会游泳吗?
    6、As I soon learnt, he was English himself!'
    I learn 我得知; I know 我知道(我本来就知道)
    As+主语+动词,从句 (As my mother said/As I heard/ As I learnt) 正如……
    As we know,the New Concept English is very good. 正如我们所知……
    As I think,it is the coldest day in the year.
    As he said, English is easy to learn.
    himself反身代词单独放在句尾, 起强调作用
    I read English myself.
    【Key structures】 
    过去完成时
    过去完成时:由had+过去分词构成,它表示过去某时或某动作发生之前已经完成的动作或情况,即“较早的过去”。过去完成时一定要以一个过去时态作铺垫, 这个动作一定要发生在had done之后。
    在用过去完成时态的句子中,常用连词when,after,as soon as,until,by that time等。常与现在完成时连用的副词如already,just,never,never…before也常与过去完成时连用,以强调事件发生的先后次序:I didn’t know that she was a famous actress until you had told me.
    在那些用过去完成时的句子中没有明确的时间状语,但通过上下文可以看出动作发生的先后。
    Exercises D (用正确的时态填空)
    1  The moment he had said this, he ______ (regret) it.
    the moment = as soon as 一……就……,后面直接加从句2  It ______ (begin) to rain before she took a taxi.before从句用一般过去时, 主句用过去完成时
    【Special Difficulties】
    Ask与Ask For:
    ask v. 问,询问;请求,要求,邀请
    ask a question/ask sb. 问(一个问题)/问某人
    I asked (Mary) a question.
    They asked Tony to sing a song.
    ask for 要,要求(某样东西)
    I asked for a cup of coffee, but they gave me a cup of tea./You are always asking for help.
    Except, Except for与Apart from
    三者都表示“除……以外”,有时可以互换,但except不用于句首,except for和apart from则可以。
    Everyone has helped in some way apart from/except for/except you.
    Apart from/Except for you, everyone has helped in some way. apart from习惯上喜欢放句首, apart from=except/besides
    如果认为整体之中做这件事情的人除了整体之外,还有这个人也做了(包括),是加号=besides;如果认为整体之中做这件事情的人除了整体之外,这个人没有做(排除),是减号=except;如果放在句首,统一用apart from代替except/besides
    All the passengers are millionaire except us. (减号)
    I invited everyone except George. / Except for George I invited everyone.
    Except for/apart from this, everything is in order.
    except for含有对整体中的某一个方面不满意,except for 可以不放在句首, 强调整体当中某一方面除外, 剩下的整体都不错
    The article is very good except for his handwriing.
    Except for his height, he is very excellent.
    Which of,Either of,Neigher of与Both of
    上面这些短语都可用于指两个人或两件事
    either of 两者当中的任何一个neither of 两者都不which of 那一个both of 两者都
    ① 当询问在两个或更多的人或事物中偏爱哪一个或选择哪一个时,可用which .I like both of these bags. Which of the two do you prefer?
    ② either与neither都是对两个人或物而言(后接单数名词)。either指one or the other(不是这个就是那个),either和neither后跟of时则指两个事物中的每一个
    either of sb. 当中的任何一个
    neither of sb. ……当中的任何一个都不.
    ③ both只指两个人或物。当它用在名词前时,of 可有可无;当用在代词前面时,其后必须加of
    Both books/Both of the books are interesting.
    Both of us/them left early.
    ④none of 三者或三者以上之间都不
    Exercise
    5 He could not answer(neither of)(either of)the questions I (asked)(asked for).
    either of(前面有not, 故只能选either of) , asked
    【Multiple choice questions】
    6  I speak a few words of French. I don't know ___b_ French
    a. many b. much c. plenty of d. a little
    plenty of 足够多的;not…plenty of 不够多
    not much = a little 一些not a little = much 很多
    7  Neither of us spoke. We ___c___ .
    a. neither spoke b. either spoke
    c. both didn't speak d. neither didn't speak
    11  He replied in French. He ___b___ the writer in French.a. responed b. answered c. returne d. remarked
    responded和replied用法一样,replied后面加宾语一定要加to,answer可以直接加宾语
    9  The young man waved to the writer. He ___c___ him.a. salute b. greeted c. signalled to d. nodded
    salute v. 行军礼, 军人的问候
    The soldier saluted his officer. 士兵的问候
    greet v. 问候 ; signal v. 发出信号
    10  He asked for a lift. He was a ___b___.
    a. tramp b. hitch hiker c. passenge d. foreigner
    tramp n. 流浪汉 ;hitch hiker 搭便车的人 ;passenger n. 乘客(指要付车钱的那种)
    12  The writer had ___b___ reached the town when the young man spoke.
    a.often b.almost c.sometimes d.just as
    almost=nearly just as+时间从句 正当……时候 

    Lesson 15 Good news
    【New words and expressions】(5)
    Secretary/secret n. 秘密
    ★nervous adj. 精神紧张的
    ① adj. 神经质的,神经紧张的
    She is a nervous woman. Do you see that nervous smile on her face?
    ② 紧张的,担心的,情绪不安的
    He had never spoken in public, so he was very nervous. nervous adj. 精神紧张的(事情发生时)
    worried adj. 担心的(为以后的事情)
    upset adj. 不安的 (对以前的事情)
    irritable adj. 易怒的,急躁的
    Mary is an irritable old lady. She gets angry easily.
    ★afford v. 负担得起
    ① vt. 买得起(常与can/can’t连用)afford sth.
    ② vt. 担负得起(损失、后果等),花得起(时间)(常与can/can’t连用)afford money/time
    I can afford the hoilday. (有时间去)
    I can only afford one week for the trip.
    afford to do sth..
    I can’t afford to be ill again. 我不能再病了。
    ③ vt. 提供,给予
    Joe afforded us a room for the night.
    ★interrupt v. 插话, 打断
    disturb v. 打扰某人Sorry to disturb you.
    interruption n. 中断,打断
    【课文讲解】
    1、The secretary told me that Mr. Harmsworth would see me.would在这里不是表示单纯的过去将来时,而是表示“想……”、“要……”的意思:
    What would you like to have?
    2、He did not look up from his desk when I entered.
    look up表示原先在埋头干什么,之后抬头看
    He looked up (from his book) when he heard a noise.
    look down 往地上看(look up的反义词)
    look down upon/on sb. 瞧不起某人
    3、He told me that the firm could not afford to pay such large salaries.
    collect salary 领薪水 pay salary 支付薪水
    large一般指东西的数量大
    so的后面加形容词或副词;such的后面加名词, 容许在该名词前面加修饰词
    4、I knew that my turn had come.
    turn n. 轮流,轮班,(依次轮流时各自的)一次机会It is my turn. 轮到我了(口语常用形式)
    5、'Mr.Harmsworth,' I said in a weak voice.
    in a … voice 用……的声音
    in a loud(大声)/low (低声)/weak(强调心里不踏实)/strong(理直气壮) voice
    6、Then he smiled and told me I would receive an extra thousand pounds a year!
    以下词都可表示 “再, 又” 的意思, 注意用法 :
    ① an extra thousand(作名词看)
    数量+extra+名词 再有多少
    On Sundays, I usually get some extra sleep.
    Last month, he was paid an extra hundred pounds.
    ② two others = two other +名词
    ③ two more
    Give me two extra/other/more books.再给我两本书。
    once more: 再一次
    ④ another three days 另外三天(只有another 的数词在后面)
    【Key structures】 
    间接引语
    把某人所说的话告诉另外一个人时,应该使用间接引语。间接陈述句的时态往往受引述动词的影响。引述陈述句时最常用的动词是say和tell,tell后面必须跟表示人称的间接宾语(tell sb.),而say后面则可跟或不跟to+讲话对象。
    1、主从一致 : 主句和从句的时态一致
    ① 主句的动词为一般现在时, 从句为任意时态
    ② 主句的动词为一般过去时, 从句为相对应的过去时态(时态倒移)
    2、人称变化:主要是第一和第二人称变化
    3、只要属于宾语从句, 引导词that可以省略
    【Special Difficulties】
    Office, Study, Desk
    office n. 办公室 study n. 书房desk n. 课桌
    Exercises :1  We shall use the spare room in our new house as a ______ .study
    5  Since his illness he has been very ______ . He is always losing his temper. (irritable)
    【Multiple choice questions】
    10  It's your turn ___c___ .
    a.It's your line b.It's your row
    c.You're next d.It's your chance
    12  The writer would receive an extra £1,000  a year. He would get £1,000 a year ___b___ .
    a. less b. more c. over d. up
    more可以放数词和名词之间, 甚至可放在整个名词的后面two more eggs,once more;extra和other一定放在数词和名词之间, another一定放在数词前面
    over sth. 超过(多余)什么东西
    【语法精粹】
    间接引语:如果是现在进行时在直接引语当中变成间接引语, 极有可能选用过去完成时
    1.My brother__A__while he____his bicycle and hurt himself. A.fell/was riding B.feel/was riding
    C.had fallen/rode D.had fallen/was riding
    fell(跌下来),ride(骑自行车) 
    2.He__ C __his leg as he_____in a football match.
    A.broke/played B.was breaking/was playing
    C.broke/was playing D.was breaking/played
    3.My father will be here tomorrow.
    I thought that he__ A __today.
    A.was coming B.is coming C.will come D.comes
    be coming表示将要
    跟go,come,leave,arrive相连的词一定会用进行时态表示将来时态,它们过去进行时态很有可能表达过去将来时态的含义
    4.Jack was going out of the shop when he collided with an old woman who__ B __. Collide
    A.come B.wascoming C.hadbeencoming D.hadcome
     5.Mike couldn't come to the telephone when Mr.Smith called her because she___C__in the lab.
    A.had been working B.has been working
    C.was working D.worked

    Lesson 16 A polite request
    【New words and expressions】(9)
    ★park v. 停放(汽车) parking area 停车场
    ★traffic n. 交通 traffic police 交通警
    traffic lights 交通灯,另义为拐弯口, 红绿灯, 十字路口traffic jam 交通堵塞
    I spend a lot of time in traffic jam
    heavy traffic 繁重的交通
    I was ordered to drive in heavy traffic. (交通拥挤)
    first crossing/turning 叉路口, 拐角
    ★note n. 便条; n. 纸条, 纸钞
    make notes 做笔记 message n. 消息
    ★area n. 地段
    area n. 场地, 地段(一块对方), 大地点, 小地点都可以place n. 地点region n. 地区(交战, 开火)In this region, there were a lot of wars. 战火连绵
    ★reminder n. 提示(可以指人,也可以指物,
    remind v. 提示, 提醒
    remind sb. of sth. You remind me of your mother.
    remind sb. to do sth.
    ★fail v. 无视, 忘记,失败
    ① vi. 失败 fail+宾语 做某事失败
    fail (in) doing sth. 在某些方面失败 (in可省略)
    He failed (in) examination.
    ② vi. 不及格③ vt. 使……不及格
    The teacher said he would fail me if I don’t work harder.
    ④ vt. 未能……,不能……,忘记……(后接不定式)fail to do sth. 没有能够做某事,忘记做……
    not fail to do sth. 一定能够某事
    You can not fail to drive it. 你一定能够驾驶
    If you arrived in Beijing, you cannot fail to find the New Oriental School.
    【课文讲解】
    1、If you park your car in the wrong place, a traffic policeman will soon find it.
    英语中指每个人/任何人的不定代词通常是one,但在日常会话中,非正式的you更为常用。
    One can never know what will happen tomorrow.
    If you make a journey around the world, you’ll see many beauty spots.
    in the wrong place 不合适的地方
    wrong adj. 不合适的,  right adj. 合适的
    He is the right person who you are looking for.
    the wrong person in the wrong place at the wrong time.
    2、You will be very lucky if he lets you go without a ticket. let (sb.) go 放开,释放,使自由让(sb)去The man won’t let go (of) my arm.抓住胳膊不放。
    without a ticket=without giving you a ticket
    If 引导的叫条件句, without后面的名词也叫条件
    without+n. 如果没有Without water,fish cannot live.
    3、However, this does not always happen.
    however=but 然而,however常常放在句首或句子中都可以,but习惯放在两个句子之间;but转折性语义比较强,however转折语义比较弱
    4、During a holiday in Sweden, I found this note on my car: 'sir, we welcome you to our city. This is a "No Parking" area. You will enjoy your stay here if you pay attention to our street signs. This note is only a reminder.' on my car 指车的外面
    welcome sb. to+地点 欢迎某人来某地
    Enjoy your stay here. 祝你玩得开心
    only a reminder==not a ticket
    “No Parking”在句中作area的定语,由若干个词合成的词组型定语有:
    a never-to-be-forgotten day一个永远也不能忘掉的日子a well-to-do family 一个富裕的家庭
    【Key structures】 
    条件句(Conditional sentences)
    if引导的条件从句指能够发生、可能发生或可能发生过的事件。如果认为将来的事件很可能会发生,那么if从句中要用一般现在时(有时也用其他形式的现在时),主句中用will(或shall)加动词形式或其他形式的将来时。
    If he is sleeping,don't wake him up.
    条件句的主句中的will表示肯定如此或几乎可以肯定会如此。如果觉得其“肯定”程度达不到使用will的程度,或者如果想表达建议等其他意思,就可以用别的情态助动词来代替will;条件句中的主句还可以用祈使语气等表示请求、建议等。
    You can post these letters if you want to.
    Exercises C
    5  If he ______ (enjoy) concerts, why doesn't he come with us?.enjoys, why doesn't跟第三人称连用, 是一种建议; why not连在一起表示建议
    【Special Difficulties】
    Police and Traffic Police traffic police 交通警
    police n. 警察
    ① n. 警察部门,警方(与the连用)
    Ring the police if there is a burglary.
    ② 警察(复数)
    The police are questioning a foreign tourist.
    ③ 如果要单指一名警察,可以用policeman或policewoman
    There is a traffic policeman over there.
    Pay attention to,Care,Take care of,Look after
    pay attention to (思想上)注意
    notice (眼睛上的)注意
    care 关心, 在意I don't care. 我不在乎。
    Who cares? 我不在乎(谁在乎!)
    I don’t care if he breaks his neck! 他就是折断颈骨,我也不在乎!take care of==look after 照顾, 照料
    Remind and Remember
    remind v. 提醒
    remind sb. of sth., remind sb. to do sth.
    remember v. 记起, 记得
    Remember? 记得吗?(可以单独用)
    remember to do sth. 记得要去做……
    remember doing sth. 记得已经做了
    remember sb. to sb. 前者向后者表示问候
    Remember me to your mother. 代我向你母亲问好
    Exercise (选择正确的词)
    1  You can only learn if you(look after)(pay attention).
    【Multiple choice questions】
    6‘No Parking’means ___a___ .
    a. don't leave your car here b. without parking
    c. don't stop d. there's no room to park here
    park v. 停放(侧重放)
    stop v. 让运动中的东西停下来
    leave v. 离开, 留下来, 丢在某地(一定要加宾语和地点) leave sth. Here/I left keys at home.
    7  This note is only a reminder. It's ___d___ .
    a. nothing b. no one c. nothing extra d. nothing more
    nothing是不定代词,修饰词要放在不定代词的后面
     It is nothing. 他什么都不是.
    extra做定语时,一定要放在被修饰词前面,如one extra thousand;而more可以放在被修饰词前面或后面,如two more.../...more
     nothing extra : × ; nothing more : √
    9  You will enjoy your stay. It will ___d___ you.
    a.amus b.enjoy c.laugh at  d.please
    enjoy的典型用法是“主语从宾语身上得到享受”
    laugh at(sb.) 嘲笑某人 amuse(sb.) 让某人笑出来
    please(sb.) 让某人高兴; 取悦
    可以直接加人的动词:shock,surprise,amuse,please,worry,其共同特征是和人的感觉相连
     be worried about 为……担心
     
    Lesson 17 Always young
    【New words and expressions】(5)
    ★appear v. 登场, 扮演
    ① vi. 出现,显露(反义词是disappear)
    The plane appeared./The plane disappeared.
    ② vi. 当众露面;登场(演出等)
    I can’t appear in this dress at the party.
    appear as 扮演……角色
    He appeared as a prince. (prince n. 王子)
    appear on the stage as… (扮演的确切表达)
    My aunt appeared on the stage as a young girl.
    ③ vi. 似乎,看起来好象(与seem同义),显得(系动词,后面直接加形容词)
    He appears nervous. 他显得很紧张(看起来)
    She appears to know you.
    ★stage n. 舞台on the stage 在舞台上
    in the stage 在某一阶段(时期)
    ★bright adj. 鲜艳的bright red 鲜红色; bright yellow
    明黄色; bright blue 宝蓝色
    【课文讲解】
    1、My aunt Jennifer is an actress.
    以-ess结尾的是女性;以-or、-er结尾的是男性
    Actor/ actress waiter / waitress
    prince 王子/princess 公主 lion/ lioness
    doctor /woman doctor god 神/ goddess 女神 (God 上帝,注意 “G” 大写)
    2、She must be at least thirty-five years old.
    年龄的两种表示方法:
    ① 数字+years old,作表语thirty-five years old
    ② 数字+-year-old,作定语my four-year-old daughter
    must + 动词原形 不得不, 必须;(对现在的)推测
    She must be a model.
    She must be fifteen years old. 她很可能五岁
    She must be at most fifteen years old. 她最多十五
    at least 至少, 最少 at most 最多
    3、In spite of this, she often appears on the stage as a young girl.
    in spite of 不管,尽管 (“of” 为介词, 后面一定会加名词、代词或从句)
    In spite of this, I still like school. (school前不加“the”表示上学,加“the”只表示学校)
    4、Jennifer will have to take part in a new play soon.
    join 参加了某一种团体
    join sb./sth. join the army 参军join the party 入党
    join us (口语)加入我们(这个团体)中来
    take part in 参加某一种活动take part in the race 参加比赛 take part in a play
    attend 出席attend the meeting 参加会议, 出席会议attend the party 出席宴会
    attend the class 上课
    Thank you for your attending.谢谢大家的出席(到来)
    5、This time, she will be a girl of seventeen.
    两种年龄的表达:
    She is eighteen years old./She is a girl of eighteen.
    6、In the play, she must appear in a bright red dress and long black stockings.
    in (+颜色、衣服) 穿着……样的衣服,用介词短语取代动词,避免了一句话中出现两个动词
    7、If anyone ever asks her how old she is, she always answers, 'Darling, it must be terrible to be grown up!'
    ever = at any time 任何时候(时间副词)
    be grown-up 作为一个成年人
    grow up (人)成长
    当有人问你年龄时,你可以这样回答:
    It is a secret. / It is privacy./I forget it.
    【Key structures】 
    情态助动词must
    Must译为“必须”,可以表示“必要,命令或强制,邀请,决心,不可推卸的责任”等多处含义。它没有时态和人称变化,通常只用于现在时和将来时。在其他时态时,must的有些含义可以用have to或have got to。这三种形式一般可以互换,但用于第一人称时,have to(have got to)强调客观的要求或外在的原因,must则强调主观的要求或表示说话的人认为自己有权做某事。
    have to和have got to往往可以互换,但与always,sometimes等频度副词连用时,用have to往往比用havt got to好。have got to比have to更口语化。
    在过去时的句子中, 要用have to 来表示 “必须”,have to可以有任意时态have to作为实义动词, 否定式为don't have to;will not have to;didn't have to
    在表达“难道你不能不(做……)”时,一般用“Must you…?”,而不用“Do you have to…?”
    Must you leave now? 难道你非得现在就走吗?
    I’m afraid so. I have to study for an exam.
    must可以表示推测,must do表示对现在的推测;must have done表示对过去的推测
    在 I think…/he thinks…的从句中,一定要用事实说话. (不能说成 “I think he must be a fool.” )
    must be的否定式为can’t be(不可能):
    Someone’s using the phone, it must be John.It can’t be John. He promised me he wouldn’t use it today.
    【Special Difficulties】
    As的用法
    ① 作为介词,可以表示“作为”、“以……身份”等
    As a mechanic, he can’t always keep himself clean.
    ② 作为连词,可以表示“因为”、“正当……时候”、“以……方式”或“如同……那样”等
    You must take care of the bady tomorrow as I am going to London.(因为,由于)
    As we were talking about him, he knocked at the door.
    Do as you are told.
    ③ “担任……工作” I work as an engineer.
    Dress, Suit, Costume
    dress n. 裙子,晚礼服,连衣裙(女式)
    suit n. 套装(男式)My brother never wears ready-made suits. 我的弟弟从来不穿成衣。
    costume n. 演出服,民族服装,某一年代所穿的服装 All the actors wore fifteenth-century costumes. 所有演员都穿着15世纪的服装。
    Grow and Grow up
    grow vi. 生长,成长,发育
    Trees of the kind don’t grow in our country.
    How tall you’ve got! You’ve grown a lot.
    grow up 长成,成熟(其被动态表示长大成人)
    Lucy has grown up a lot since I last saw her.
    Exercises
    3  She hired a(suit)(costume)for the fancy-dress party.
    Costume fancy-dress-party 化妆舞会;
    【Multiple choice questions】
    3  She must be at least thirty-five years old. In my opinion she ____b__ . a. has b. is c. can d. must
    in one's opinion =sb. think 就某人看来(后面一定是事实)in one's opinion 常常取代sb. think, I think太强调个人观点
    8  She often appears as a young girl. She ___a___ on the stage as a young girl.
    a. is presented b. points c. show d. seems
    appear v. 扮演,本意为 “出现, 显示” ;seems v. 看起来, 似乎show v. 显示, 给……看
    be on show 展览, 演出
    be presented 出席 √(过去的习惯用法)
    be present 出席(反义词为be absent 缺席)
    12  She is grown up. She is ____d__ .
    a. very old b. an adolescent c. a teenager d. an adult
    grown adj.长大的,成年的,长满某物的
    grown up adj. 成年的,成熟的;n. 成年人
    grow up 成长
    adolescent adj. 青春期的(13-16岁),青春的;n. 青少年adolescent criminal 青春期犯罪
    teenage n. 十几岁的人(10-20岁)男女青少年
    adult n. 成年人

    Lesson 18 He often does this!
    【New words and expressions】(3)
    pub n. 小酒店landlord n. 店主bill n. 帐单
    【课文讲解】
    1、After I had had lunch at a village pub, I looked for my bag.Pub是public house(酒店,酒店)的缩写
    2、I had left it on a chair beside the door and now it wasn't there!leave除了“离去,离开,出发”的意思,还可以表示“把(人、物)留下,遗留,丢下”等。
    Have you left anything in the car?
    3、'I'm very sorry,' he said. 'My dog had taken in into the garden. He often does this!'
    he指店主的狗,英语国家人士常用人称代词he或she指自己喂养的宠物。
    【Key structures】 
    have的用法
    1、have作为助动词构成各种完成时和完成进行时
    2、have还可以作完全动词,当作“具有、拥有”讲时,它和have got通常可以互换。have做 “有, 患病” 概念时, 可作为实义动词, 也可作为非实义动词。在英国英语中的疑问句和否定句中have(具有)的用法与be相同,即可以不用助动词do或did;在美国英语中,常用do助动词和have一起构成疑问句和否定句。
    I don’t have a pen/a headache.
    I haven’t a pen /a headache.
    三种情况have 可以用 have got取代
     have to== have got to
    have作“具有,拥有”讲时是状态动词,不能用于进行时态或被动语态,通常用于一般现在时。在其它时态中,一般用have而不用have got。
    You can have these apples if you want them. I’ve got a lot more.
    He must be very fond of animals to have five dogs. 他一定非常喜欢动物,才会养五条狗。
    3、have作完全动词时,还可以表示eat,drink,enjoy,take等意思,这时它是行为动词,可以用于包括进行时的各种时态。当have用于表示这些含义时,它必须与助动词do等连用以构成疑问句或否定句。
    have dinner,have a cigarette/ coffee/a holiday/a good time/a swim/a rest
    Exercises C
    在下面哪几句话中可用have got来代替have?
    1  He had a drink before dinner. ⑴...不换...
    2  Mrs. Sullivan has a lot of money. ⑵...换... 有钱
    3  He had to leave early. ⑶...换...
    4  We have had a long conversation. ⑷...不换...进行
    5  My mother has a headache. ⑸...换... 患病
    6  They had a good time at the party. ⑹...不换...
    have a good/long time : 过的愉快(固定短语)
    7  This sock has a hole in it. ⑺...换...
    8  She has to be patient with him. ⑻...换... has to
    9 I have a bath every day. ⑼...不换...
    10 10  This room has four windows. ⑽...换...
    11  He has a farm. ⑾...换...
    12  We had a letter from Jill yesterday. ⑿...不换...
    have a letter from==receive a letter from 收到
    【Special Difficulties】
    give的几个固定搭配
    give常用含义是“给予,交给”
    gave away 赠送give in上交呈交,屈服,让步,投降He gave away all his books to the library.
    Give in your examination papers after you’ve finished. You can do what you like. I will never give in.
    give up doing sth. 放弃,抛弃 give up 交出,让出
    Jack has given up the watch he stole last week.
    Three of our officers gave themselves up to the enemy. 我方的三名军官向敌人投降了。
    Beside and Besides
    beside pron. 在……旁边,在……附近
    Come and sit beside us.
    besides adv. 而且,并且,此外;pron. 除……之外(还)I’m quite busy. Besides, I’ve got a bad cold.
    There were a lot of people at the party besides us.

    Lesson 19 Sold out
    【New words and expressions】(6)
    ★hurry v. 匆忙
    ① vi. 赶紧,赶快,匆忙he hurried to the office.
    ② n. 急忙,匆忙,仓促
    In his hurry, he dropped some coins on the floor.
    in a hurry 匆忙 (时间、动作上的紧急)
    If you are not busy. 如果你不忙(行为上的匆忙)
    in no hurry 不匆忙I am in no hurry. 我不急
    hurry up 快点hurry to 匆匆忙忙地去
    come in 进来hurry in 匆匆忙忙地进来
    go out 出去hurry out 匆匆忙忙地出去
    ★pity n. 令人遗憾的事
    What a pity! 真遗憾!
    It is a pity to be grown up. (it做形式主语)
    I am sorry to hear that.听到这个消息我很遗憾
    注意 sorry 与 pity 词性上的区别
    ★exclaim v. 大声说
    ① vt.&vi.(由于痛苦、愤怒、惊异、欣喜等)叫喊,惊叫When she saw the gift, she exclaimed in delight.
    ② vi.(表示抗议等)大声叫喊
    She exclaimed against the rudeness of the young man.
    shout =cry =call out 大声喊
    ★return v. 退回
    ① vi. 回,返回Tim has just returned from Australia.
    return to 回来 return to China/Beijing 回到中国
    ② vt. 把.送回,归还,退回return to you 退回你
    He returned the books to the library.
    return money =pay back =repay 还钱
    ★sadly adv. 悲哀地, 丧气地
    涵盖了所有悲哀
    【课文讲解】
    1、'The play may begin at any moment,' I said.
    at any moment 在任何时候, 随时
    It may/might rain (at) any moment.
    at the moment =now
    at that moment =just then 就在那时
    I will help you at any time. 我随时都会帮你
    must,can't,may+动词原形, 表示对现在、未来的推测 ;+ have done,表示对过去的推测
    2、I hurried to the ticket office. 'May I have two tickets please?' I asked.
    Can(May) I...? 我……可以吗?(表示“……可以吗?”,第一人称可以和can或may相连)
    May I have a ticket ? (英文中的问句, 常常起礼貌作用)May I have your name? (比 “What’s your name?” 更有礼貌些)Could I...? 我现在可以...吗?
    (在问句中更委婉的说法, 比can I 更礼貌些,但在时间上与can没区别)
    Can you...? 你可以...吗? (第二人称不能用may来表示“……可以吗?”,只能用can)
    have 是最活跃的词, 可以指任何的意思.
     have coffee 喝咖啡have ticket买票 (习惯用法)
     I'll have/take sth. 我买……(一般不用“buy”,用“have”习惯用法)
    3、'I'm sorry, we've sold out,' the girl said.
    sell out (店主)售完(某种货物),(货)被售完
    They have sold out of eggs.
    Tickets for tonight’s performance are sold out.
    4、'Certainly,' the girl said, 'but they're for next Wednesday's performance. Do you still want them?'
    for next Wednesday's performance,用名词所有格来取代时间,“……时间的”
    用介词for, 起修饰作用ticket for+事情 ……的票ticket to+地点 去……的票
    still adv. 还,可以和任意时态连用
    still, yet 都和完成时态连用(原先认为)
    5、'I might as well have them,' I said sadly.
    may/might as well+动词原形 还是……好(无可奈何),不妨…I might as well take the umbrella with me.
    had better+动词原形 最好……(积极心态)
    【Key structures】 
    Can and May
    1、can和may都可以表示请求,can可以用could,may可以用might代替,语气更委婉,更有礼貌,但时间上没有区别
    Can /Could I use your phone please? May I use your phone please?/Might I use your phone please?
    含有情态动词的普通回答:
    肯定:Of course you can/may.
    否定:No, you can’t/ may not.
    2、may和might还可以表示推测,“可能……”。may可以用might代替,语气更委婉,更有礼貌,但时间上没有区别may/might +动词原形:表示对现在或未来事情的推测may/might +have 动词过去分词:表示对过去事情的推测
    3、may/might as well+动词原形:还是……好(无可奈何),不妨……
    Do you think he’ll pass that exam?
    He’ll never pass. He might as well give up.
    【Multiple choice questions】
    2  The writer ___d___ .
    d. wasn't too pleased to get tickets for next Wednesday's performance
    be pleased to do 对做什么事感到很开心
    文中用了 “might as well”
    be too pleased to 太高兴
    not too…to… 太怎么样以至于还是做了
    not too old to learn 不是太老还可以学
    3  The play may begin at any moment. It ___c___ .
    a. has begun b. won't begin for a long time
    c. hasn't begun yet d. began a long time ago
    may+动词原形;对现在或未来动作的推测
    has begun 已经完成,说明已经做了;won’t begin for a long time 好久都不会开始;

    Lesson 20 One man in a boat
    【New words and expressions】(5)
    ★catch v. 抓到
    ① vt. 捉住,逮住,捕获
    The police have caught the thief.
    ② vt. 抓住,握住Can you catch the ball?
    ③ vt. 及时赶到,赶上catch a bus 赶车
    ④ catch的一些固定用法
    catch a cold 染上感冒catch one's breath 摒住呼吸
    catch sight of = see 看见catch fire 着火
    catch one's eyes 吸引某人注意力
    ★boot n. 靴子a pair of boots 一双靴子
    ★waste n. 浪费
    ① n. 浪费 a waste of… 浪费……
    It is a waste of time/money/food/water.
    ② vt. 浪费You are wasting time.
    ★realize v. 意识到
    ① v. 认识,知道,明白,意识到
    I went into the wrong room without realizing it.
    ② v. 实现(希望、目标、愿望等)
    realize one's dream 实现某人的梦想
    ③ 使变为事实,使发生(常用于被动语态)
    This plan can never be realized.
    【课文讲解】
    1、Fishing is my favourite sport.
    fishing动名词,可以作主语或宾语★fish
    ① n. 鱼(不可数名词),鱼的种类(可数)
    There are a lot of fishes(表示种类)in the sea.
    ② v. 钓鱼, 捕鱼
    2、I often fish for hours without catching anything.
    for+时间 表示一段时间
    for hours=for some hours 数小时
    without catching anything作为状语而出现, 表示结果状语。without是介词,后面一定要加宾语, 动名词catching作without的宾语,without 后面的动作是主语来做的。动名词也有动词的特性,可以有自己的宾语。
    without通常表示“缺乏、没有”;当它位于动名词前时,表示“不曾、不”
    I can’t repair the car without your help.
    They tried to leave the restaurant without paying.
    3、But this does not worry me.
    ★worry
    ① v. 烦恼,担扰
    worry sb. 某人为……烦恼,担扰(作动词一定要加人作宾语, 翻译时从后往前翻,宾语担心)
    The house worried me. / My daughter worried me.
    ① adj. 担心be worried about ……为……担心
    4、Instead of catching fish, they catch old boots and rubbish.instead of… 我原准备做……但是后来做了……(instead of 后面的词一定是没有做的, 可以放在主句后面)without强调没有做某件事, instead of强调这件事没做成而做成了另外一件事
    副词instead“作为替代,反而”,单独使用时一般出现在句尾If you don’t want a holiday in England, why don’t you go to Australia instead?
    5、I am even less lucky.
    less是little的比较级,意为“不及,不如,更少”
    I spend less time on English than on French.
    less+原形 A is less…than B A不如B
    6、After having spent whole mornings on the river, I always go home with an empty bag.
    spend+时间+在某地 在某地度过……时间
    after +从句 在……之后
    after +名词/动词的ing形式 ……之后(从句主语必须是主句的主语时两种形式可互换)
    After I go to school, I learned a lot of knowledge. (用一般式表示一个事实, 不用 “went to” )
    After going to school, I learned a lot of knowledge.
    介词after的宾语的动名词having spent所表示的动作发生在谓语动词go之前,所以用完成形式。
    with an empty bag注意连读
    with sth. 有……的,持有……的,随身带着……(状语)Who’s the man with the beard?
    without sth. 没带……
    I always go home without angthing. 什么都没带回家
    7、'You must give up fishing!' my friends say.
    give up doing sth. = stop doing sth. 放弃做某事
    8、I'm not really interested in fishing.
    be intersted in sth. / doing sth. 对……感兴趣
    【Key structures】 动名词
    动词+ing作名词时称为动名词,它仍有动词的属性,可以接宾语,动名词可以代替名词做主语和宾语或介词宾语。1、动名词作主语2、动名词作宾语
    3、利用介词/副词+动名词可以把两个句子连成一个句子apologize for (not) doing sth. 为什么事情而道歉I must apologize. I interrupted you.
    I must apologize for interrupting you.
    (for interrupting强调interrupt这个动词)
    I must apologize for having interrupted you.(for having interrupted强调interrupt这个动词先发生,强调时间 (having done))
    以上两者为时间概念不同,意思相同
    congratulate (sb.) on doing sth. 因……祝贺(某人)
    动名词用表示完成时的having+过去分词结构往往强调动名词的动词发生在前面。
    4、跟动名词的短语
    be keen on doing sth.(热忠于……),be fond of,be interested in,enjoy doing sth.,congratulations on doing sth. (祝贺……)be afraid of
    be up to=be capable of (capable adj.有能力的, 能干的, 有可能的, 可以...的)可以带动名词的介词有:before,after,without,instead of等
    5、动名词的否定式是在它前面直接加not。
     Exercises C(用括号中的词来连接下列句子, 如需要可对原句进行必要的改动)
    2.She bought a pair of boots. (instead of) She did not get a pair of shoes.
    4.(After) She heard the news. She fainted.
    after+从句; after prep.+doing
    6.(On) I saw the plane coming towards me. I dashed for cover
    on (prep.)+doing 一……就……(两个动作必须是同一个人)as soon as 一……就……
    the moment +从句 一……就……
    以上两个主语不一定是同一个人
    【Special Difficulties】
    Interested and Interesting. Excited and Exciting.
    大多数现在分词和许多过去分词都可以作形容词用。以-ed结尾的形容词常与人称主语连用,表示人的情绪、状态、喜好等;以-ing结尾的形容词则常与非人称主语连用,表事物的某种特征、性质等。
    Fishing is not interesting. I am not interested in it.
    Realize and Understand
    realize vt. 意识到……
    He didn't realize that he had made a mistake. understand vt. 明白……I don't understand English.
    Exercises(选择正确的词填空)
    3.There was some (excited) (exciting) news on the radio. exciting news
    on the radio 在广播上
    I got news on the radio/on TV/on the telephone/on the line(在线,在电话里).
    5.He is an explorer. He leads an (excited) (exciting) life. an exciting life
    explorer n.探险家, 探测者, 探测器
    lead a life 过着……日子lead a happy life
    【Multiple choice questions】
    6  His bag is empty. He has ___b___ .
    a.a empty bag b.an empty bag c.empty bag
    d.one empty bagan 指一个, 强调名词;one 一个,强调数量I sent a letter. (强调信)
    I wrote one word. (强调一个字)
    His bag is empty. 强调包是空的而不是一个空包。
    7  I am only interested in doing nothing. That's __c_ I'm interested in. a.only b.the one c.all d.the only
    (that's/the) only 一般加名词
    that+从句, 从句往往以特殊疑问词引导
    that's why…;that's when…
    that's all 那就是一切 That's all I can remember.
    the one 指东西, 不指事情
    11  He always goes ___d___ with an empty bag.
    a.to home b.to house c.to the house d.home
    go home 习惯用法, 最佳答案
    go to the house 语法正确
    没有规则与语法相提并论时,语法为大;语法与习惯用法相提并论时,习惯用法为大。
    Where are you going? (更习惯这么说)
    Where are you going to?

    Lesson 21 Mad or not?
    【New words and expressions】(4)
    ★mad adj. 发疯 sb. is mad
    “为……而疯狂(着迷)”的表示方法:
    be mad about…I'm mad about English.
    be crazy about…
    go insane adj. 患精神病的,精神病患者的,极愚蠢的)I slowly go insane/go crazy/go mad/go bananas.
    go bananas (go+adj. 变得……)
    They are going bananas. =go crazy=go mad (变疯了)
    ★reason n. 原因for this reason 由于这个理由、原因 For this reason,I was late.
    as+句子because+句子 由于……
    ★sum n. 量a sum of +不可数名词  一笔……
    a large sum of  大笔的…… (large 指数量的大)
    a large sum of money 一大笔钱
    a great many + 可数名词复数
    a great number of + 可数名词复数
    plenty of… 足够多的……
    ★determined adj. 坚定的, 下决心的
    be determined to do sth. 下定决心做某事
    make up one's mind 下定决心
    decide to do sth. 决定做=make a decision to do sth.
    determine v.下定决心
    【课文讲解】
    1、Aeroplanes are slowly driving me mad.
    drive sb. mad 逼某人发疯
    2、I live near an airport and passing planes can be heard night and day.
    night and day 日日夜夜,夜以继日 (注意连读)
    passing planes 过往飞机 (passing是现在分词,作定语,起形容词作用,修饰planes,“经过的(路过),过往的”) He forgot the man with passing time. 随着时间的消逝,他忘掉了那个人。
    3、The airport was built years ago, but for some reason it could not be used then.
    years前不加确定的数词时,一般表示“许多年”years ago = many years ago,weeks等的用法与它相似
    some+不可数名词/可数名词复数 一些……
    some+可数名词单数 某一…
    for some reason 由于某个理由
    We’ll talk about it some other time. 我们改日再。
    4、Last year, however, it came into use.
    however 然而(用于句首, 句中, 用逗号隔开)
    come into use 启用,开始被使用(主动概念,没有被动式)When did the train come into use?
    5、Over a hundred people must have been driven away from their homes by the noise.
    must have been done 过去发生, 表示推测,被动
    away from 从某地离开(away 离开某地)
    out of somewhere 从某地出来
    6、I am one of the few people left.
    one of… ……之一(表示特指的一群人/一些东西中的一个,后面的名词用复数)
    left表示被留下来的,leave 过去分词, left作定语放在被修饰词的后面
    left 剩下的……东西,相当于“Who are left (by the others) 其他人走了留下他们”I have a bag left.
    7、Sometimes I think this house will be knocked down by a passing plane. I have been offered a large sum of money to go away, but I am determined to stay here.
    knock down  撞倒
    offer v. 提供(相当于given)
    双宾语的被动语态中,主语有两种可能; 以sb.做主语或以sth.做主语give sb. sth.——>被动 sb. be given sth.give sth. to sb.——>被动 sth. be given to sb.双宾语在变被动时用离动词最近的宾语做主语
    原文句型结构 sb. be offered sth.
    【Key structures】 
    被动语态
    被动语态可以和大部分情态动词连用(包括具有情态功能的will和would)。He may have been told the news.The shops must have been closed now.
    动词+宾语+不定式结构中既可以动词用被动语态,也可以在不定式中用被动语态:在句型“动词+间接宾语+直接宾语”中,这两个宾语都可以成为被动句的主语。但由于间接宾语通常是人,所以间接宾语成为被动句主语的时候要多些:
    【Special Difficulties】
    Drive的用法
    ① v. 开车, 驾驶 (drove, driven, driving)
    drive to…开车去往某地I drove to Tianjing yesterday
    ② vt. 赶,驱赶,围赶(猎物、敌人等)
    drive sb. away from  把某人赶走
    drive sb. out of  把某人赶出去
    drivesb.back 撵回去Our army drove the enemy back.
    ③ vt. 逼迫,迫使drive sb. mad 逼疯
    Home and House
    home n. &adv. 家,家庭,家园(着重指所居住的人,常有爱、温暖、舒适、安全等隐含意义有感情色彩)
    I have a sweet home.
    house n. 房子,房屋,住宅(指建筑物)
    【Multiple choice questions】
    5  Over a hundred people must have been driven away. ___a___ they were.
    a. I think b. I'm sure c. Certain d. Of course
    9  I have been offered a large ___a___ of money.
    a. amount b. number c. some d. piece
    a large number of +可数名词(不能加不可数名词)
    an amount of+不可数 一大笔……
    some of/plenty of 前面是不加 “a/an”
    10  I am determined to stay here. I ___d___ stay here.
    a. am will to b. want to c. may d. am going to
    be going to 打算、计划
    want to 来自心里的一种想, 喜好,喜欢……

    Lesson 22 A glass envelope
    【New words and expressions】(4)
    ★dream v. 做梦, 梦想
    ① vt. 做梦,梦见dream that +从句
    I dreamt/dreamed (that) I was in Scotland.
    ② vi. 做梦,梦见(与of,about连用)
    dream on 继续做梦, 痴心妄想(做你的梦去吧!别痴心妄想了!)dream of/about sth. 梦想
    dream of doing sth. 梦想
    I dreamed of flying in the sky.
    think of 想,考虑,想起
    ③ n. 梦;梦想,幻想have a dream = dream a dream 做了个梦Have a good/sweat dream祝你做个好梦!
    Have you heard of the American Dream?
    dream boat 梦中情人, 梦寐以求的(物, 人)
    daydream 思想开小差,做白日梦
    She is daydreaming.
    ★age n. 年龄teengager n. 十几岁的人adolenscent n.青春期(一般指成年以前由13至15的发育期)
    ★throw(threw,thrown) v. 扔, 抛
    ① vt. 投,扔,抛Don’t throw stones at the dog.
    Throw the ball to Tom.
    throw away 扔掉
    ② 把……对准目标,向……作出举动
    George was very happy today. Julie had thrown a smile at him in the morning.
    The boss threw him an angry look.
    【课文讲解】
    1、My daughter, Jane, never dreamed of receiving a letter from a girl of her own age in Holland.
    …of one's own age 同年龄的……
    receive…from… 从……收到……
    2、Both girls write to each other regularly now.
    write to sb. 给某人写信  write (a letter) to me
    each other 相互,彼此,往往强调两者之间的相互(注意连读)有时这个短语也可用来指许多人之间“互相”We must all help each other.
    one another 强调三或三者以上的相互,有时可替代each other
    3、Letters will cost a little more, but they will certainly travel faster.
    cost意为“(使)花费,价钱为……”,其主语通常为某物或某件事情It costs a lot to buy a house.
    sth. cost (sb.) ……花了某人……(钱)
    more即可做形容词, 又可做代词,文中的 “more” 为代词 = more money
    give me more 再给我一点
    a little 稍微,可以修饰比较级;much修饰比较级,译为“多得多”
    【Key structures】 
    跟of, from, in和on的动词
    动词+介词的固定短语通常可分开使用,可以有自己的宾语,并且大部分都可用于被动结构:
    1、后接of的动词:accuse of(控告);approve of(赞成);assure of(让……放心);beware of(谨防);boast of/about(夸耀), complain of/about(埋怨);consist of(由……组成);convince of/about(使信服);cure of(治愈);despair of(丧失……希望);dream of/about(幻想);expect of/from(期望);hear of/from(听到……消息);be/get rid of(摆脱);smell of(闻到);suspect of(对……猜疑);think of/about(思考);tired of(对……感到厌烦);warn of/against(警告……有危险)
    Someone must warm him of the difficulties.
    Don’t expect too much of your child.
    He must have spoken of the matter to John.
    2、后接from的动词:borrow from(从……借);defend from/against (保护……使免于);demand from/of(向……要求);differ from(有别于);dismiss from(解雇);draw from(从……中得出);emerge from(从……出现);escape from(从……逃出);excuse from/for(允许不……);hinder from(阻止);prevent from(妨碍);prohibit from(不准许);protect from/against(向……提抗议);receive from(接到);separate from(把……分开);suffe from(受难)
    He has already received money from three aunts.
    3、后接in的动词:believe in(信仰);delight in(喜欢);employ(ed) in (从事);encourage in(鼓励);engage(d) in(正做);experience(d) in(在……有经验);fail in(没有尽到);help in/with(帮助);include in(包括);indulge in(沉醉);instruct in(教导);interest(ed) in(对……感兴趣);invest in(投资);involved in(卷入);persist in(坚持);share in(分享)She delights in working hard. 她喜欢努力工作。
    He failed in his French test.
    4、后接on的动词:act on(遵守);based on(在……基础上);call on(拜访);comment on(评论);concentrate on(集中于);congratulate on(祝贺);consult on/about(商量);count on(依赖);decide on(决定);depend on(依靠);economize on(节约);embark on(从事);experiment on(尝试);insist on(坚持);lean on/against(倚靠于……);live on(靠……为生);operate on(起作用);perform on/in(扮演);pride(oneself) on(为……感到自豪);rely on(依靠);vote on a motion/for someone(对……表决(投……的票));, write on/about(写……的事);.
    I think he wrote on the cost of living. 我想他写的是关于生活费用方面的。
    He finally decided on going home. 他最后决定回家。
    【Multiple choice questions】
    8  We were travelling across the Channel. We went on a ___c___ across the Channel. go on a trip 进行旅行
    a. sail b. travel c. trip d. run
    9  Jane wrote her name and address on a ___d___ of paper.
    a. lump b. bar c. tube d. sheet
    a lump of paper 一团a bar of 一条, 一块
    a tube of paper 一桶(管)纸
    a piece of paper/a sheet of paper 一张纸

    Lesson 23 A new house
    【New words and expressions】(4)
    ★complete v. 完成 (喜欢与建筑工程连用)
    ① vt. 完成,结束complete the building
    Work on the new school will be completed next year.
    ② adj. 完整的,全部的
    《鲁迅全集》中的 “全集” 就用 “complete”
    This is a complete family.
    ③ adj. 十足的,彻底的,绝对的
    There is complete silence in the room.
    finish v. 完成 finish/complete homework
    finish/complete doing sth. 某事做完了
    ★modern adj. 新式的, 与以往不同的,现代的
    modern history/art 现代史/ 现代艺术
    modernization n.现代化
    ★strange adj. 奇怪的(表示因为对一个东西不熟悉而觉得奇怪, 陌生的)
    ① adj. 外地的,异乡的
    Living in a strange land is not always a pleasant thing.
    ② adj. 陌生的,生疏的
    That morning, he saw a strange face in the classroom.
    be strange to sth. 对……不习惯, 对……陌生
    This city is quite strange to me.
    stranger n. 陌生人
    ③ adj. 不平常的,奇特的,奇怪的,古怪的
    The house looks strange to some people.
    ★district n. 地区,行政划分的区域, 城市内的
    district n. 地区,行政区,地域,地带,通常隶属于某个整体或具有某些地理特征
    The Lake District of Northern England is very beautiful. 英国北部的湖区非常美丽。
    area n. 地段
    region n.地带,区域,地方,(世界上某个特定的)地区, (艺术,科学等的)领域, (大气, 海水等的)层
    【课文讲解】
    1、If she comes, she will get a surprise.
    get a surprise 感到惊奇(这里surprise是可数名词,指“令人惊奇的事,意想不到的事”)
    It’s a surprise to me that they can’t sell their flat.
    surprise也可以作不可数名词,表示“惊讶”
    She looked at the man in surprise.
    to one's surprise = I get a shock. 吃了一惊
    2、We are now living in a beautiful new house in the country. a beautiful new house离一个名词最近的词跟该词的关系最密切, 冠词肯定是放在最前面的
    spare old cloth 不穿的旧衣服a big red flag 大红旗3、Work on it had begun before my sister left.
    work(工作,作业)是抽象的不可数名词,“……的工作”后面必须用介词on
    4、In my letter, I told her that she could stay with us.
    stay with 跟……暂住在一起(stayvi. 暂住,逗留)
    【Special Difficulties】
    There is and It is
    在说明或询问人或物等的存在时可用there be结构。这种结构可以用一般现在时、一般过去时、一般将来时及现在完成时等时态。在用there表示过存在后,就必须用it或人称代词作进一步说明:
    There’s a bus coming, but it’s full.
    it作为“虚主语”表示时间、距离、天气等概念时,不能用there be结构It’s fifteen miles to the station.
    Exercise(用it或there填空)
    3  ______ were some men digging up the road outside my house. there : There+be+sb.+doing+地点 : 某地有某人正在做某事(典型句型)
    digging up: 挖出, 找出
    4  Look at those clouds. I think ______ will be a thunderstorm.there : 在表示天气的时候, 后面如果是动词或形容词, 用it, 如果是名词, 用there be.
    It is raining(动词)/It is cold(形容词).
    There be +名词 : There is a rain. 那儿有一场雨
    9After dinner ___will be a long discussion on politics.
    10 When will __ it ___be convenient for you to come?
    什么时候对你来说最方便?

    Lesson 24 It could be worse
    【New words and expressions】(7)
    ★manager n. 经理(用能力, 办事的)
    boss n. 老板(有钱)
    head n. 头儿,领导(表示重要,系亲密的人物)
    ★upset不安(事后)nervous adj. 紧张,不安(事前)
    ★complain v. 抱怨
    ① vi. 抱怨,发牢骚,诉苦(常与of,about连用)
    complain of/about …(to sb.) 对某人/向某人抱怨
    I compianed of my salary to my boss.
    ② vi. 控告,抗议(与of,about连用)
    The people in that district complained to the police about the noise from that factory.
    ★wicked adj. 很坏的, 邪恶的
    ① adj. 邪恶的,坏的(道德上的坏,可用 “evil” 替代)She saw a wicked smile on his face.
    ② adj. 淘气的,顽皮的(尤指小孩)
    Don’t be so wicked, Tom.
    ③ adj.(天气)恶劣的
    ★contain v. 包含, 内装(强调用容器装)
    container n. 集装箱,容量contain v. 用容器装 
    The cup contains water. = The cup is full of water.
    The bag contains books. include v. 包含
    ★honesty n. 诚实honest adj. honestly adv. 诚实地
    【课文讲解】
    1、I entered the hotel manager's office and sat down.
    the hotel manger’s office 名词可以修饰名词
    telephone number 电话号码
    the village fair 乡村集市 (the fair of the village = the fair in the village)
    2、I had just lost $50 and I felt very upset.
    lose vt. 遗失,丢失(宾语一般为钱物)
    feel +形容词一般指心情“觉得……,感觉到……”
    3、The manager was sympathetic, but he could do nothing.
    could do nothing about it 对此事无能为力
    I could do nothing to help you.
    4、'Everyone's losing money these days,' he said.
    days可以指“时期,时代”,如in his boyhood days(在他的童年时代)。these days指“现今”用进行时态取代一般现在时, 在英文是一种修辞方法, 表示不满, 一种感情。
    【Multiple choice questions】
    6  Where did she find the money? ___a___ the room.
    a. Outside b. Out of c. Out d. Without
    outside adv&prep. 在外面
    out of 从…到外面去,要和有实在意义的动词连用
    get/go/come out of
    out adv. 在……外面, 副词不会加名词
    10  He lost his money. His money was ___b___ .
    a. losing b. missing c.going away d. disappearing
    lose v. 丢失 sb. lose sth. 人丢失东西(宾语一般为钱物)miss v. 怀念, 错过, 丢失
    missing adj. 丢失的My keys are lost/missing.
    My child is missing. (人丢了只能用missing,不能用be lost)missing boy 失踪的孩子
    go away 离开(人走) sb. go away
    be gone 不见了My book is gone. 我的书不见了
    Gone with wind》 《飘》(随风而逝),
    disappear vi. 不见了(瞬间动词), 没有被动语态, 也很少用进行时态His money disppeared.
    表示东西不见了的几种表示:lose sth./sth. be lost;sth. is missing;sth. is gone.;sth./sb. disappear/disappeared

    Lesson 25 Do the English speak English?
    【New words and expressions】(5)
    ★several quantifier 几个
    several=a number of… 一些,只能修饰可数
    several times 许多次(不能说some times)
    some 一些, 即可以修饰可数, 又可以修饰不可数
    a great number of… 大量的some time 一段时间 some time ago 一段时间以前
    sometime adv. 某时 I will defeat you sometime.
    sometimes adv. 有时, 偶尔
    ★wonder v. 感到奇怪
    ① n. 奇迹,奇观,奇才;惊奇,惊讶
    the seven wonders of the world in ancient times
    ② vi.&vt. 感到惊讶,感到诧异,对……事情感奇怪They wondered that there was a modern building in district. wonder at sth.
    I wonder at the beauty of the old town.
    ③ vt.&vi.(对……)感到疑惑/怀疑,想要知道
    wonder +if +从句 是否……I wonder if you have any spare time. wonder +特殊疑问词 +从句
    I wondered where you were going.
    Could you tell me how to get to?/I wondered how to get there. 问路
    no wonder 难怪 wonderful adj. 极好的
    【课文讲解】
    1、Do the English speak English?
    English这里均为名词,第一个指“英国人”,前面要加the,表示一个群体,后面的动词必须用复数;第二个指“英语”,指语言时前面不加冠词。
    The English often talk about the weather.
    English还可以作形容词,表示“英格兰的,英国的,英国人的”等。与English相似的单词有French,Chinese,Japanese等。
    2、I arrived in London at last.
    arrive at 小地点;arrive in 大地点
    reach vt. 到达……(后面一定要加宾语)
    get to+宾语 到达……
    home/there都是副词,副词跟动词连用的时候不需要加介词,arrive也一样;但一般不用“reach home/there”,如一定要这样写则把“home”看作名词,“there”当代词看, 不作副词看
    get home 到家;get there 到那
    3I did not know the way to my hotel, so I asked a porter. the way to … 通往……路
    know sth. well 对…很熟悉I know the boy well.
    4、I not only spoke English very carefully, but very clearly as well.
    not only...but...as well= not only…but also… 不但……而且……
    I can speak not only Chinese but English as well.
    Not only you but also I will go there.主语并列(一般不这么用)
    not only喜欢放在动词的前面,一般遇到实义动词和非实义动词的时候, 习惯放在两者之间
    I can not only speak Chinese but English as well.(更习惯的说法)
    as well本身的含义是“也、又、还”
    5、He answered me, but he spoke neither slowly nor clearly. neither…nor… ……既不,也不……
    6、To learn English well is to study hard.
    但在口语中 To learn English well is study hard.
    【Letter Writing】
    写信人的地址位于信纸的右上角,被称为“信头”,地址后面总是接写日期St.是 Steet的缩略
    逗号在地址里表示前者属于后者
    I am in class 1,Grade 1.
    在日期里, 月和日之间不需要逗号,且月和日的顺序可互换,但在年代之前要有逗号,日期是以序数词出现的,月份一定要是英语字母
    February the fourth, 1998 =the fourth of February, 1998
    Haidian District,(海淀区)
    BeiJing,
    China.(最后一个地点要打上句号)
    【Key structures】 
    并列句中的语序
    通过并列连词可把几个简单句连起来构成一个并列句。在并列句中,各分句要根据上下文的要求按逻辑次序排列,但各分句都同等重要并独立存在。
    并列连词可以用来表示另加(and)、对比(but,yet)、选择(or)、连续(and,then)以及结局或结果(so)。
    however 用在句号的后面, 单独成句, 于前边的句子只有意思上的承接, 没有语法上的承接, 语法上的承接表转折只能用 but。一些并列句的连词:and,and then,but,so,yet,or,not only…but…as well 不但……而且……,neither…nor… 既不……也不……,either…or…或者……或者……,both…and… 两者都yet adv. 然而放在句末或句中, 与否定句, 疑问句相连, 并且与现在完成时用得比较多Have you finished yet?
    yet=but 连词,放在两个句子间, 起转折作用
    or adv. 或者, 否则
    当主语由and或both…and连接常用复数谓语动词.
    当主语由 neither...nor,either...or,not only...but also 或or 连接时,谓语动词与nor,or,but also后面的词一致,在英语语法中,这被称之为“就近原则”,离动词最近的名词是单数, 整个主语就视为单数;离动词最近的名词是复数, 整个主语就视为复数
    【语法精粹】
    1.They ___B____ the trip until the rain stopped.
    A. continued B. didn't continue 
    C. hadn't continued D. would continue
    until是前面和后面用一般过去时和过去完成时都对,但是我们在一般情况下两个都用一般过去时
    2.The local peasants gave the solders clothes and food without which they __A___ of hunger and cold. (without 在这里表示条件)
    A. would die B. will die
    C. would be dead D. would have died虚拟语气
    3.It was not until then that I came to know that the earth __D__around the sun.
    A. moved B. has moved C. will move D. moves
    It was not until that是强调结构,首先将“It was…that”去掉,再将“not”移到“that”后句子中。
    4. When all those present(到场者)__D__he begin his lecture. A. sit B. set C. seated D. were seated
    seat vt. 做动词的时候两种情况① seat sb.;② sb. be seated sit vi. 坐 sb. sit down

    Lesson 26 The best art critics
    【New words and expressions】(13)
    upside down 上下颠倒地(两个同样的音连在一起时, 前面的音声去不读)
    ★art n. 艺术art student 艺术系的学生
    English studen学英语的学生student of England 英国学生art gallery 艺术画廊(gallery n. 长廊, 游廊;画廊) black art 巫术 artist  n. 艺术家
    artiste n. 艺人
    ★critic n. 评论家
    criticise v. 批评, 批判(主要指批判, 但不完全是责备的意思)He criticised my painting.
    criticism n. 批评, 批判critical adj. 挑剔的
    critically adv. 爱挑剔的
    ★paint v. 画
    draw a picture 用线条画paint a picture 强调油画
    painting n. 画oil painting 油画 ;Chinese painting 中国国画Beijing opera 国戏, 京剧
    ★pretend v. 假装pretend to do sth. 假装
    ….pretend that +从句 假装……
    ★pattern n. 图案
    ① n. 图案pattern drills ② n. 模式, 典范
    ★material n. 材料listening material 听力材料
    ★appreciate v. 鉴赏 = understand and enjoy
    appreciate sth. 感激……
    appreciate doing sth. 我很喜欢做某事
    enjoy v. 欣赏,得到享受,乐趣
    I like/love/enjoy/I appreciate…(程度一个比一个深)
    I like sth.I like sth. very much.
    I like sth. better.I like sth. best.
    ★notice v. 注意到
    ① vt. 注意到,察觉到(不用进行时)
    You never notice what’s going on around you.
    notice 细节上的注意, 往往是别人没注意的东西, 你注意到了, 细节上的东西
    I notice the beauty spot.(美人痣)
    pay attention to 思想上的注意
    ② n. 注意,察觉The girl in red caught his notice.
    ③ n.(书面的)通知,布告,海报
    ★whether conj. 是否
    if在表示“是否”的时候可以被whether所取代;if在表示“如果”的时候不可以用whether取代
    whether…or not =if
    If it will rain… (不是条件状语从句, 故可以用将来时will)=Whether it will rain…/Whether it will rain or not…(可以加 “not” )
    I wondered if it will rain.(不加 “not” )
    ★hang v. 悬挂, 吊
    ① vt.&vi(将……)悬挂,吊hang — hung — hung  
    A pretty curtain hangs over the window.
    hang — hanged — hanged v. 绞死, 吊死
    ② vt.&vi 垂下
    He sat in a chair and hung (down) his head.
    ③ vt.&vi安装……使能转动/摆动
    Have you hung the door? 你把门装上了吗?
    ★upside down 上下颠倒地
    ① 上下颠倒When he stands on his head, everything appears upside down to him.
    ② 乱七八糟,混乱不堪
    My little boy always makes the room upside down.
    【课文讲解】
    1、They are just pretty patterns.
    just在此处指“只是,仅仅(是)”
    It was just a wrong number.
    just另一个意思是“刚才,正好,正是”
    It’s just six o’clock./ I’ve just heard the news.
    2、We like them in the same way that we like pretty curtain material.
    pretty curtain material 漂亮的窗帘布
    in the same way that =as… 正如……一样
    The son walked in the same way that/as his father walked. in a way  以某种方式
    3、I think that young children often appreciate modern pictures better than anyone else.
    else跟在anyone,anything 等不定代词的后面,表示“另外/加、其它/他的、不同的”,else也可跟疑问代词连用,如 who else,what else
    I can find nothing else here excep an old dictionary.
    better than anyone else 比其他任何人(表示最高级的含义)
    用比较级表示最高级:
    The teacher is taller than anyone else. (“else”不能少, 把主语从“anyone”中排除)
    4、My sister is only seven, but she always tells me whether my pictures are good or not.
    连接词whether…or not可以表示选择:
    I don’t know whether you are interested (in it) or not.
    You must help him, whether you like him or not.
    5、'I'm hanging this picture on the wall,' I answered.
    the windows in the wall /picture on the wall 注意介词的不同
    6、'It's all right,' she said, 'but isn't it upside down?'
    Isn’t it upside down? =It’s upside down. 否定疑问句,没有否定的意思,起肯定作用,起强调作用,表达一种情绪Aren't you lucky? 你真幸运
    【Key structures】一般现在时
    一般现在时可以用于表述现在的特征或状态,也经常用于表述经常性的或习惯性的动作,或带有普遍性的情况,频度副词可有可无,一般现在时还用于表示普遍性真理。
    和人的情绪相连, 跟人的状态相连, 跟人的思维活动相连的动词都不用进行时,而用于一般现在时,这些动词是:appear,appreciate,be,believe,feel,find,forget,hear,know,like,look like,notice,remember,resemble,see,think,understand 等等
    【Special Difficulties】
    Speech marks引号
    在书面语会话中,用引号(单引号或双引号)把实际的对话括起来。引号在英文当中第一次出现是单引号, 第二次出现是双引号, 英文当中的书名号用引号来替代
    注意事项 :
    ① 引号位于一行之上, 它们应在句尾其他标点符号—如逗号、句号、问号—之外. ② 引语的第一个词以大写字母开头. ③ 在said, asked等词后面用逗号, 只有当它们位于句尾时, 才在它们的后面用句号. ④ 当said, asked等词置于引语之间时, 句子的后半部分以小写字母开始. ⑤ 当一个新的说话人开始讲话时, 要另起一个段落.
    【Multiple choice questions】
    4  What is it about? Tell me ___b___ .
    a. what is it about b. what it is about
    c. what about it is d. what about is it
    疑问句的直接引语变间接引语要注意:
    ① 特殊疑问句由特殊疑问词引导② 时态:主句的谓语动词是过去时时, 其从句的谓语动词应为相对应的时态 ③ 疑问句变成间接引语时, 要变成陈述句语序④ 人称的变化
    5  She tells me ______ my pictures are good or not.
    a. weather b. that c. if d. unless
    没有一个答案是对的:直接引语变间接引语的连接词有3种:陈述句中的that;一般疑问句中的if/whether;特殊疑问句中的特殊疑问词
    6  Do you like my picture? It's ___d___ .
    a. a new b. one new c. new one d. a new one
    A 缺名词;B 缺名词或位置错误;C 缺冠词
    one 可以作代词, 还可以作数词
    10  Young children often appreciate modern pictures. They ___d___ them.
    a. estimate b. esteem c. value d. understand and enjoy
    estimante v. 评估,评价;esteem v. 尊敬;value v. 认为……有价值
    9  This curtain material is very good ___b___ .
    a. clothes b. cloth c. substance d. matter
    clothes n. 衣服(读音省略[W] 的音)cloth n. 布
    11  They notice more. They ______ more.
    a. remark b. observe c. say d. take care
    在此句中, notice=observe
    12  It's upside down. It isn't ___d___ .
    a. up b. down c. the right way down d. the right way up. not the right way down = the right way up
    upside down与the right way up意思相反

    Lesson 27 A wet night
    【New words and expressions】(15)
    ★field n. 田地, 田野
    in the field 在田野里in one's field 在……领域
    football field 足球场地airfield 飞机场(介词用on)
    ★smell (smelled,smelt) v. 闻起来
    ① vt. 嗅,闻I can smell something burning.
    ② vi. 闻起来有……气味,散发……气味
    You smell of soap. 你身上有肥皂味。
    smell  系动词, 接表语, 接形容词
    taste v. 尝起来sound v. 听起来
    feel v. 感到
    ① 心理感到 I feel ill.
    ② 用手的感受The blackbroad felt cold.
    感官动词:look,taste,sound,smell,feel
    ③ n. 气味I can’t stand the smell in this room.
    ★wonderful adj. 极好的Fantastic!
    Great ! (与物相连,口语中用得更多)
    Excellent ! adj.卓越的, 极好的(与人相连)
    Outstanding ! (人) 好得站了出来
    Brilliant! adj.灿烂的, 闪耀的, 有才气的
    ★campfire n. 营火, 篝火
    fire 可数也不可数 (一堆堆的火为可数, 炉子里的火为不可数)
    ★creep (crept,crept) v. 爬行 (蹑手蹑脚的) 也是平行的爬
    creep out 蹑手蹑脚(别人不注意, 偷偷摸摸的)
    climb v. 爬climb up or down (上下爬)
    crawl v. 平行地爬
    ★sleeping bag 睡袋
    动词加ing 变成形容词作定语有两个意思 :
    ① 正在…… 如:sleeping dog
    ② 用来做…… 如:leeping bag
    ★soundly adv. 香甜地sleep soundly 睡得很甜
    表示睡觉的短语:go to bed 上床/go to sleep 睡觉/fall asleep坠入梦乡(fall为半联系动词)/sleep well睡得很好/sleep deeply 睡得很沉/fall fast asleep 睡得好香(fast asleep熟睡)
    ★leap v. 跳跃, 跳起jump v. 跳
    jump up and down 原地跳跃
    leap v. 跳跃, 有距离(如从沟的这边跳到另一边, 位置变化)Look before you leap. 三思而后行
    leap year/month 闰年/月
    skip v. 课文行的跳过去,单词,文章
    ★heavily adv. 大量地
    rain/snow heavily 一般与雨雪连用
    smoke heavily 烟瘾重
    ★form ① vi. 形成,产生
    ②形状外形The ice cream is made in the form of a ball
    .③ n. 表格
    ★wind (wound;wound)
    ① v. 蜿蜒 wind one's way 蜿蜒而行
    ② n. 风;v. 刮风
    ★right adv. 正好
    right 做副词时强调后边的形容词、副词、介词短语,不强调动词,可用just来替换
    Right here. 就在这儿
    just like 正好; just as 正如
    后边加代词时只能用just,如:just you 就是你了,不能用“right”代替
    【课文讲解】
    汉语与英文只有意义的对等, 没有字的对等
    My idea is the same as yours. 我的想法与你一样的
    I agree with you.(口语)I think so.(口语)
    1、A wet night
    英文中表示 “湿” 的词:wet,damp,moist (湿的程度减少)
    wet adj. 湿淋淋的(反义词是dry)
    damp adj. 让人感觉不太舒服
    moist adj. 潮湿的; n. 潮湿,稍湿(给人感觉舒服,如湿润)moist cake 松软的蛋糕moist eyes 水灵灵的眼睛dreamy eyes 梦幻般的眼睛
    humid adj. 指气候比较潮湿
    2、Late in the afternoon, the boys put up their tent in the middle of a field.
    late in the afternoon 傍晚
    early in the morning  清早
    put up =set up 搭建(强调搭,如搭个草棚等)
    build 建(强调精心设计并且建造)
    build a car 制造汽车 (一般不用 “make a car” )
    make a desk
    in the middle of 在……当中,在……中间(相对两边,既可以用于表示地理位置,又可以用于表示时间或在某个过程当中)
    in the center of 在……中心,在……中部/中央(相对四面,一般用于表示地理位置,腹地)
    在陆地的腹地用 “center”
    3、As soon as this was done, they cooked a meal over an open fire.
    open fire 在野外生的火, 篝火,盆火(指无遮盖的、没有围起来的火)cook a meal 做一顿饭
    4、After a wonderful meal, they told stories and sang songs by the campfire.
    表示“在……之后”的句式:after+从句/doing/n.
    在……旁边:at the door 门边, (紧挨着的)
    sit at the table 桌边
    by 在……旁边,靠近 (不会紧挨着的, 但也不会很远,通常指距离非常近)Come and sit by me.
    next to He sits next to me./who is the next? (紧邻)
    the next door to my house(next door 在隔壁)
    beside = next to 与……相邻near 在附近
    5、The boys felt tired so they put out the fire and crept into their tent.
    put out 人为的熄灭火be out 火自动熄灭
    6、In the middle of the night, two boys woke up and began shouting.
    in the middle of the night=midnight
    at midnight 在午夜he mid-autumn day 中秋节wake up 醒来(主语自己醒)wake sb. up 唤醒
    开始干:begin doing/start doing/begin to do/start to do
    7、It was raining heavily and they found that a stream had formed in the field.
    如果强调某东西自动形成, 则可以用主动态, 如果强调某东西是人为的, 用被动态,在这里river formed 河流是自动形成
    The door opened. 强调门自动开
    The door was opened. 门被打开, 强调人为的
    【Composition】
    I am very tall(so)(but)I must be careful. Doorways are often low(and)(but)I usually(beat)(knock)my head against them. My head always(hurts)(pains). I have never(met)(recognized)a tall architect. Have you?
    so,and,knock,hurts,met
    doorways n. 门栏
    knock/beat:knock 大声地撞;beet 持续的撞击/打
    against prep. 相对作用的力 (在政治上叫 “反对” )hurt/pain:身体的某一部位+hurts,表示某一部疼痛;pain 表示疼痛的名词
    My hand hurts./I have a pain in my hand.
    【Letter writing】
    信头各部分的顺序如下:门牌号码、街名、城市名称、地区、国家和日期。只有给居住在国外的人写信时,才需要写上国名。地址的每一行都以逗号结尾,最后一行用句号。在日期后面不用标点符号。
    【Special Difficulties】
    与put有关的短语动词:
    put up with 容忍,忍受
    put up ① 搭建,搭建; ② 安排住宿,为……提供膳宿,夜宿put out 扑灭put on 穿上
    put away 把……收好,放好put off 推迟,拖延put down = write down 记下,写下,记录下
    【Multiple Choice】
    9  The boys had put out the campfire. The fire wasn't ___d___ .
    a. switched on b. on fire c. on d. alight
    be on 上演, 亮着的(一般指灯亮着的).
    switch n. 开关;v. 用开关
    on fire 起火alight以a开头的形容词为表语形容词

    Lesson 28 No parking
    【New words and expressions】(7)
    ★rare ① adj. 罕见的 指世界上都少有
    rare animal 稀有动物;rare bird 珍稀鸟类;rare illness 疑难杂症
    scarce adj. 缺乏的,不足的,稀有的,不充足的(少有的,表示某个时间段或某个地方少有)
    Watermelon is scarce in winter.
    ② adj. 几乎是生的
    well done 全熟medium adj. 半生半熟的
    ★ancient adj. 古代的, 古老的
    antique adj. 古代的,古玩,古董,古老而有价值的antique furniture 古董家具
    ★myth n. 神话故事fairy n. 神仙故事
    ★trouble ① n. 麻烦
    I'm sorry to put you in trouble. 我很抱歉给你带来麻烦(口语) ask for trouble 自找麻烦
    have trouble in doing sth. .
    ② v. 麻烦 Never trouble troubles until troubles trouble you. 永远不要自寻烦恼
    Let sleeping dog lie. 不要自找麻烦
    ★effect n. 结果, 效果
    have an effect 有效果have no effect 没有效果
    have effect on 对……有效果
    【课文讲解】
    1、Jasper White is one of those rare people who believe in ancient myths.
    believe vt. 相信,认为
    believe in 信任,信赖(人格、力量等);信仰;相信……的存在,相信……的价值
    I believe in God. 我信仰上帝。
    2、He has just bought a new house in the city, but ever since he moved in, he has had trouble with cars and their owners.
    ever since =since 从那以后一直(ever since的语气比since强,主句一般用完成时)
    have trouble doing 做……有麻烦
    have trouble with sb. 和某人相处有麻烦
    3、Because of this, he has not been able to get his own car into his garage even once.
    because只能作连词用,后面接从句 because of 由于,介词短语,后面不可以跟从句,只能跟名词、代词或动词 “-ing”.be able to 的主语一般都是人, 表示有能力去做;can表示天生的或学到的能力时,只能用于现在时和过去时(could),而不可用于将来时。将来时中表示能力时必须用be able to。在现在时和过去时中,can/could与be able to一般可以互换,在完成时中一般用be able to。
    get sth. into 把……弄进
    drive the car into 把车子撞上……
    even once 甚至一次(even 起强调)
    4、But none of them has been turned to stone yet!
    none of,neither of做主语时做单数看待
    【Composition】
    My wife (drives) (leads) a car. She has (driven) (ridden) a car for many years (and) (but) she says that women drivers (do not deserve) (are not worth) their bad reputation. Yet, on the road, she often (criticizes) (judges) other women drivers.
    drives/driven/and/do not deserve/criticizes
    reputation n.名誉, 名声
    judge n.法官, 审判员, 裁判员, 鉴赏家, 鉴定人, (J-)最高的审判者 vt.审理, 鉴定, 判断, 判决, 断定, 认为 vi.下判断, 作评价
    【Key structures】 
    Wht has happened? 现在完成时
    与现在完成时连用的副词和副词短语:before(now),so far,up to/till now,just,already,now,ever,never,since和for等,since一般与一个时间点连用,for一般与时间段连用。
    【Special Difficulties】
    关系从句及关系代词
    关系从句又可称为定语从句或形容词从句,它像形容词一样可以形容人、物及事件。关系从句可分为限定性关系从句(不带逗号)和非限定性关系从句(带逗号)。表示人的关系代词:who,whom,that,whose(口语中whom经常由who代替)
    表示事物和动物的关系代词:which,that
    关系代词可以有四个概念 :
    ① 代人的, 做主语或宾语who,只做宾语的whom
    ② 代物的, 做主语或宾语 which
    ③ 代人的也可以代物的 做主语或宾语 that
    ④ whose其代表的东西由其在句子中的成分决定(不一定指人)
    关系代词后面要加从句,先行词放在定语从句前面, 而且是两句话共同含有的词, 还是被定语从句修饰的词I have a book that/which he likes.( “book” 为先行词 “that/which” 为关系代词)
    关系代词有两个功能 : 一是承上, 一是启下(如上句中的 “book” 作从句的宾语)
    The boy who is standing at the door is my brother.
    I can do anything that I can do.
    I have a house whose windows are broken.
    关系代词在关系从句中作宾语时往往可以省略,作主语时则不可以。whose 后面一定要加一个名词, 然后这个部分共同做主语或宾语
    The pilot whose plane landed in a field was not hurt.
    Exersise(在需要的地方填上who, which, that或whose)
    1 The only games ______ I play are football and tennis.先行词如果用only, 序数词, 形容词最高级修饰, 其后边的关系词只用that
    4 This is the hotel at ______ we are staying.
    介词后加物的话, 只加which,加人的话, 用whom, 都不可用that,who也不能
    6 That is the horse ______ won the race.
    句子中用词避免重复, 句首已有了一个 “that” , 故选 “which” 而不是 “that”
    Who is the man that is helping you? 谁是那个正在帮助你的人?(不用“who”避免重复)
    7 He is the sort of person ______ everyone admires.
    【Multiple choice questions】
    7  ___b___ of them has been turned to stone.
    a. No one b. Not one c. No d. Even one
    no 是形容词, 后加名词
    no one =nobody (“nobody” 指的是人, 它将 “cars” 排除了是不对的),不定代词后不用of
    可以用的有 : neither of/none of/both of/all of
    none of =not one of
    12  The signs haven't had any effect. They haven't ___a___ anyone.
    a. affected b. effected c. resulted in d. imposed
    effect n. 影响have effect 有效果
    affect v. 影响

    Lesson 29 Taxi!
    【New words and expressions】(10)
    ★taxi n. 出租汽车taxi driver 出租车司机
    take a taxi,take a bus,take a lift
    ★land vi. 着陆
    ★plough v. 耕地
    plough n. 梨;v. 耕, 犁, 犁耕, 费力穿过, 艰苦前进, 在考试中淘汰farm n. 农田,家场
    ★lonely adj. 偏僻的, 人迹罕见的(地方)
    lonely adj. 孤独的, 孤僻的(人)
    alone adj. 单独的, 独一无二的, 孤独的, 独自的;adv. 独自地
    ★roof n. 楼顶(从外面看)
    raise the roof v. 喧闹, 大声抱怨
    ceiling n. 天花板(从里面看)hit the ceiling勃然大怒, 暴跳如雷, 怒发冲冠(美口语)
    ★block n. 块, 一座大楼
    ★flat n. 公寓房a block of flats 公寓楼 (英国英语)
    a block of apartments 公寓楼(美语,apartment n. 公寓)office block 办公楼 写字楼
    ★desert v. 废弃 n. 沙漠, 不毛之地
    【课文讲解】
    1、The 'taxi' is a small Swiss aeroplane called a 'Pilatus Porter'.
    called a ‘Pilatus Porter’是过去分词短语,作aeroplane的定语。一般过去分词短语作定语时要放在所修饰的名词/代词之后,而一个单独的分词作定语时则往往放在所修饰的名词/代词前面。
    He landed in a deserted car park.
    a race across the Atlantic
    call sb. sth. 叫某人……be called 被称为……
    过去分词做定语时是作为被动状态来翻译的
    a ploughed field 被耕过的田; a deserted car park 被废弃的车场written English 书面语 ;spoken English 口语colloquial language 口语
    2、Since then, Captain Fawcett has flown passengers to many unusual places.
    since then 从那时起(强调起点)so far =up to now 强调终点
    ★fly ① vi. 飞,飞行② vt. 空运(乘客)
    fly sb./sth. To… 开飞机送某人/物去……
    He has flown his car to France.
    drive sb. to… 开车送某人去……
    3、Once he landed on the roof of a block of flats and on another occasion, he landed in a deserted car park.
    once…and on another occasion 一次……还有一次……
    4、Captain Fawcett has just refused a strange request from a businessman. request from sb. 来自某人的请求request for sth. 要求得到
    5、The man wanted to fly to Rockall, a lonely island in the Atlantic Ocean, but Captain Fawcett did not take him because the trip was too dangerous.
    take sb. to … 送某人……
    too 在副词或形容词前表示否定含义,强调程度大到了人们不愿去做very 强调程度深
    【Composition】
    The plane (not only) (neither) (flew) (threw) close to the river, (but) (or) also flew under a bridge. (Then) (However) it (climbed) (ran) into the air. The people on the bridge (waved) (shook) to the pilot (and) (yet) he did not (notice) (look after) them.
    not only,flew,but,Then,climbed(ran也对, 但没有climb表达更确切),waved,yet,notice
    【Key structures】 
    一般过去时和现在完成时
    一般过去时往往强调动作本身,而现在完成时则表示始于过去并持续到现在的动作或表示过去不确定的时间发生过的并与现在有某种联系的动作。
    【Special Difficulties】
    Refuse and Deny
    refuse to do sth. 拒绝做某事
    deny doing sth. / deny that +从句 否认(指控、做过某事等).当refuse作为及物/不及物动词表示“拒绝接受”时,不可与deny混用;当refuse作为及物动词表示“拒绝给予、拒绝要求”时,它与deny可以互相替换。 All those not holding tickets will be refused /denied entry. 无票者不得入内。
    Bring,Take与Fetch
    bring v. 从某处将某物“带来”,离说话人越来越近take v. 拿走,离说话人越来越远fetch v. 去某地将某物“取来”,是个双程动作,去了再来
    9  The ploughed field is ready for ___b___ .
    a. sewing b. sowing c. seeding  d. growing
    be ready for/to… 为……作准备
    “seed”种植,只与播种子相联系, 一般作名词, 强调把种子种下去;而“sow”种植,只说明把...种下去, 并不一定是 “种子”

    Lesson 30 Football or polo?
    【New words and expressions】(8)
    ★cut ① vt. &vi. 切,割,剪
    cut one's hair = have a hair cut 理发
    cut down the tree = cut the tree down 砍倒树
    cut the head off 砍脑袋 (off = away from)
    cut off electricity 切断电源
    cut sth. into pieces 把……切成小片(碎)
    ② vt. 割破,划破cut oneself 割伤自己
    ③ vi. 横穿,穿越(介词用across/through)
    cut across/through 直着穿过
    cut a corner 走捷径,超近路
    No pains, no gains.
    ★row ① vt.& vi. 划船
    My brother is rowing. 划船 (row强调动作)
    go boating 去划船(强调玩)
    ② vt. 划船载运
    Can you row me up/across the river? 你能划船将我送到河的上游/对岸吗?
    ★kick v. 踢
    kick me 踢我一脚 kickback n. 回扣, 佣金
    I get a kickback of 2000 Yuan.
    kick upstairs 明升暗降
    well to go (美语) = well done (英语) 做得不错
    ★sight n. 眼界, 视域
    catch sight of… 看见
    out of sight 在视线之外in sight 在视线之内
    Out of sight, out of mind. 眼不见心不烦
    long sighted 眼光长远, 远视眼short sighted 目光短浅, 近视
    【课文讲解】
    1、Some people on the bank called out to the man in the boat, but he did not hear them.
    call out 大声呼叫,叫喊
    call out to sb. 对……大声喊
    2、The ball struck him so hard that he nearly fell into the water.
    so…that… 如此……以致于…… (that 引导的结果状语从句)so的后面跟副词或形容词, 如后跟名词时要用such +n. +that…
    【Composition】
    The wind(threw)(blew)his hat into the river. He(put)(took)out his hand (and) (but)tried to (reach)(catch)it(so)(but) he could not(so) (but) he(jumped) (fell) into the river(and)(but) got it.
    blew 吹 ,take out 拿出(put out 扑灭), and,reach够得着(catch 接住 抓住), but,so,jump 自己跳 (fall 掉进去),and
    【Summary writing 】
    4.The man in the boat neither saw the ball nor heard people shouting.
    6.However,the man was not angry and he threw the ball back to the bank.
    but连接两个句子, 中间可用逗号隔开;however只是副词, 只表示意思上得转折, 它可以放在句首也可以放在句中, 只是用一个逗号把它和其他的词隔开就可以
    【Key structures】 
    The, Some and Any
    some不用于否定句,any通常用于否定句和疑问句,some在表示邀请的语气中或在疑问句中如果所期望的回答是肯定的,可以取代any
    Do you want some? / Would you want something?
    Do you want any drink?你想要喝点什么吗?(不愿意给别人喝)
    在姓名、地名、国名(非复合词)前面通常不加任何冠词。但在特指的海洋、河流、山脉以及部分复合词形式的国名前,一定要用定冠词the;在表示世界上独一无二的东西时,通常要加定冠词the.
    Many great cities are built on rivers. Paris is on the Seine, London is on the Thames and Rome is on the Tiber. 许多大城市都建在河岸上. 巴黎在塞纳河上, 伦敦在泰晤士河上, 罗马在第伯尔河上.
    Exercises D (在必要的地方填上冠词a或the)
    1  ______ refrigerators are necessary in ______ hot countries.
    2  Which river is ______ longest, ______ Nile, ______ Amazon, or ______ Mississippi?
    3  Heyerdahl crossed ______ Pacific on ______ raft.
    4  Why is ______ Britain sometimes called ______ United Kingdom?
    5  We sailed up ______ Red Sea and then went through ______ Suez Canal.
    1.不填in hot countries: 指的是炎热的那类国家, 故不用 the2. the,the,the,the Nile 尼罗河 ; Amazon 亚马逊河 ; Missisippi 密西西比河
    3.the,athe Atlantic 大西洋raft n. 木筏子(如用by,则不用加任何修饰by raft,用“on,in”一般都要加“the,a/an”,这里指的是这一类,没特指,故加“a”) 4. \,the 如果以单个的词作为国家, 基本上不加the,比方说China,America,Britain,一旦这个词成为缩略形式, 前面就要加the,如:the USA
    5.the,the横渡海峡用“across”;和运河相连介词用through,不用 “across”
    【Multiple choice questions】
    4. It cuts across the park. It goes ___a___ it.
    a. through b. over c. round d. along
    round 围绕 ;along 沿着
    across 从……的表面穿过
    through 从……的内部穿过
    over 在……上方,与下面没接触,over 在用于穿越讲时,表示穿过弧形over the bridge, over the mountains, over the hill

    Lesson 31 Success story
    【New words and expressions】(8)
    ★retire v. 退休
    retire =stop working =stop doing this
    ★company n. 公司firm n. 商行
    corporation n. 责任公司
    limited corporation 有限责任公司(缩略形式:Ltd.Co)business n. 生意,公司
    ★save ① vt. 挽救,救助,拯救save one's face 挽会面子② vt. 积蓄,储蓄
    西方人不喜欢提钱, 所以用 save up 表示存钱
    Save it for a rainy day. 未雨绸缪, 为将来需要而做好准备
    ★workshop n. 车间(工作并且可以拿出来卖)
    workhouse n. 感化院(强迫劳动的地方)
    ★helper n. 帮手, 助手assistant n. 助理
    ★employ v. 雇佣
    employee n. 雇员 ;employer n. 雇主
    trainer n. 教练 ;trainee n. 接受训练的人
    【课文讲解】
    1、Before he retired, Frank was the head of a very large business company, but as a boy he used to work in a small shop.
    head是“首领、头目”的意思,“the head of+名词”的意思是“……的老板,头”
    used to do sth. 过去常常, 但是现在不做
    work…as… 作为……工作.
    as a boy = as he was a boy (as是“当……的时候”)
    2、In his twenties Frank used to make spare parts for aeroplanes.
    in one's -ies 在某人几十岁的时候
    in one's twenties/thirties/forties/fifties/nineties,十的倍数的复数形式可用于表达近似的、非确定的数量,与所有格形容词连用时表示大约的年龄。
    in the 1980s 在二十世纪八十年代
    3、Frank smiled when he remembered his hard early years and the long road to success.
    one’s hard early years =early in one’s life 某人的早年艰辛(生活)
    the long road to success 通往成功的长路
    There is a long way to go. 还有很长的路要走。
    remember v. 记得, 回忆起
    memory n. 记忆 ;memorize v. 记住
    【Key structures】 
    过去进行时与一般过去时
    过去进行时表示过去某个时刻或某段时间正在进行的动作,和一般过去时经常在一个句子里使用。与一般过去时相比,它更强调动作的持续性,一般过去时则表示比较短暂的动作或事件。在叙述故事时,过去进行时往往用来表示背景。
    When I was watering the garden, it began to rain.
    As I was getting on the bus, I slipped and hurt my foot.
    used to do
    used to do表示过去有过但现在已不存在的习惯,以便将过去与现在形成对照。它后面经常用由but now…,but not…any more/any longer等构成的、用了一般现在时的句子以强调过去和现在的不同之处。 I used to smoke, but I don’t any more/longer.
    used to仅用于一般过去。它的疑问句和否定句形式可以不用助动词do而用used本身。
    Used he to smoke? He usedn’t /used not to smoke.
    但比较常用的形式是did和didn’t
    Did he use to smoke?He didn’t use to smoke.
    在针对used to提问时,一般也用did:
    【Special Difficulties】
    Experience① n. 经历(可数名词)② n. 经验(不可数名词)③ vt. 经验,体验
    experienced adj. 有经验的,经验丰富的
    Save① vt.& vi. 救助,搭救,拯救
    save one's life 挽救某人的生命
    ② vt.& vi. 储蓄,积攒
    save money 存钱(多余的钱)
    save it for a rainy day 未雨绸缪
    economize .经济,节省(能不用就不用,节衣缩食)
    Work and Job
    work和job都翻译为“工作”,job为可数名词,一般与“职业、职位”有关,或表示某人的“份内事”;work作“工作”讲时是不可数名词,常指具体的“劳动、作业”或“(待做的)工作或事务”等,也可能表示“上班”。John is looking for a new job.
    I’m looking for work as a driver.
    【Composition】
    Frank (not only) (neither) (repaired) (made)his grandson's bicycle, (but)(also)went for a ride on it(as well)(both).He(said)(told)melater:‘I(make)(do)aeroplanes, (and) (but) I prefer bicycles.’
    not only / repaired / but /as well / told /make/ but
    go for a ride/go for a walk 骑车出去/出去散步
    ride a car/bicycle/horse
    go for a ride on sth (对自行车只能用 “on” ) 出去骑车prefer vt.更喜欢, 宁愿
    【Multiple choice questions】
    4 He used to work fourteen hours a day. He did this ___c___ day. a. one b. some c. each d. a
    every day / each day 每天
    one day 有一天 ; some day 某一天 ; a 作为计量单位的一部分
    8 Frank is the ___a___ of a business company.
    a. director b. headmaster c. superior d. leader
    leader n. 起带头作用的人headmaster n. 校长director n. 管理公司或单位整个事务的人superior n. 监理
    12 He was still smiling when the door opened and his wife ___c___.
    a. went in b. entered in c. entered d. entered into
    into 后面一定要加地点enter 既是及物动词, 也是不及物动词enter=go in/come in go in 与 come in 都可以用enter代替, 但go in(离说话人越来越远) 与 come in(离说话人越来越近) 方向不一样,文中强调的是 “进去” 而非 “进来”

    Lesson 32 Shopping made easy
    【New words and expressions】(6)
    ★once adj. 曾经, 以前
    ① once = long long ago 很久以前
    ② once 一次I③ once 连接从句,表示“一旦”
    ★temptation n 诱惑
    temptation to do sth. ……的诱惑
    resist the temptation to do sth. 抵抗不了……的诱惑 (resist vt. 抵抗, 反抗, 抗, 忍得住)
    ★article ① n. 文章 This is a good article.
    ② n. 物品, 东西(强调的是商店里的一个一个的东西, 是可数名词, 单独的东西, 独立的个体)
    thing n. 指任何的东西(和article不可相互取代)cargo n. 船货, (车、船、飞机等运输的)货物
    goods n. 货物, 商店里的货物的总称
    ★wrap v. 包裹
    wrap sth. up 把……打包
    pack v. 打包(指为了携带, 运输的方便而打包)
    I will take/get/have it. Please wrap them for me. /★simply adv. 仅仅simply = only = just
    ★arrest ① vt. 逮捕,扣留
    (criminal n. 罪犯, 犯罪者;adj. 犯罪的, 犯法的, 罪恶的)② n. 逮捕,扣留sb. be under arrest 某人被逮捕control/under control 控制/被控制
    ③ vt. 吸引(注意等)arrest one's attention 吸引某人的注意
    【课文讲解】
    1\People are not so honest as they once were.
    as…as… 和……一样(as+ adj./adv. +as +比较对象)
    as…as…的否定形式是not so…as…/not as…as…
    I am taller than you/you are not as tall as I.
    less +原级 +than=not as…as…=not so…as… 不如……那样……(比较状语从句)
    once表示“以前,曾经”时只能与动词的过去式连用:
    2、The temptation to steal is greater than ever before--especially in large shops.
    The temptation to smoke is strong for him. 要表现现在与过去的比较, 有两种方式 :
    ① they are 与 they were 或 it is /it was等在用不同时态比
    they are 与 they were 在用不同时态比
    You are more beautiful than you were. You look better than you were. (省略句 : You look better.)
    You were worse. (表示You are better.你过去更差劲, 表示现在比以前更好了)
    I think 我想……I thought 我原以为……
    ② 用短语than ever before
    People are not so honest as before. = People are not so honest as they once were.
    3、A detective recently watched a well-dressed woman who always went into a large store on Monday mornings.
    watch v. 观察, 监视; 当心(口语中)watch the enemy. watch sth. 当心 Watch your head! (威胁)
    “well+动词的过去分词”组成复合形容词,做定语
    well-designed 设计得不错well-educated 有教养的
    4、One Monday, there were fewer people in the shop than usual when the woman came in, so it was easier for the detective to watch her.
    as usual 象平常 ;than usual 比平常
    It be动词+形容词+for sb. to do sth. 对某人来说做什么事……out of politeness 出于礼貌 (politeness n. 有礼, 优雅)
    5、After a little time, she chose one of the most expensive dresses in the shop and handed it to an assistant who wrapped it up for her as quickly as possible.
    after a little time 过了一会儿
    hand…to… 递给(比较有权威的人)
    (前一个以 “o” 结尾, 后一个以 “元音” 开头的, 读时需再在它们之间加一个[w]音, 又如:my heart go on. [ ^EuwRn])
    pass sth. to sb. 一个一个的传递(更常用)
    hand in 上交wrap sth. up for sb. 为某人打包……as … as possible 尽可能……
    6、When she was arrested, the detective found out that the shop assistant was her daughter.
    find out 发现……(后跟的宾语一般是抽象的)
    find out the truth 发现真相
    find sth. 找到……(sth. 是看得见, 模得着的, 具体的)
    7、The girl 'gave' her mother a free dress once a week !
    free adj. 免费的
    fee adj. 交费 fee parking 收费的停车场
    “once a +表示时间的名词”可以表示频率:
    【Key structures】 
    比较状语从句
    比较状语从句含有或暗含有“与……相比”的意思。除了than…或more…than…这种结构外,它还包括as+形容词/副词+as…,not so/as…as…,less…than…等结构。当句子里两动词相同、时态也一样时,则第二个动词可省略,比较从句就成了含蓄的从句。如果对比的东西很明显,那么为了避免重复,从句中有些成分、甚至整个从句都省略,因此这类句子往往不完整 People aren’t so kind as they used to be.
    little和few的用法
    little和a little与不可数名词一起使用。little表示否定,有“几乎一点儿也没有”的含义,在口语中常用not much;a little表示肯定,具有some的含义。
    few和a few与复数可数名词连用。few表示否定,与little相似,在口语中多用not many;a few表示肯定,有some的含义。little的比较级为less,few的比较级为fewer。
    【Special Difficulties】
    A and One
    不定冠词a通常用于表示不确定的人或事物以及第一次提到的人或事物,a强调的是后面的名词; one强调的是 “一个” 的意思.不表示强调时,a和one有时可以互换:叙述故事时常将one+表示时间的名词用于句首,而不用a:
    【Multiple choice questions】
    9  The woman first bought a few small articles. She bought some small ___a___.
    a. things b. pieces c. bits d. parts
    10 The assistant wrapped it. She ___d___ it.
    a. papered b. turned c. enveloped d. made a parcel of made a parcel of 制作一个包裹
    12 The dress was free. It ___c___.
    a. was priceless b. was worthless c. cost nothing d. was grateful
    priceless adj.无价的, 极贵重的
    worthless adj. 不值钱的(Something cost money.)
    free adj. 免费的 (I pay nothing.)
    grateful adj.感激的, 感谢的

    Lesson 33 Out of the darkness
    【New words and expressions】(12)
    ★darkness n. 黑暗
    in the darkness 在黑暗中(在没有光线的情况下)
    ★explain v. 解释, 叙述explanation n. 解释
    Could you give me an explanation?
    interpret v. 解释, (强调翻译)语言之间的解释
    interpreter n. 解释程序,解释者,口译人员,翻译员,讲解员interpretation n. 解释, 阐明, 口译, 通译 interpretress n. 女翻译员
    ★coast n. 海岸(地理意义上的海岸, 海岸线等, 感觉旁边是岩石, 很陡峭
    seashore n. 海岸(跟游玩有关系, 为了游玩的)
    seaside n. 海边 seashore/ seaside 给人的感觉是旁边是沙滩, 可以进行日光浴的感觉
    bank n. 河岸,坝,堤(两边比水面高)
    ★storm n. 暴风雨 (只解释为“风暴”)
    Snowstorm n. 暴风雪thunderstorm n. [气]雷暴,雷雨rain heavily 表示雨下得很大
    pour v. 灌注, 倾泻, 涌入, 流, 倾盆大雨
    The rain is pouring. 倾盆大雨
    It's raining cats and dogs. 滂沱大雨
    ★towards prep. 向, 朝, 接近
    towards 强调nearer and nearer(强调越来越近)
    ★rock n. 岩石, 礁石
    rock 表示huge stone
    ★ahead adv. 在前面
    a开头的词(asleep,awake,alive,ahead,alight…)往往是表语形容词。不管是作表语形容词,还是副词,都放在名词的后面,一般形容词放在名词前面
    ahead 的用法:
    ① 放在被修饰词的后面作定语, 定语后置
    light ahead 前方的灯光
    ② ahead of… 在……前面
    He went ahead of me. 他走在我前面
    ③ go ahead  朝前走;请随便(回答请求时用)
    --Would you mind my using your telephone? / Can I use your telephone?--Ok, go ahead.
    ★hospital v. 医院
    hospital前面是否加the,和它的功能有关系,一旦+the, 只表示地点go to hospital 看病 ; go to the hospital 去医院(看望病人)
    in hospital 住院 ; in the hospital 在医院
    【课文讲解】
    1、Nearly a week passed before the girl was able to explain what had happened to her.
    nearly adv. 将近
    “一段时间以后”句型:
    sometime later…
    Three days later, my mother returned. (强调某人做某事,简单句)Three days passed and then my mother returned. 并列句, 既强调某人做某事, 又强调时间(有多久)…passed before…
    Three days passed before my mother returned.
    强调时间(这么久的时间, 时间状语从句, 后面是从句)be able to强调有能力, 且能够成功(还强调成功);can 只表示能力
    2、One afternoon she set out from the coast in a small boat and was caught in a storm.
    set out = set off = begin a journey 出发
    set out from… 从……出发
    be caught in+灾难 (突然)遇到/上(风暴等)
    He was caught in a rain when he left. 遇上人用meet, 遇上灾难用be caught in…
    3、Towards evening, the boat struck a rock and the girl jumped into the sea. towards evening 天越来越晚
    strike强调的往往是猛烈的撞击
    4、Then she swam to the shore after spending the whole night in the water.
    “to”强调朝那个方向去, 但没有强调越来越近;“towards”朝那个方向去,强调距离越来越近
    5、During that time she covered a distance of eight miles.
    cover可笼统地表示“行过(一段路程)”,根据上下文可具体译为“走过、飞过、游过”等。
    The bird covered the distance in three minutes.
    a distance of+具体长度 多长的距离,表示具体的距离the red army covered a distance of 25000…
    6、Early next morning, she saw a light ahead.
    a light ahead 前方的一盏灯(ahead 放在被修饰词的后面)
    7、On arriving at the shore, the girl struggled up the cliff towards the light she had seen.
    “on +动名词”相当于一个由as soon as=the moment或when引导的时间状语从句,as soon as=the moment后面要加句子,on 后面一定要加动词ing, 承认动词是由主句主语做的
    “…up the cliff towards the…”用两个介词起到动词的作用,up在此处为介词,表示“沿着……往上”
    8、That was all she remembered.
    all作表语,是先行词, she remember 修饰 all 作定语从句, 省略 that
    9、When she woke up a day later, she found herself in hospital.
    find +宾语+宾补 发现……(宾补可以由形容词或介词短语充当)
    【Key structures】 
    表示方向和目的地的介词和副词
    ① 表示“上、下”的两对小品词是on和off,up和down
    Jim’s standing on the roof. I hope he won’t fall off.
    Tom’s climbing up the tree. I hope he won’t fall down.
    ② 表示“来、去”的一对小品词是from和to;towards(强调越来越近)的意义和to(强调目标)相近,表示“朝,向,接近”等;for在有些动词后面也表示“往,向”的意思
    He went for home.
    leave for… 动身到某地(强调离开,出发)
    set out for… 动身到某地
    head for/to 前往 (强调“去”)
    ③ 表示“进去,出来”这两种方向的介词为into(进、入)和out of(从...出来);表示“在某个地方”或“在……里面/外面”可用at(含有一种瞄准的概念,方向性),in,out of等;表目的地或位置往往用at
    aim at,fire at(瞄准开火),throw at,threw to the bank
    ④ 表示“穿过,越过,绕过”等动词时,往往用through,across,under,over,round等介词
    How did you get over the wall?
    【Special difficulties】
    Pass and Past
    pass和past的区别主要是词义上的区别,pass是动词,其过去式为passed,过去分词是passed或past。当作及物动词用时,可表示“经过,通过(考试),超过”等,作不及物动词用时可表示“(时间等)消逝”。 I’ve passed/past my French test.
    A month has passed/past since I left home.
    past可以作形容词、介词、名词等,作形容词时表示“以前的,过去的”等;作介词时表示“经过,超出范围等)”;作名词时表示“过去,昔时,往事”等。Frank is proud of his past experience.
    I go past the garden.
    Can you tell me something about your past?
    Next and Other
    next表示时间顺序上“紧接的,下一个”,如果以现在为基准,则next前一般不加the;如果以过去或将来的某一时间为基准,则next前面要加the或其他修饰词。
    next day 第二天
    the other day =a few days ago (几天前),
    the other day 出现一定是过去时;next day有可能是过去式, 有可能是将来式
    【Multiple choice questions】
    4 She swam to the shore ___a___ the night in the water.
    a. having spent b. having spending
    c. when spending d. had spent
    只有谓语动词才有时态,句子中如果没有连词, 但有两个动词, 要把其中一个动词变成非谓语动词
    从语法上讲 a, c 都对.用“when +doing”句型(when 是连词的标志)时主语要跟主句的相同,谓语动词含有be doing 结构 (两个条件必须满足)
    5 How ___c___ was the shore? Eight miles.
    a. away far b. far from c. far away d. long
    far from +地点(必须加)
    对距离提问:How far away…? (away可省略)
    What's the distance…?

    Lesson 34 Quick work
    【New words and expressions】(2)
    ★station n. (警察)局 (一定是与军方, 警方有关系的)post office 邮局 police office 警局I went to the police. 我去警察局
    communication bureau 交通局 (bureau n. 局)
    ★most adv. 相当, 非常
    ① adj. 用于最高级,表示“最……”
    This is the most beautiful car I’ve even seen.
    ② adj. 大多数的大部分的Most doctors don’t smoke.③ adv. 非常,很(相当于very,但通常用于表达主观感情、见解等)
    只有加“the”时为“最”加“a”或什么也不加时译为“非常,相当”(“very” 的概念),常与形容词作用的过去分词连用。a most interesting book 非常有趣的书
    【课文讲解】
    1、Quick work
    quick adj. 动作的快; fast adv. 速度的快; soon adv. 时间快have a quick meal quick freeze 速冻
    2、Last Tuesday he received a letter from the local police. the local police 当地警察局
    local adj. 地方性的,当地的,本地的
    local color 当地色彩, 地方色彩
    local people 当地人 ; local call 市话
    native n. 土著人;adj. 土生土长的
    3、In the letter he was asked to call at the station.
    call at (some place) 拜访某地call on sb. 拜访某人
    ask/tell/expect/want/allow/request/order sb. to do sth.
    sb. was told 某人被告知;有人告诉某人
    4、Ted wondered why he was wanted by the police, but he went to the station yesterday and now he is not worried any more.
    want用于被动语态时可以表示“想与(某人见面、谈话等)”或“缉拿,追捕”
    Please wait a minute. I’m wanted on the phone. 请等一下,有我的电话。
    This is the man (who is) wanted by the police.
    not......any more = no more 不再, 再也不
    5、Five days ago, the policeman told him, the bicycle was picked up in a small village four hundred miles away.
    pick up (偶然地、意外地)找到、获得、学会
    five miles away这一类结构可以直接做定语, 放在被修饰词后面The school is five miles away. 学校在五里外 the school five miles away 五里外的学校
    6、It is now being sent to his home by train.
    这句语是被动语态用于现在进行时,其结构为“am/is/are +being +过去分词”
    【letter writting】
    在地址中我们通常使用缩略形式, 如 : “St.” (Street); “Rd.” (Road); “Sq.” (Square); “Ave.” (Avenue); “Pl.” (Place),而有些词则不用缩略形式, 如 “Lane” 和“Drive”(行车道)
    pics.[ pictures; secs. seconds
    【Special difficulties】
    与call有关的短语动词
    ① call on sb. 拜访,探望
    ② call (sb.) up 给某人打电话(美语)
    ③ call at +地点 对(某人家或地方)进行短暂访问
    ④ call out 大声叫喊
    ⑤ call off 取消(某项活动)
    ⑥ call in 召集
    Exercise 练习  
    2  It's too late to go to the pictures. Why don't we call the whole thing ______?go to the pictures 去看电影 call the whole thing off 取消
    【Multiple choice questions】
    8 All the police at the station are ___b___ men.
    a. topical b. local c. native d. neighbourly
    local adj. 当地的; native adj. 自己在这里(祖祖辈辈都在这里)topical adj. 时事问题的,热门话题的,题目的 neighbourly adj. 邻居的

    Lesson 35 Stop thief!
    【New words and expressions】
    ★while n. 一段时间= some time 一小会儿
    wait for a while 等一会儿after a while 隔了一会
    ★regret v. 后悔
    ① regret sth. 后悔……
    ② regret to do sth. 很遗憾要去做……
    ③ regret doing sth. 很遗憾已经做了……
    ④ regret that +从句 遗憾……
    遗憾:pity、sorry、regret
    It's a pity I am sorry to…
    ★far adv. 非常
    far=much, 修饰形容词或副词比较级, 注意most 是修饰形容词或副词的, 而不是比较级.比较级前可以加修饰词,表示程度,多一点点用a little,多很多用much
    ★rush ① vi. 冲,奔vi. (用腿)冲
    run v. 跑(速度很快)
    ② vt.&vi. 仓促行事,仓促完成;赶紧做
    Roy rushed (through) his lunch and left for the staion.
    ③ n. 猛冲,奔Roy made a rush at the thieves.
    ★act v. 行动
    Act! (口语) 行动!take action to do sth. 采取行动
    ★straight ① adj. 直的,笔直的
    He drew a straight line on the paper.
    ② adv. 笔直地go straight on 径直往前走
    You’ll see a tower straight ahead. 你会看到正前方有个塔。③ adv. 径直地,直接地
    John always goes straight home after work.
    ★fright n. 害怕
    get a fright 得到惊吓的感觉(类似get a surprise)
    You give me a fright. 你吓了我一跳
    give sb. sth. 给人带来感觉
    give me a pleasure/an excitement/a fright
    frighten vt. 使惊吓;vi. 惊恐You frighten me.
    frightening adj. 令人感到可怕的; frightened adj. 自己感到可怕的
    一个动词能够加ing/ed, 证明这个动词跟人的情感有关, 他的宾语就会是人
    frightful=terrible adj. 可怕
    Your handwriting is frightful. 你的字真糟糕
    Cold is frightful. 寒冷是可怕的
    ★battered adj. 撞坏的
    battered (lose one's shape) 被撞变形的
    battered bag 破旧不堪的包(battered与软的东西连用时,表示用旧了,破旧不堪的)
    batter [n. 击球手;v. 打坏, 猛击
    damaged adj. 被刮坏的
    destroyed car车子被损害不能修 ; damaged car 车子坏了,但能修 ;battered car 车变形
    ★afterwards adv. 以后
    shortly afterwards =soon 不久以后
    shortly=soon; afterwards=later 后来, 以后
    【课文讲解】
    1、A short while ago, however, he became a bus driver and he was not regretted it.
    a short while ago=a short time ago 不久以前
    while作名词表示“一会儿,(一段)时间”时常与a连用,有时也与the,this等连用:
    however可以放句首, 可以放句中;如果一个词两边有逗号,证明这个词是插入语
    2、He is finding his new work far more exciting.
    find 可以用一般现在时态, 可以用进行时态
    He is finding his trip very exciting.
    far more exciting 更有趣(在形容词和副词的比较级与最高级前面,可以用far(相当much)来表示强调,译为“很,大大的”)
    It’s far/much colder today than it was yesterday.
    3、When he was driving along Catford Street recently, he saw two thieves rush out of a shop and run towards a waiting car.
    see和一些感知动词(如smell, feel, hear, watch, notice等)可以用在动词+名词/代词宾语+不带to的不定式结构(省略to)中,如果全过程用do,过程中的一瞬间用doing:
    see sb. do sth. 看见某人做某事(强调全过程)
    see sb. doing sth. 看见某人正在做某事
    4、The one with the money got such a fright that he dropped the bag.
    with 一旦出现在名词或代词后就做定语, 出现在动词之后做状语
    He came in with a book. (作状语)
    The boy with a book came in. (作定语)
    get a fright 吓了一跳
    so+形容词(副词)+that…/such+(修饰词或形容词)+名词+that… 如此……以致……
    一旦有名词, 就认为形容词修饰的是名词, 前面的词也修饰的是名词
    drop vt. 由于抓什么没抓住不小心掉下drop sth.)
    fall vi. 从上往下落 (sth. fall)
    drop the money / the money fall
    5、As the thieves were trying to get away in their car, Roy drove his bus into the back of it.
    as = when 当..时候get away = run away 逃跑
    by car /in the car 开车
    drive into… 撞上……
    6、While the battered car was moving away, Roy stopped his bus and telephoned the police.
    stopped his car,the car stopped(与当时说话时的视觉概念有关,一个是人为停,一个是自己停下来)
    7、The thieves' car was badly damaged and easy to recognize.…and easy to recognize = and the car was easy to recognize (用主动表被动含义)
    如果一个不定式的前面是一个形容词, 如果主句的结局是“系表结构+to”,不定式当中常用主动表被动, 在不定式的表达方式当中, 动词的宾语如果刚好是这句话的主语, 这个宾语一定不能出现
    The apple is sweet enough to eat.
    The apple is too sour to eat.
    The boy is enough clever to answer the question.
    这个小孩足够聪明以至于能回答这个问题。 (the question不是主语故一定要出现)
    文中 “…easy to recognize(car)” 因car是主语, 所以不能出现.在不定式当中, 也许有可能用主动表达被动含义, 及物动词后面一般加宾语(这个宾语就是这句话的主语就不加), 又如:The clothes are too comfortable to ware.
    【Special difficulties】
    So and Such
    such和so都可以用于表示程度,但so只能作副词和连词,such则是形容词,因此so通常位于形容词、副词之前,而such只能位于名词之前:
    引导结果状语从句时,它们的结构分别是:
    so +形容词(副词) +that…/ such +(a, an修饰词或形容词)+名词+that… 如此……以至于……
    一旦有名词, 就认为形容词修饰的是名词, 前面的词也修饰的是名词,如果名词是可数名词单数才要加a和an, 反过来如果是可数名词单数, 前面一定要加a或an.such除了表示“这样的,如此的”等意思外,还可以表示“像这一类的”,so不能表示这种意思。He often talks about such things.
    如果形容词是表示数量的(many, much, little, few), 一律用soThere is so little time left that we must hurry.There is such a little(小) bird that I can't see it.
    (little不会和可数名词连用,如连用不会译成“数量少”,而应译为“小”)如果有几个以上的形容词共同修饰一个名词的时候, 冠词放在第一位, 这句话中冠词不放在第一位, 说明 “a” 与 “boy” 有关系, “lazy” 从意思上与 “boy” 有关系, 但从强调点上与 “boy” 没关系, 它的强调点在 “lazy” 上
    【Multiple choice questions】
    1  Roy Trenton ___a___.
    a. prefers driving a bus to driving a taxi
    prefer…to… 更喜欢这个东西(和后面的东西比), 宁可也不
    prefer+名词+to+名词(如为动词则+ing)
    prefer to(不定式的标志)+动词原形…rather than… 比起……更喜欢……
    He prefers to drive bus rather than drive a taxi.

    Lesson 36 Across the Channel
    【New words and expressions】(8)
    ★record n. 记录; vt. 记录
    break the record 破记录
    set up a record = make a record 创记录
    hold the record = keep the record 保持记录
    equalize the recorder 平记录 (equalize vt.使相等, 补偿)recorder n. 录音机
    如果同一词音节落在第一个音节的重音, 肯定是名词, 重音落在第二个音节肯定是动词
    record present n. 礼物;adj. 现在的; v. 赠送
    desert n. 沙漠; v. 废弃
    ★strong adj. 强壮的
    as strong as horse 象牛一样壮(马)
    strong wind 大风; heavy rain 大雨
    strong girl (隐示不是很瘦, 结实)
    strong mind 意志坚强
    Out of sight,out of mind. 眼不见, 心不烦
    Sturdy adj. 结实的, 强健的
    robust adj. 身体结实 (“乐百事” 英文名)
    strong +运动员 获胜把握比较大,强有力的(“强有力的对手”中的“强有力”就用strong表达)
    ★swimmer n. 游泳的人, 游泳者
    swimmer 确切的意思是游泳者, 游泳的人
    strong swimmer 游泳能手
    athlete n. 运动员(运动会上常说的运动员)
    swimming athlete 游泳运动员 (这里的“-ing”意为 “用来” )
    ★succeed v. 成功
    succeed in doing sth. 做……成功
    success n. 成功, 成功的人successful adj. 成功的
    be successful in doing sth
    fail v. 失败 fail to do sth. 做……失败
    failure n. 失败, 失败者, 缺乏, 失灵, 故障, 破产, 疏忽, <美>不及格
    ★train v. 训练
    train sb. to do sth. 训练某人做……(教, 而且有让人形成某种技能)
    teach sb. to do sth. 教某人做……(只是教, 会不会不管)trainer n. 教练; trainee n. 受训的人
    training center 训练中心
    ★anxiously adv. 焦急anxious adj. 焦急的
    ★intend v. 打算
    intend to do sth.=be going to do sth. 打算做某事
    ★solid ① adj. 固体的
    ② adj. 硬的,结实的,坚固的(指家具、建筑物等)
    ③ n. 固体
    【课文讲解】
    1、Across the Channel
    across 横渡
    the Channel=the English Channel 英吉利海峡(当“C”大写时, 一定是指the English Channel)
    2、She is going to set out from the French coast at five o'clock in the morning.
    set out 出发; set out from… 从某地出发
    3、She is a strong swimmer and many people feel that she is sure to succeed.
    feel (that) +从句 认为……,相信……(宾语从句中的that 可以省略)
    be sure to do sth. 一定能够, 必定会(肯定语气比“must”(must + 动词原形,表示一定, 一种推测)强,对某件事情动词有把握)
    be sure of… (对某件事情, 名词做宾语)
    be sure that… (对某件事情, 某人做某事有把握)
    4、Debbie's father will set out with her in a small boat.
    ...with her 同她一道by boat , in a boat乘船
    5、Tomorrow he will be watching her anxiously as she swims the long distance to England.
    will be doing 将来进行时表达将来
    as=when swim + 距离 游过多长距离
    6、Debbie intends to take short rests every two hours.
    rest作“休息”讲时,可以是可数名词,也可以是不可数名词:
    Today is my day of rest. 今天是我的休息日。
    After a long rest, he went on with his work.
    have(take) a break(rest) 休息
    take short rests 休息短时间
    every用在表示时间的名词之前时可译为“每”,every two hours 每两个小时
    7、Most of Debbie's school friends will be waiting for her on the English coast.
    most +n. = most of the +n. 大多数的……
    will be waiting 将来进行时
    on the coast 在海边
    8、Among them will be Debbie's mother, who swam the Channel herself when she was a girl.
    among prep. 在……之中, ……之一(三者或三者以上) between them 左右各一个人
    限定性定语从句/非限定性定语从句
    如果是有逗号的是非限定性定语从句, 没有逗号的是限定性定语从句, 非限定性定语从句不可以用that,限定性定语从句少了后面的句子, 这句话意思不完整,非限定性定语从句前面的句子完整, 后面的句子起着补充说明的作用,非限定性定语从句一旦有逗号隔开, 后面的句子和前面的句子关系不紧密, 起补充作用。
    Among them will be Debbie's mother. 这句是一个倒装句,正常的语序应为Debbie’s mother will be among them.
    倒装句:地点+will+名词
    常见的倒装句:Here you are. / Here is my ticket.
    全部倒装:地点(介词短语或副词)+动词+名词
    倒装句型中如果主语是名词, 放在动词后面, 如果是代词, 放在动词前面, 如Here you are.
    在运动场上常用的口语:
    Well to go. / Well done. / Yea! / Yeah!
    bingo int.(因出乎意料的成功而表示兴奋的叫声)瞧!
    Go! 加油
    【Letter Writing】
    当书写地址时,常常不写地区或邮区的全称。有时只写名称的一部分或只用大写字母。如:Berkshire写成Berks.,California写成Calif.,North West 3缩写成N.W.3,New York缩写成N.Y.。
    【Key structure】
    将来时
    表示将来的结构:
    ① be to ② be about to ③ be going to 表将来
    ④ intend to do sth.=be going to do sth. 打算做某事⑤ plan to do sth. 计划做某事
    ⑥ mean to do sth. 打算做某事 :
    ⑦ aim to do sth. 打算做某事
    ⑧ I will do sth.=I intend to do sth.
    plan to do / mean to do / aim to do / hope to do / want to do 这类词本身没有将来时态, 本身就表示将来, 用一般现在时表示将来时
    be going to常用于口语中,在正式的书面语中通常用will而不用be going to。在陈述句和疑问句中, 常常可用be going to来替代shall或will。但有时不能用be going to代替shall或will:
    在非正式语体下,要表示意图、打算,强调计划和安排,表示说话人也许对即将发生的事预先有所了解时,一般用be going to 而不用will:
    如果表示说话时决定去做某事,或者表示建议、请求、肯定或不肯定等含义时,要用will而不用 be going to:You won’t forget to bring something to sleep in, will you? (表示建议)Don’t worry! I’ll bring a sleeping bag. (表示决定)I shan’t be able to look after the baby and cook lunch. (表示肯定)
    I’ll look after the baby while you cook lunch. (表示决定)Tomorrow will be Tuesday.
    【Special Difficulties】
    Watch, Look at, Follow
    Watch (something happening) 观看 (正在发生的事情),注视,注意看
    How long have you been watching the race?
    Look at 仔细看,(留意)看
    Follow (go after) 跟随 (走在后面)
    在特定的时候,follow也可表注视,即用目光“跟随” Have you ever seen a cat follow/watch a bird’s every movement?你有没有见过猫注视鸟的一举一动?
    Solid, Firm, Stable
    Solid (not liquid) 固体的 (非流体的),硬的(固体);结实的,坚固的(指家具、建筑物等)
    This is a solid table. 这张桌子很结实。
    Firm ① (not loose) 稳固的 (不松动),不会更改的,牢固的 I've fixed that hook. It is firm now.
    ② (not doubtful) (无疑) 表示态度、信念等坚定的、坚决的
    He gave me a firm refusal. 他断然拒绝.
    He is firm about going abroad. 在出国这件事上他态度很坚决。
    ③ (not lenient) 严格的,严厉的
    You must be very firm with that child. 对那个孩子你一定要非常严格.
    Stable (often describing character) 坚定的,稳重的, 可靠的,可信赖的(指人的性格);稳定的,稳固的(指工作、机构、环境等)
    He is a very stable person. 他是一个性格坚定的人.
    Exercise 练习 用上面的词填空 :
    1  I came to a ______ decision and I will not change my mind.2  I stood on the bridge and ______ the boats passing by.3  May I ______ your photograph album?4  The ice in the pond is so ______ that you can walk to it.5  I tried to persuade him but he remained ______.
    1. firm come to a decision/make a decision 下定决心
    come to a conclusion 得出结论 (conclusion n.结束, 缔结, 结论)2.watchedwatch sb. doing sth.(句型结构)3.look at4.so solid如此的坚硬
    5. firm. (不改变主意的用 “firm” )
    【Multiple choice questions】
    9  She is sure to succeed. She's sure to be ___a___.
    a. successful b. success c. succession d. a succession
    succession n. 连续, 继承, 继任者, 演替, [农业] 轮栽, 连续性be +adj. 系表结构
    be+n. 前者=后者 (前者和后者是等号关系)

    Lesson 37 The Olympic Games
    【New words and expressions】(9)
    ★Olympic adj. 奥林匹克的
    the Olympic games 奥林匹克运动会(简称the Games,一般大型运动会用games)
    ★hold (held,held) ① vt. 拿着,抓住,抱住
    ② 容纳,装得下,包含
    The stadium can hold 20,000 people.
    ③ 举行,进行(会议、会谈等);庆祝(节日);纪念have a meeting = hold a meeting 召开会议
    hold习惯用被动:
    A festival is held at Edinburgh every year.
    ★immense adj. 极大的, 无边的, 一望无际的
    ★fantastic adj. 巨大的
    The universe is immense./immense ocean
    big adj.(一般的)大的 big man 大人物
    large adj. 数量的大, 尺寸的大 large man 大块头
    great adj. 伟大的, 重要的great man 伟人
    huge adj.(体积的)巨大的, 庞大,极大的, 无限的
    fantastic 巨大的(建筑等,表惊叹),好极的, 宏伟的
    ★stadium n. 露天体育场
    playground n. 操场
    sports field 运动场, 体育场(sports 各种各样的运)gymnasium =gym n. 健身房,体育馆;体育
    篮球场 gym ;足球场 stadium
    ★standard n. 标准high standard 高标准
    Olympic-standard 奥林匹克标准(运动会中的最高标准)(复合形容词:形容词+名词)
    ★capital n. 首都
    capital adj. 大写的, 重要的
    capital punishment 极刑 (punishment n.惩罚, 处罚, 惩处) hot seat 电椅(国外的极刑)
    ★design ① vt. &vi. 设计图样
    ② vt. &vi. 打算(做……),计划
    He designed to enter for the competition.
    This book is designed for foreign tourist.
    ③ n. 图样,图纸;设计
    Susan has just drawn a design for a new dress.
    designer n. 设计师well-designed 设计不错的(复合形容词:副词+过去分词)
    【课文讲解】
    1、The Olympic Games will be held in our country in four years' time.
    in four years’ time 四年之后(in常与将来时连用表示“……时间之后”)
    2、As a great many people will be visiting the country, the government will be building new hotels, an immense stadium, and a new Olympic-standard swimming pool.
    as/because原因,as是连词,引出原因状语从句,as用于表示原因时通常位于句首,它所表明的原因对于讲话对象可能是已知的,因此没必要再予以强调。because任何时候都可代替as,来说明一种或几种原因,但as则不一定总能代替because。because一般跟在主句后面,强调讲话的对象可能不知道的原因。As you can’t type the letter yourself, you’ll have to ask Susan to do it for you./Jim’s trying to save more money because he wants to buy a car.
    a large number of people = a great many people 大批的人
    3、They will also be building new roads and a special railway line.
    be building 修建a special railway-line 专线铁路
    4、Workers will have completed the new roads by the end of this year.
    by是完成时的标志, 表示“到……为止,在……之前,并不晚于某时的任何时间”,不能与表示一段时间的名词名词连用,只能与表示时间点的名词或词组连用,用于肯定句与用于否定句有一定区别。
    I’ll have left by Monday. 到星期一我将已离开。(星期一之前的任何时间)
    I won’t have left by Monday. 我星期一之前不会离开。 (星期一还在)
    5、Everybody will be watching anxiously as the new buildings go up.
    as是连词,相当于while,当“当,正值”讲,引出时间状语从句,它引导的从句虽然表示将来的动作但要用一般现在时,不能用 “…will go up”
    be built强调建造;go up 建筑物)被兴建起来,拔地而起Many new houses are going up in this district.
    【Letter Writing】
    在信的地址下面必须写上完整的日期。日期有两种写法,如:17th April, 19-;April 17th 19-,数字写法如下:1st(1日);2nd(2日);3rd(3日);4th(4日)等。
    【Key structures】 
    一般将来完成时
    一般将来时除了可以用来预言将来发生的事以外,还可以表示“意愿”,如允诺、建议、请求、提议等。
    The radio hasn’t been mended yet. Never mind! I’ll mend it for you. (允诺)
    Will you open the door for me please! (请求)
    Shall we go for a swim tomorrow? (建议)
    将来进行时除了表示最近或不久的将来正在进行的动作外,还可以表示计划或安排好的事:
    A great many people will be visiting the country.
    将来完成时用于表示到将来某一时刻已经完成的动作。将来完成时由will have+过去分词构成。它常与by和not…till/until+表示时间的名词连用。
    I hope they’ll have finished it in time for the journey.
    I expect you will have changed your mind by tomorrow./I will have finished it until/till tomorrow.
    现在完成式 : 到现在某一点时间为止
    过去完成式 : 到过去某一点时间为止
    将来完成式 : 到将来某一点时间为止, 某个动作已经发生
    【Special Difficulties】
    Look的短语
    Look forward to (expect with pleasure) 盼望,期待着(to为介词后面只能跟名词、代词和动名词) Look out (be careful) 当心 (注意),留神
    Look out of 朝外看
    Look up
    ① (get information from a reference book) 查阅 (从参考书中获取资料)
    ② (visit) 拜访,看望
    Don't forget to look me up when you return.
    Exercise 练习 用hold或look的正确形式填空 :
    4  The students' union ______ an interesting debate on capital punishment yesterday.
    5  My friend Ingrid lives in Stockholm. Why don't you ______ her______ when you're there?
    6  Examinations will be ______ next week. I'm not ______ them.
    4. held debate on … 辩论…… (debate v. 争论, 辩论;n. 争论, 辩论)union n. 联合,合并,结合,联盟,协会
    口语过程三步:dialogue(对话);discussion(讨论);debate(争论)
    5. look (her) up look (sb.) up : 拜访, 看看, 在英文中并不一定是很正式的, 只是去看看的意思
    6. held;looking forward to
    hold an exam 举行考试 take the exam 接受考试

    Lesson 38 Everything except the weather
    【New words and expressions】(6)
    Mediterranean n. (the ~)地中海
    Mediterranean n.地中海(=Mediterranean sea, 位于欧, 亚, 非三大洲之间),地中海沿岸的居民;adj. 地中海的, 地中海民族的
    ★complain v. 抱怨
    complain to sb.向某人抱怨 complain of/about sth. 抱怨某事
    ★continually adv. 连续地, 频繁地(时断时续)
    continuously adj. 连续不断地 continue v. 继续, 连续, 延伸
    ★bitterly adv. 刺骨地
    bitterly disappointed 彻底的失望 (disappoint vt.使失望)bitterly cold 刺骨地寒冷(chilly adj. 寒冷★sunshine n. 阳光也可直接用 “sun” 表示阳光
    a drop of sunshine 一缕阳光 (a drop of 一缕)
    【课文讲解】
    1、He had often dreamed of retiring in England and had planned to settle down in the country.
    dream of… 想, 梦见(梦想),幻想,向往
    think of… 想(思维的活动), 考虑
    settle down 定居,安身,安顿
    2、He had no sooner returned than he bought a house and went to live there.
    no sooner…than… 一……就……(关联词,引导时间状语从句,主句里常用过去完成时,than后面的从句用一般过去时),相同用法的还有as soon as,the moment,on doing
    had no sooner done…than +一般过去时, 固定用法 (时态结构 : 完成时态 + than + 一般过去时)
    no sooner放在句首就要倒装
    3、Almost immediately he began to complain about the weather, for even though it was still summer, it rained continually and it was often bitterly cold.
    almost immediately 几乎马上, 很快地 (时间上的快, 常用于写作)for(连词)表示因为(解释说明, 附加的)=because因为(一定要说的原因),for与because不同,不能用于句首,并且在for后面必须重复主语:I don’t have a car, for I can’t afford it.
    even though =even if 即使,虽然(让步状语从句)
    4、After so many years of sunshine, Harrison got a shock. so many years 这么多年
    got a shock 吓了一跳, 吃了一惊
    5、He acted as if he had never lived in England before.
    as if+句子 似乎, 好像(引导表示方式的状语从句,如果从句为过去完成时则是虚拟语气,描述与事实相反, 后面的条件是假的)
    He acted as if he was poor. (as if 后是真是假, 应根据上下文来看)连词as if/though引导方式状语从句,通常跟在描述行为举止的动词之后,如act,appear,feel,look,smell,sound等后面:
    She acted as if she were mad. (虚拟语气)
    6、In the end, it was more than he could bear.
    more than在这里表示“超过……的范围”
    It was more than I could understand.
    I can't affard it. = It was more than I can affard.
    这种用法与它通常表示“比……更多”的用法稍有不同:There were more than ten people in the room.
    7、He had hardly had time to settle down when he sold the house and left the country.
    hardly…when… 还没来得及……就……,用法同no sooner…than. hardly had sb. done when… (hardly在句首, 要倒装)
    He had hardly opened his eyes when he was knocked out.(knock out : 打晕, 击倒)
    have time to do sth. 有时间做某事
    【Composition】
    1  He bought an old car. It was in a very bad state.(but)
    2  The engine was worn out. The gearbox was full of sawdust. (The engine…not only…but…as well)
    3  He could not drive it. He could no sell it. He could not even give it away. (neither…nor…nor)
     1. in a bad state 状态不太好
    though 虽然, even though=even if 即使,这些词出现在两句之间, 就不再加but,
    2. The engine was not only worn out but the gearbox was full of sawdust.
    worn out 破旧不堪的 engine n. 发动机, 机车, 火车头gearbox n. 变速箱 sawdust n. 锯屑, 木头屑子 (sawn. 锯;v. 锯)not only出现在句首要倒装,一般不会放在句首
    3. He could neither drive it nor sell it nor even give it away. /He could neither drive it nor sell it even nor give it away. (这样写更好)
    neither do sth. nor do sth. nor do sth. 既不能也不能更不能
    【Letter writing】 
    日期:每年下列月份写出全称:3月,4月,5月,6月和7月,剩余的月份写成:Jan. (1月);Feb. (2月);Aug. (8月);Sept. (9月);Oct. (10月);Nov. (11月)和Dec. (12月)。
    【Key structures】 
    过去完成时
    过去完成时经常与一般过去时连用,表示过去某个动作发生前完成的动作。与过去完成时连用的表示时间的词或词组有when,after,as soon as,(not) until,by that time,(never) before,already,for,since,just,no sooner…than,hardly…when等。过去完成时不能与副词ago连用(ago只与一般过去时连用)。
    He hadn’t finished it by yesterday evening. 到昨天晚上他还没做完。
    【Special Difficulties】
    No sooner…than and Hardly…when
    no sooner…than (一……就……);hardly…when (几乎未来得及……就……)这两组连词意义都和as soon as相近,但比as soon as正式。它们通常都与过去完成时连用。当no sooner和hardly位于句首时,后面的主谓结构都要颠倒顺序,即句子变为no sooner/hardly +助动词 +主语 +动词形式的语序。
    No sooner had he begun speaking than he was interrupted.
    Country and Countryside
    country n. 国家,祖国;乡下(做“乡下”讲时常与the连用)Which country do you come from?
    He had planned to settle down in the country.
    countryside n. 农村地区(强调景色),乡下
    I grew up in the countryside.
    Continuously and Continually
    continuously adv. 不断地,连续地(指动作中间没有间断)continually adv. 频繁地,反复地(指动作中间有间断但又持续很久)
    It rained continually. 天频繁地下雨。
    【Multiple choice questions】
    11  He___d___ as if he had never lived in England before.
    a. made b. did c. conducted d. behaved
    do as I did 按我所做的做seem as if 看起来象……act as if 行为象……一样 look as if 看起来象……一样conduct=behave可以做动词,表示行为,但conduct为不及物动词, 如果作及物动词, 加oneself
    He conducted himself well. 他表现的很好
    He behaved (as) well.

    Lesson 39 Am I all right?
    【New words and expressions】(10)
    ★following adj. 下一个
    the next day, the following day 第二天
    ★alone adj. 独自的 强调人孤单一个
    Leave me alone. 我烦着呢, 别理我
    ★exchange n. (电话的)交换局
    ① vt. 换,更换,调换(指同类事物之间)
    I want to exchange the red skirt for a blue one.
    ② vt. 交换,互换
    I met Frank at a bus stop this afternoon and we exchanged a few words.
    ③ n. 电话交换台
    ★inquire ① vt. &vi. 打听,询问
    inquire sth. of sb. 从某人那打听
    insquire about sth. 打听某事
    ② vi. 调查,查问He didn’t tell the truth when the police inquired into the accident.
    ③ vi. 求见(某人),要找(某人)
    She inquired for the manager. 她想见经理。
    ★certain adj. 某个
    certain后面的名词的数量由它前面的数词来定
    某一个a certain +n.(单数)
    a certain patient = some patient 某个病人
    某两个two certain + n.(复数) two certain patients
    some+可数名词单数时表示某个(某一个)
    for some reason 由于某个理由
    【课文讲解】
    1、Am I all right?
    all right指人的健康状况表示“安然无恙的,良好的”
    2、While John Gilbert was in hospital, he asked his doctor to tell him whether his operation had been successful, but the doctor refused to do so.
    So在这里是代词,代替前面的动词不定式(to tell him whether…)。它一般出现believe,do,expect,hope,say,tell,think,appear等之后:
    3、The following day, the patient asked for a bedside telephone.
    the following day = the next day,这里following表示“紧接着的,其次的”。
    ask for 请求,索要,要求(得到某个东西)
    bedside telephone 床头电话
    4、When the doctor answered the phone, Mr. Gilbert said he was inquiring about a certain patient, a Mr. John Gilbert.
    Certain在这里没有“肯定的,确实的”等含义,而表示“某一,某位”,暗指说话者或说话对象可能对这人/这事不大清楚/熟悉,或所指的这个人身份不大清楚:a+人名前面, 表示某一个拥有这个特征的人或我不认识的某某人,这种情况下a通常与表示“某一”的certain连用:
    He is a Leifeng. 表示具有雷锋的特征
    A certain Mrs. Hart is waiting to see you.
    5、He then asked when Mr. Gilbert would be allowed to go home and the doctor told him that he would have to stay in hosptial for another two weeks.
    for another two weeks 又两个星期
    another作为限定词表示“另一个,再一个”的时候,通常与可数的单数名词连用,不和复数形式连用;但是后面可以跟基数词/few+复数名词(它们被当成一个整体):
    【Key structures】 
    直接引语和间接引语
    直接引语的疑问句变为间接引语的疑问句时引号和问号不再使用,且直接疑问句中的倒装语序在转述疑问句里要还原为陈述句语序(主语+动词),有必要还要改变时态。转述一般疑问句时必须使用if或whether,不可省略,助动词do/does和did在转述疑问句里消失了。ask,want to know,wonder等后面的if和whether通常可以互换,但是whether表示的怀疑程度比if稍大。 I wonder if/whether he’s phoned the doctor.在表示两者挑一时更常用whether:She asked me whether I wanted tea or coffee.
    转述疑问句中带有or not时,通常用whether引导,不用if引导:在转述特殊疑问句时,通常用原来的疑问词。在针对主语提问的间接疑问句中,时态和情态助动词照常有变化,但语序保持不变。
    如果直接引语是问句,变为间接引语时,主句不说He said,而用He asked;told可以后跟问句,还可以跟陈述句:直接引语是表示命令、请求、建议的祈使句通常可用适当的动词后跟不定式来转述,常用的这类动词有advise,ask,tell,order,command,warm,invite等,这些动词后往往有间接宾语,在转述这类祈使句的否定形式时,必须将not放在带to的不定式之前:She reminded/told me to turn off all the lights.tell sb. to do sth./ask sb. to do sth.
    动词suggest和insist用于转述建议、要求时,其结构为suggest/insist +that从句(用should):
    He still insisted that we should help him.
    【Multiple choice questions】
    7  He will have to stay in hospital. That's what he ___b___.
    a. has done b. must do c. must be doing d. must have done
    a、has done 已经做的; b、must do必须做的 ;c、must be doing
    must+ v.(原形)=have to 不得不;很可能(对现在或者将来的推测)must +原形, +be doing, +have done属于推测句型的三种结构must be doing 对说话的当时的正在进行的行为的推测
    must have been doing 对过去的正在进行的动作的推测 He must have been sleeping.

    Lesson 40 Food and talk
    【New words and expressions】(6)
    ★hostess n. 女主人
    host n. 男主人;v. 作为主人, 主办
    actor n. 男演员; actress n. 女演员
    ★unsmiling adj. 不笑的(un+smiling, 但并不一定表示“严肃”)serious adj.严肃的, 认真的, 严重的
    ★tight adj. 紧身的
    tight jeans 紧身牛仔裤
    The shoes are small/tight. (夹脚, 很紧)
    tights n. 贴身衬衣, 紧身衣, 女用连裤袜
    ★fix ① v. 使……固定、安装
    She fixed a handle on the door.
    fix on 使(目光、注意力等)集中于,盯着
    fix one's eyes on sth./one's eyes be fixed on sth. 盯着……目不转睛(习惯用被动)
    ② v. 修理
    ★globe n. 地球,球状物, 如地球仪;adj. 全球的
    global problem 全球性的问题
    earth n. 地球global “阁楼宝”,一种灭蟑螂的药名
    ★despair n. 绝望, 失望, 令人失望的人(事物);vi.绝望 in despair 绝望的
    sb./sth. is the despair of… …让……感到绝望
    The boy is the despair of his parents. 那男孩的父母对他感到绝望了。This boy is his mother's despair. 这个男孩使他妈绝望了。
    The examination was the despair of me. = The examination was my despair.我对考试已经绝望了。
    disappoint vt. 使失望
    【课文讲解】
    1、Last week at a dinner party, the hostess asked me to sit next to Mrs. Rumbold.
    dinner为不可数名词,“at a dinner party”中的“a”并不修饰“dinner”而是 “party”,have dinner不加“a”
    ask sb. to do sth. 叫某人做某事
    next to 与……相邻,挨着(既可表示座位挨着也可以表示地理位置上挨着)
    2、Mrs. Rumbold was a large, unsmiling lady in a tight black dress.
    unsmiling表示bad mix,很难与人融合。unsmiling的反义词为smiling(微笑的,喜气洋洋的)。有些形容词前面可以加上前缀un-来表示相反的意义:comfortable(舒服的)/ uncomfortable(不舒服的),true(真实的)/untrue(不真实的),interesting(有趣的)/ uninteresting(无趣味的,乏味的)。
    in在这里表示“穿着、戴着”:
    A young man in a blue dress is inquiring for you.
    (inquiring for sb. 要找(某人),求见某人)
    3、She did not even look up when I took my seat beside her. take a seat 坐下,比sit要正式
    take one’s seat 表示位置事先已安排好
    4、'if you ate more and talked less, we would both enjoy our dinner!’
    在并列句中,相同的句子成分(如主语、谓语、状语等)通常由同一词性的单词/词组表示,并且它们的长度也差不多,以保持句子的平衡性。
    You can either go out or stay here.
    【Composition】
    1  She refused to answer any questions. She did not ask any questions. (not only…but…either)
    2  She was not interested in the theatre. She was not interested in travel. (neither…nor)
    1 She not only refused to answer question but she did not ask any question either. =She not only refused to answer question but ask no question either.
    but…as well 可以加肯定也可以加否定 ; but…either只能加否定
    as well, either 在此句中可省略
    2 She was interested in neither the theatre nor travel.
    =She was interested neither in the theatre nor in travel.(更好, 介词短语的并列)
    【Key structures】 
    第2类条件句(虚拟条件句)
    第1类条件句,谈论将有可能发生的事情,并且考虑其将来的真实结果。主句用一般将来时,从句用一般现在时或其他形式的现在时。
    If you help me,I will be gratefull. 如果你帮我, 我会感激你 (正常语气)
    If it rains, I will not go. 正常语气(不一定会去)
    第2类条件句,if从句谈论想象的情况(假设与现在事实相反),主句则推测想象的结果。 从句使用一般过去时, 主句使用would+动词原形。尽管第2类条件句使用过去时,却并非指过去的时间,所以,if之后的过去时用法常被称为“非真实的过去”,整个条件句也被称作非真实条件句。
    If you helped me,I would be grateful.
    假如你能使他改变主意, 你会使他免了许多麻烦.
    如果if从句中的动词是be, 那么应该在第一和第三人称单数名词之后用were。If I were you这种说法常用于提出建议。If I were you, I’d accept their offer.
    第2类条件句有时也可代替第1类条件句来描述颇有可能发生的事情,但比第1类条件句较为“无把握”。第2类条件句经常用来描写完全不可能的事情。 If I had longer legs, I’d be able to run faster.
    【Special Difficulties】
    Make的用法
    及物动词make的原义为“制造”,但它经常用于一些固定的结构,最常见的为make+(冠词)+名词形式:make progress(取得进步);make the bed(铺床);make conversation(找话题);make a noise(吵闹);make a promise(保证);make trouble(捣蛋,制造麻烦); make money(挣钱); make a speech(演讲);make a mistake(犯错误);make up one's mind(下定决心,拿定主意)
    Do的用法
    完全动词do也有一些固定短语:
    do one's best(尽最大努力);do one's homework(做作业);do sb. a favour(帮忙);do a job(干家务);do work(做家务);do exercise(做练习);do business(做生意) do还可以与动名词连用:do some shopping(买东西,购物);do swimming(游泳);do some reading (读书)
    【Multiple choice questions】
    5  I took my seat beside her. I___a___ beside her.
    a. sat b. seated c. was sitted d. was seating
    seat一定要加宾语, 如果后面没宾语, 就用seat的被动语态(及物动词) : seat yourself / be seated是及物动词,sit是不及物动词, 没有被动语态, 后面不能加宾语,坐下:sit down
    9  Her eyes were fixed on the plate. She ___b___it.
    a. was glancing at b. was staring at
    c. was thinking about d. was stuck to
    stuck to 粘在……上面
    glance at 扫了一眼stare at = fix one's eyes on 盯着看look at 从头来看see 看见
    watch vt. 观看(看活动的) watch TV / watch sb. Doing notice 强调的是眼睛的注意, 看一些别人不太注意的事情
    glimpse of / have a glimpse of 瞥了一眼
    catch sight of= see 看见 be in sight 看见
    read v. 阅读(看与文字有关的东西)
    read loudly, read aloud 大声朗读, 汉语中的读
    go through 浏览
    12  Are you enjoying your dinner? Is it ___d___?
    a. enjoying you b. amusing you
    c. entertaining you d. giving you pleasure
    enjoy sth. 表示在后者当中得到了一种享受
    enjoy 主语是人 enjoy oneself
    sth. amuse 好笑 entertain sb. 娱乐
    amuse,entertain后面会加人
    entertainment n. 款待, 娱乐, 娱乐表演

    Lesson 41 Do you call that a hat?
    【New words and expressions】(6)
    ★rude adj. 无礼的(强调故意的)
    impolite adj. 不礼貌,表示没有注意到礼节性的问题, 所以显得有些不礼貌(polite的反义词,以p开头的形容词的否定前缀为im)
    cheeky adj. 无礼, 没礼貌的(表示小孩对长辈)
    Don’t be cheeky! 不得无礼!naive adj. 天真的
    ★mirror n. 镜子
    look at oneself in the mirror 照镜子
    mirrot of… ……的写照,……的真实反映
    ★hole n. 孔hole in+地点 地方)有个洞
    ★remark v. 评说 主要指说, 当say 来理解
    ★remind ① vt. 提醒
    remind sb. of sth. / remind sb. to do sth. / remind sb. that… 提醒某人做某事
    ② vt. 使……想起She reminds me of her sister.
    reminder n. 提醒物
    【课文讲解】
    1、Do you call that a hat?
    “Do you call that +(冠词)+名词”这个结构可以表达一种轻蔑的含义:
    Do you call that a house/? 你把那个叫房子/?
    2、You needn't be so rude about it.
    be rude about sth. 对事很粗鲁
    be rude to sb. 对人很粗鲁
    3、I sat down on one of those modern chairs with holes in it and waited. on the chair 在椅子上
    4、We had been in the hat shop for half an hour and my wife was still in front of the mirror.
    名词修饰名词, 一般用单数:bookstore书店,drugstore药店,
    5、I regretted saying it almost at once.
    regret doing sth./名词/that从句 后悔已经做了某事,表示对做过的事感到遗憾
    regret to do sth. 表示对现在或将来要做的事感到对不起、遗憾,比be sorry to do sth.要正式:
    6、'You needn't have said that,' my wife answered. 'I needn't remind you of that terrible tie you bought yesterday.'
    needn't have done 原本不必做, 但是做了, 强调过去的动作不必做。
    needn't do 现在的动作也不必做
    remind sb. of sth. 提醒某人想起某事
    7、'I find it beautiful,' I said.
    动词find经常用于“动词+宾语+宾语补足语”这种结构:I find this book very interesting.
    8、A man can never have too many ties.
    can never…too…=cannot…too… 无论……也不为过I can never thank you too much. 感激不尽。
    【Key structures】 
    Must, Have (got) to and Need
    情态动词must(必须,不得不)的否定式 mustn't(不能、不准),must还可用于表示推测:
    ① 对现在和将来的推测:must +动词用原形
    ② 对正在发生的事情的推测:must be doing
    ③ 对过去的推测:must have done
    ④ 对过去正在发生的事情的推测:must have been doing
    用must的一般疑问句可以用must/have to或needn’t来回答,而不用mustn’t:
    Must I set off now?Yes, you must / have to.
    No, you needn’t.
    mustn’t表示绝对禁止,在说话人看来,根本没选择余地: “不必要”可用needn’t,don’t have to来表示:
    needn’t = don’t have to
    needn’t have done = didn’t have to
    You needn’t / don’t have to work such long hours.
    英语中的need有两种词性,一个是普通动词(需要),一种是情态动词。need的否定形式对应也有两种: needn't 不必(情态动词need的否定); don't need 不需要(普通动词need的否定)。
    need I...?(情态) / do I need...? 实义动词
    在实义动词后面再加一个实义动词, 就在后面加to do.Need I go out? = Do I need to go out? 情态动词后面不能直接用名词做宾语,实义动词后面可以直接加名词, 故need 后面如是名词, 则这个need 为实义动词
    例 : He__c__follow me .
    a doesn’t need b needn’t to c didn’t need to d. needs
    need用于疑问句时,问者往往希望得到否定的回答: Need you leave so soon? 你有必要这么早就走吗?
    用need的一般疑问句的肯定形式的回答可以用must/had to,否定形式的回答可以用needn’t:
    Need I type this letter again?
    Yes, you must. / No, you needn’t.
    Need you have told him about my plans?
    Yes, I had to. / No, I needn’t have.
    表示必要时,must的语气比need要强:
    I must go to the dentist this moring.
    这种句型可用来表示说话人让对方选择或允许对方可以不做某事的主观意图。它的完成式和过去式分别为needn’t have,didn’t have to和didn’t need to:
    I needn’t have gone to the office yesterday.
    I didn’t have to / didn’t need to go to the office yesterday.
    need doing sth. 需要被做(用主动表达被动含义)
    ① 这里need属于实义动词, 动词ing相当于名词来理解
    ② 有时态和人称变化,否定式为: don’t need doing
    ③ need doing 表达被动含义, 如: Your shoes need washing. 你的鞋子需(被)洗了
    另外want doing也是用主动表示被动含义,它们的主语一定是物, 不是人Your hair needs cuting.
    need to be done---主语是人,也可以是物
    对比 mustn't和 needn't:
    You musn’t read it bed. It’s bad for your eyes.
    (be bad for… 对……有害)
    Smoking is bad for your health. 抽烟有害你的健康
    You mustn't make a noise. The children are asleep. You needn't drive so quickly. We have plenty of time.
    =You don't have to(haven't got to) drive so quickly. We have plenty of time.
    【Special Difficulties】
    Remark, Observe and Notice
    remark与observe都可以表示“说,评论说”,它们比say要正式:
    ‘You’re looking very well!’She remarked/observed.
    notice和observe都可以表示“注意到,察觉到”,但有一定区别。notice指无意中“察觉到”;observe则可以指有意观察、仔细地看,比notice更正式:
    He observed me carefully. (He looked at me.) Did you notice how she was dressed?
    I’ve noticed/observed that he telephones her oftener than before.
    make rude remark / call one's name / say F words (F 指 fuck) 讲粗话,骂人
    fail to do sth. 没有能够
    not fail to 表示强烈地肯定
    I had changed the furniture round that you can not fail to notict it.我已经把周围的家具都换了。
    【Multiple choice questions】
    3  Do you have to buy this hat? No, I___c___. It isn't necessary.
    a. mustn't b. won't c. needn't  d. don't need
    英文中要么助动词之后所有的东西都省略, 要么省到不定式标志, “don’t need to” 也对
    Would you like to do sth?
    Yes, I'd like to. / No,I don't / No,I don't need to. (to 不能省略)
    Do you want to go to school? Yes,I do. / Yes,I want to.
    Would you like some bananas? Yes, I’d like. (后接名词)
    Do you need the hat? No, I don’t need.
    7  A man can never have too many ties. It's ___b___.
    a. unable b. impossible c. improbable d. incapable
    can never =can't 不可能
    be able/unable to do sth. (unable adj.不能的, 不会的)
    impossible 不可能improbable 不太可能
    probably 很有可能incapable adj.无能力的, 不能的be capable of / be incapable of
    8  She looked in the mirror and saw her ___a___.
    a. reflection b. idol c. imagination d. picture
    reflection n.反射, 映象, 倒影, 反省, 沉思, 反映(reflect v. 发射)idol n.偶像, 崇拜物, 幻象, [逻]谬论imagination n.想象, 空想, 想象的事物, 想象力, 听觉picture n. 照片, 图象
    11  His wife was wearing a hat. She ___c___.
    a. was dressing it b. was putting it on
    c. had it on d.was carrying it
    wear/dress/put on/have on穿
    wear 穿着(强调状态)dress sb. 给某人穿衣服(强调动作)put on 穿上(强调动作)
    have sth. on 穿着(强调状态) (have……on 让……东西在……上面 )be in+衣服(状态)
    12  It looked like a lighthouse. It ___b___a lighthouse.
    a. appeared similar b. resembled c. matched d.likened
    match 与……相配liken vt.把……比作
    compare/liken sth to another thing 把前者比作后者
    We liken the hat to a lighthouse.
    resemble vt. 象, 类似 a resemble b
    appear 显得 similar 与……相似
    be similar to (to 不能少)

    Lesson 42 Not very musical
    【New words and expressions】(13)
    ★market ① n. 市场,集市
    ② n.(商品的)市场,销路,需求(可数名词)
    market for… ……市场
    ★pipe n.(吹奏的)管乐器
    pipe n. 两头通的东西, 如下水管道, 老爸的烟斗,或一节两头通的竹子都可以叫pipe
    ★glimpse n. 一瞥
    have a glimpse of 瞥了一眼,映入眼帘(犹如汉语中的“惊鸿一瞥”) (无意识的看)
    glance at 扫了一眼(有意识)
    ★movement n. 动作
    move v. 移动action v. 采取行动
    ★continue v. 继续
    begin/start/continue to do sth.
    begin/start/continue doing sth.
    continue +sth.
    ★dance v. 跳舞
    dance to the music 随着音乐跳舞
    ★obviously adv. 显然=clearly
    ★difference n. 差别
    tell the difference between A and B 区别差异
    different adj. 不同的be different from
    differ vi. 不一致,不同
    【课文讲解】
    1、As we had had a long walk through one of the markets of old Delhi, we stopped at a square to have a rest.
    stop to do sth. 停下其他活动去做不定式表示的动作stop doing sth. 停止做某事
    2、When he began to play a tune, we had our first glimpse of the snake.
    play a tune(tune 可数名词);play music(music 不可数名词)have/get/catch a (first) glimpse of… 一瞥,一看take a glimpse at 瞥见
    at the first sight 一见钟情
    3、It rose out of the basket and began to follow the movements of the pipe.
    rise(rose,risen) vi. 升raise(raised vt. 提高
    4、We were very much surprised when the snake charmer suddenly began to play jazz and modern pop songs.
    很少用very much 放在一起修饰surprise, 一般用very surprised 或 most surprised
    5、It obviously could not tell the difference between Indian music and jazz!
    tell表示“辨别、分辨、识别”时常与can,could,be able to连用。表达这些意义时,tell可以单独使用,也可以与from构成词组:。表示两者之间的“差别、差异”时常用difference between: It makes no difference whether you believe me or not.
    【Key structures】
    “have +名词”代替普通动词
    “have +名词”代替普通动词表示“完成该动作”:have a bath=bathe ;have a swim=swim;have a walk=walk;have a look=look;have a rest=rest;have a smell=smell等,类似的动词有dance,fight,ride,talk,sleep,wash:
    I had two dances with Lucy.
    一个动词的后面会加介词(如果这个动词是不及物动词),动词能加什么样的介词,名词也可以加什么样的介词:look at->have a look at; walk across->have a walk across;succeed in doing sth.-> be successful in->success in
    【Special difficulties】
    Pick的用法
    pick up 拿起、捡起;意外地找到;(偶然地)学会;开车去接;pick sb. up (顺路)接某人(meet sb.+地点 专程接)pick up a lot of English =learn a lot of English;pick up the radio program = the program on the radio 在广播上收听节目
    pick out 挑出,选出,辩认出
    【Multiple choice questions】
    3  We stopped at a square ___d___have a rest.
    a. so to b. in order c. in order that d. in order to
    so as to 为了,表示目的
    in order 在秩序中, 有秩序的, 有次序的, 整洁的, 整齐的Keep your room in order
    in order to do sth. in order that+从句 为了……
    【语法精粹】
    1. Julie went to the___C___to buy a pair of shoes.
    A.shoes store B.shoe's store C.shoe store D.shoes' store表示类别的商店,用单数名词修饰
    2.As a safety precaution,all city cab drivers carry only enough money to make change for a___A__bill.
    A.ten-dollar B.ten-dollars C.tens-dollar D.ten-dollar's
    cab drivers(美语)=taxi drivers(英式)
    bill纸币.有连字符连接的单词没有复数,连字符单词做定语,不会加 “’s”
    3.Recently,he has lost all his__D__at cards.
    A.wage and saving B.wages and saving
    C.wage and savings D.wages and savings
    wage 薪水(可数);saving 积蓄(可数)
    4.I want___C__.
    A.a dollar worth candy B.candy a dollar's worth
    C.a dollar's worth of candy D.a dollar worth's candy
    a dollar's worth of… 价值……钱的东西
    5.The surroundings a child grows up in usually __A__an effect on his development.
    A.have B.had C.do D.has
    have an effect on… 对……有效果
    grow up 成长
    the surroundings 做主语 (surroundings n. 环境),a child grows up 定语从句修饰 “the surroundings”
    孩子成长的环境常常对他的发展有影响. 用一般现在时

    Lesson 43 Over the South Pole
    【New words and expressions】(13)
    ★pole n.(地球的)极Pole Star 北极星
    the South Pole 南极;the North Pole 北极
    ★flight n. 飞行fly v. 飞
    ★explorer n. 探险家, 探测者, 探测器 [计]Windows资源管理器
    explore v.探险, 探测, 探究
    exploration n.(科研相关)探险,探求,开发
    adventure n.冒险(追求刺激)
    venture n. 冒险(为了财富,没有生命保障)
    ★lie ① vi. (lay[lei],lain[lein]) 处于,位于(+地点)
    ② vi. (lay[lei],lain[lein]) 躺,(平)卧
    lie 现在分词--> lying
    stay in bed = lie in bed 躺在床上
    ③ vt.(lied,lied) 撒谎tell a lie 撒谎
    You lied. = You lied to me.你骗人! 你撒谎!
    You,liar! 你, 骗子! (liarn.(惯于)说谎者)
    ④ n.谎言
    lay (laid,laid)① vt. 放,放置
    ② vt. 下蛋, 产卵lay an egg 下一个蛋
    hang(hung,hung) 挂,悬挂
    hang(hanged,hanged) 绞刑
    ★point n. 地点
    point 点,一般指从飞机上向下看的点
    地点 place,spot sina.com中的 “.” 读为dot(点)
    @读为at
    ★seem v. 似乎,看起来
    seem + as if 看起来似乎……
    seem + adj./seem to be/seem that… 看起来似乎……
    ★crash v. 坠毁(从上向下掉);n. 冲突, 撞击声, 抵触 aircrash 空难 , carcrash 车祸
    strike v. 撞击
    collide vi.碰撞, 抵触(两个都运动的东西相撞)
    ★clear v. (凌空、不接触地)越过, 跳过,没有接触面的飞跃The horse cleared the fense. (fense n.篱笆,栅栏,墙 v.围住,防护)
    over adv. 越过(距离) go over飞跃
    ★plain n. 平原mountains n. 高山
    plain girl 平凡的女孩
    【课文讲解】
    1、In 1929, three years after his flight over the North Pole, the American explorer, R.E. Byrd, successfully flew over the South Pole for the first time.
    for the first time 第一次(time表示“次,回”,还可以说this time,last time,next time,another time,each time,for the last time等)
    2、Though, at first, Byrd and his men were able to take a great many photographs of the mountains that lay below, they soon ran into serious trouble.
    连词though引导让步状语从句,其含义是“虽然……,尽管……”
    take a photograph of… 拍……的照片
    run into trouble = get into trouble遇到麻烦,陷入困境3、At one point, it seemed certain that their plane would crash.
    at one point 在某一地方,在某一时刻(point也指时间上的某一点)
    it为先行主语,真正的主语为that引导的从句。it作先行主语时经常与seem,appear,look等连用:
    4、It could only get over the mountains if it rose to 10,000 feet.
    rise to …上升至……
    5、The plane was then able to rise and it cleared the mountains by 400 feet.
    by表示“相差,以……之差”的意思
    I missed the train by ten minutes. 我晚了10分钟,没赶上火车。 He is younger than me by two years.
    【Key structures】
    Can and Be able to
    情态助动词can/could用于表示请求别人允许或答复时的情况:Can/Could I borrow you pen?
    can有时可以表示可能性:在表示天生的或学到的能力时,can/could可用于现在时和过去时,can/could与be able to通常可以互换,表示将来的“能力”时,则用will be able to:在谈到说话时正在发生的事时,一般不用be able to:Look! I can stand on my head.
    在表示成功地完成某一具体动作时,通常不用could,而用be able to;如果表示某一动作没有取得成功则可用couldn’t:It’s pity he couldn’t visit Mary. Oh, didn’t you know? He was able to visit her after all.在问及过去某一具体活动时可用could,但回答是肯定的时候则不能:
    【Special Difficulties】
    含有介词at的词组
    at与许多词可以构成固定词组,其中表示时间的有:at first(开始时,最初),at once(马上,立刻),at present(目前,现在),at last(最后,终于),at times(有时),at the moment(现在);表示地点的有:at home(在家),at school(在学校);表示程度的有:at least(至少),at any rate(不管怎样);其它词组有at heart(内心里,实际上),at a loss(困惑不解,不知怎么办)等。
    【Multiple choice questions】
    5  The plane was then able to rise. This means it ___d___.
    a. could rise b. might rise c.might succeed in rising d. rose
    could rise 有可能,不知道结果might rise 可能
    might succeed in rising 可能成功地做
    6  Byrd knew that he would be able to reach the South Pole. It would be ___d___.
    a. impossible b.necessary c. able d. possible
    was/were able to 表示这个动作在过去成功地做
    will be able to =can 将来可能会成

    Lesson 44 Through the forest
    【New words and expressions】(9)
    ★risk ① n. 危险,风险
    John took/ran the risk of damaging his bus and drove it into the back of the thieves’car.
    John saved me at the risk of his own life.
    ② vt. 冒……危险,使……遭受危险We’d better take a taxi. We can’t risk missing the plane.
    ★breath n. 呼吸out of breath 上气不接下气
    waste one's breath 白费口舌
    in one breath 片刻, 转眼间
    He finished water in one breath. 他一口气把水喝完了. hold one's breath 屏住呼吸
    bad breath 口臭 You have a bad breath.
    ★contents n. (常用复数)内有的物品(具体的东西)
    contents of the bag 包里的书
    More contents! (口语) 在吃饭时要求再加些饭菜时可以这样说. content n. 内容(抽象)
    【课文讲解】
    1、Mrs. Anne Sterling did not think of the risk she was taking when she ran through a forest after two men.
    think of… 考虑,思考take a risk(of doing) 冒……风险run after 追赶;追随;追求 run behind 在某人后面跑run to 跑向
    2、They had rushed up to her while she was having a picnic at the edge of a forest with her children and tried to steal her handbag.
    rush up to sb. 迎面冲向某人up向上,面对面,与说话人相反方向;down方向相同,与说话人相同方向 go down 接着往前走,不用回头
    up to可以表示地点、时间等“一直到……”
    have a picnic 野餐
    at the edge of 在……的边上
    3、In the struggle, the strap broke and, with the bag in their possession, both men started running through the trees. in one's possession = in the possession of sb. 为某人所拥有……
    4、When she caught up with them, she saw that they had sat down and were going through the contents of the bag, so she ran straight at them.
    go through (仔细地)搜查,在……中搜寻,浏览,翻看(速度较快的看).
    catch up with sb. 追上,赶上(强调结果)
    contents of the bag 包里的东西
    run (straight) at (at 强调瞄准,一般与straight相连都用at)
    【letter writing】
    信封上的地址的书写方式:收信人的姓名和地址必须在信封的中央,称呼总是和姓名连在一起的:
    Mr. James Thompson;James Thompson Esq.;Miss H. Thompson;Mrs. D Thompson;Mr. and Mrs. J. Thompson,
    Esq.à Esquire写信时对男性的尊称(放在人名的后面),等同于Mr. 但位置不同Mr.and Mrs.(已婚),一般夫妇一起邀请.先写人名,再写地址,写信人的地址写在信封背面,或放在信中
    【Key structures】动名词
    1、动名词可以做主语、宾语、介词宾语等
    That’s no excuse for not mending the chair!
    2、动名词还可以用于“动词+介词”之后
    look forward to doing sth. 期待、盼望做某事
    be accustomed to doing sth. 习惯于做某事.
    be used to doing sth. 习惯做某事
    比较:I used to get up early but I don't anymore. 我过去常早起, 但现在不再早起了。
    devote to doing sth. 奉献给某事, 把…奉献给……
    devote oneself to doing sth. (全身心投入做某事)
    object to doing sth. 反对做某事
    get/be tired of doing sth. 对……厌烦, 作为系动词get可与be 替换 believe in 信任,信仰
    believe in + sb. 表示信任某人,信仰某人
    believe in + doing sth. 表示我的信条是...
    accuse sb. of doing sth. 因某事控告某人(accusevt. 控告;指控)
    3、在start,begin,continue等后面,既可以用不定式又可以用动名词,区别不大:
    4、在love,like,prefer等动词后,用不定式和动名词意义有所区别。
    hate,love,like+doing sth. 表示一种习惯(always)
    hate,love,like+to do sth. 表示某一次性的行为(now)
    would love /like to do sth. 表示想要, 习惯于在前面加 would.餐厅服务员习惯会问: “Would you like to…?”,而不会用 “Do you like…?”,他只关心你现在想吃什么,而不管你平常吃什么。
    I hate to do sth.… 不喜欢……
    I hate to say but I really have something important to do. 你想拒绝别人的邀请时可用的句型
    prefer…to…结构中只能用动名词
    I prefer walking to driving.
    5、在need,want之后,动名词形式具有被动的含义,相当于被动的不定式:
    如果以物体做主语,可以直接加动词-ing,表达被动的含义
    【Mutiple choice questions】
    4  They were going through the contents of the bag. ___c___she ran straight at them.
    a. For this b. That's because c. That's why d. That's so
    that's后一般加特殊疑问词引导的从句,或that's all加从句for 加句子的时候, 习惯上放在主句之后,表示“由于某个理由”,不说for this 而说for this reason
    5  They got such a fright. They were ___c___.
    a.so frightful b.such frightened c.so frightened d.such fright frightful=terrible adj. 糟糕
    so +adj./adv.;such +n. (d 应为 such a fright)

    Lesson 45 A clear conscience
    【New words and expressions】(6)
    ★conscience n. 良心, 道德心
    a clear conscience 问心无愧
    a guilty/bad conscience 问心有愧(guilty adj.犯罪的, 有罪的心虚的)I have a guilty conscience.我问心有愧★wallet n. 皮夹, 钱夹 (一般指的是男用的那种皮夹) purse钱包(女士用) handbag n. 手袋billfold 皮夹, 钱包(美语) (意为纸币折叠形成的, 很形象)
    ★savings n. 存款
    savings account 存款账号(有利息的, 有点象活期存款) checking account 存款(没有利息)
    deposit n. 定金deposit account 存款(有利息, 有点象定期存款)ATM (auto teller machine) 自动取款机 self-service machine 自助银行
    cash card 取款卡
    IC ① interchange 高速公路转换出入口
    ② integrate circuit [电]集成电路,指令计数器
    【课文讲解】
    1、The whole village soon learnt that a large sum of money had been lost.
    village在这里为总称,指“村民”,the whole village指“全村的人”,后面通常跟单数动词(有时也可视为复数) The whole village was excited by news.
    learn v. 得知,获悉
    the whole world learnt… 全世界都知道……
    a large sum of… 一大笔……
    2、Sam Benton, the local butcher, had lost his wallet while taking his savings to the post office.
    while doing是现在分词短语用于连词之后,作用相当于一个时间状语从句。现在分词这样用的前提是两个动词的主语是同一个,并且这两个动作通常是同时发生(即这句话一定要是进行时态)。如果主语不一致则必须用从句。
    这句话完整的应为: while he was taking his savings…
    3、Three months passed, and then one morning, Sam found his wallet outside his front door.
    三种表示一段时间以后,另外一件事情发生的方式:
    ①…passed, and then
    ② some time later
    ③ some time passed before…
    4、It had been wrapped up in newspaper and it contained half the money he had lost, together with a note which said: 'A thief, yes, but only 50 per cent a thief!' wrap up 包裹
    It had been wrapped up in newspaper by somebody. (用报纸包用in,不能用by)
    half the money =half of the money 钱的一半(half 直接加在名词前表示 “一半” )
    half an hour 半个小时 , half a year 半年
    Half the bread/half of the bread was bad.
    together with… = with… 随它一起的还有……(介词短语作状语)
    a note said… 纸条上说……the picture said… 图片上说……newspaper said… 报纸上说……
    5、In time, all Sam's money was paid back in this way.
    in time = in the end 最终,最后,经过一段时间
    pay back 还回来in the way 以这种方式
    【Special Difficulties】
    Steal and Rob
    steal (something from someone or somewhere) 偷(从某人或某处) steal (sth.) from (sb.)
    rob (someone of something )(a building,a blank,a house,etc.) 抢(某人的某物)(大楼、银行、房子等)rob (sb.) of (sth.) rob后跟人或地方
    Pay back ① 偿还
    ②报答;向……报复(pay sb. back)
    I’ll pay you back for what you did to me.你对我这样,我一定会报仇的。
    【Multiple choice questions】
    3  Sam was taking his savings to the post office ___a___ he lost his wallet.
    a.when b.while c.as d.just as
    while doing 两者同时发生(while sb. was doing 当……时候),能用while、as(as等同于while)的地方就可以用when,反之则不一定。when后的时间表达即可以是点,也可以是段;while后的时间表达只可以是段
    7  Some more money was sent to Sam. Sam ___c___ some more money.
    a. sent b. has sent c. was sent d. had sent
    send/take/give sb. sth. (send=take/give),双宾语一般用离动词最近的宾语来做被语动态的主语
    sent sb. sth. -> 变被动 sb. be sent sth.
    send sth. to sb. -> 变被动 sth. be sent to sb.
    10  How much did it contain? How much___b___ ?
    a. did it consist b. was there in it c. did it include d. had it contain/container 与容器有关,或类似于容器的东西的包含include指一种抽象的包含
    12  ___b___, all Sam's money was returned.
    a. At times b. After a time c. With the times d. A long time
    a time一段时间, 不译为 “一次” , 一次用 “once”
    for a long time after a time = after some time

    Lesson 46 Expensive and uncomfortable
    【New words and expressions】(12)
    ★unload v. 卸(货)load v. 装货
    ★extremely adv. 非常, 极其,把一个形容词或副词推到了极限,达到了无以复加的程度
    ★occur ① vi. 发生When did the accident occur?
    ② vi. 被想起,被想到
    It occured to sb. that… 某人想起了……
    It occurs to sb. to do sth. 某人想起了……
    It suddenly occurred to one of the workers to open up the box. 突然一个工人想到打开箱子看看
    sth. occur to sb. 某人突然想起某件事 (从后面往前面翻)A good idea occured to me. = I have a good idea. happen vi. 发生
    What happened/occured ?
    It happened to me… 这件事发生在我身上
    What happened to you? = What's wrong with you?
    ★astonish vt. 使惊讶
    如果一个动词跟人的情绪有关,则它的宾语是人,其形容词有两个:令人 –ing;感到 –ed astonishing adj. 令人惊讶 astonished adj.感到惊讶的
    I am surprised.-->astonished-->astounded-->shocked 惊讶程度递增surprise最常用,但意思肤浅astonished 难以置信的事astound vt. 使惊骇, 使大吃一惊 (非常吃惊, 目瞪口呆)shock不快的事
    ★discover v. 发现 (属于那种以前你不知道的事现在知道了)discovery n. 探索,发现
    ★admit ① vt. 承认,供认
    admit sth. / admit doing sth. 承认做某事
    admit that… 承认……
    deny sth. /deny doing sth. 拒绝做……
    ② vt. 准许……进入,准许……加入
    Without a ticket you won’t be admitted into cinema.
    ★confine v. 关在或局限在某个地方(一个狭小的空间里) sb. was confined to +地点 某人被关在某个地方
    【课文讲解】
    1、When a plane from London arrived at Sydney airport, workers began to unload a number of wooden boxes which contained clothing.
    a number of… 许多,若干…….
    unload 的含义为“卸(货)”,它的反义词为load(装货)。与形容词uncomfortable,unsmiling等相似,有些动词加前缀un可以表示做相反的动作。
    clothing服装的总称,不可数名词,在分类时强调衣服这一种类,可包括鞋、帽等;clothes一般指衣服,表"衣服"的单数名词的复数形式, 表许多衣服。
    2、No one could account for the fact that one of the boxes was extremely heavy.
    No one could account for the fact that… 谁也弄不清楚……这样一个事实
    account for = explain= give the explanation 说明原因、作出说明(或解释),但也有区别,account 的解释必须是令人满意的,而explain 却只要是一个解释就行 How do you account for the battered car?
    that后面的从句为fact的同位语从句,说明fact的具体内容。一个句子跟在一个名词后,可以是定语从句,也可以是同位语从句。两者的区别是同位语从句后的that是起解释说明的作用,而定语从句是起修饰作用;that在从句中做主语或宾语成分,则是定语从句,that在从句中不能做主语或宾语成分,则是同位语从句
    3、It suddenly occurred to one of the workers to open up the box. sth. occurred to sb. 某人想起某事
    open up 打开
    4、He was astonished at what he found.
    sb. be astonished at sth. 某事使/让某人吃惊
    5、A man was lying in the box on top of a pile of wooden goods.
    a pile of 一堆……piles of snow 一堆堆的雪
    on top of 在……之上(与顶端有接触面)
    at the top of 在……上方(at the top of之前的词属于其之后的词的范围之内)
    6、He had had a long and uncomfortable trip, for he had been confined to the wooden box for over eighteen hours. over = more than
    have a trip = go on a trip
    be confined to 把……限制起来
    for在文中这里强调事实, 而非原因
    7、The man was ordered to pay $3,500 for the cost of the trip.
    pay…for… 为……付钱,为……付出代价
    cost of… ……的花费, 费用
    the cost of government 政府开支
    【Key structures】 
    与 to, at, for和 with连用的动词
    与to连用的动词:accustom(ed) to(习惯于);amount to(达到);appeal to(呼吁);apply to /for(适用于);attach(ed) to(附属于);attend to(参加);belong to(属于);challenge to(向……提出挑战);compare to /with(比较);condemn(ed) to(判刑);confess to(承认);confine to(限制);consent to(同意);convert to(改信(某宗教));entitle(d) to(享有权利);listen to(听);mention to(提到);object to(反对); occur to(想到); prefer to(更喜欢);react to /against(对……反应);reply to(回答);respond to(响应);see to(注意);submit to(服从于); surrender to(向……投降);turn to(转向);yield to(屈服)。
    I prefer listening to music to reading newspapers.
    I shall see to the dinner tonight. 今晚我做晚饭。
    与at连用的动词:amused at/by(对……感到有趣);arrive at/in(到达);astonish (ed) at/ by(感到惊愕);exclaim at(惊叫);glance at(对……看一眼);guess at(猜测);knock at(敲);look at(看);point at/to(指向);shock(ed) at / by(感到震惊);stare at(盯着……看);surprise(d) at /by(感到惊讶);wonder at/about(感到惊异);work at/on(钻研)。
    at通常用于表达感情的一些词后,并且这些词往往用被动语态,at用于其它动词之后一般为主动语态。
    与 for连用的动词:account for(说明(原因));ask for/of(请求);act for/on(代表);apologize for(因……而道歉);blame for(责备);beg for(乞求);call for(需要);charge for(收费);exchange for(交换);hope for(希望);look for(寻找);mistake for(误认为);mourn for(哀悼);pay for(为……付款);prepare for(准备);provide for(提供);search for(寻求);thank for(感谢);vote for/on 投票支持;wait for/on(等候)。
    与with连用的动词:agree with(同意);begin with(以……开始);communicate with(与……联络);compare with/to(与……比较);compete with/against(同……竞争);comply with(同意;confuse with(误作);contrast with/to(形成对照);cope with(对付);correspond with(与……一致);disgust(ed) with(使……讨厌);finish with(完成);help with/ in(帮助);interfere with/in(干扰);mix with(混合);occupy(ied) with(从事于);part with(放弃);please(d) with(对……满意);quarrel with/about(争论);reason with(规劝);satisfy (fied) with/by(感到满足);threaten (ed) with(威胁)
     【Multiple choice questions】
    4  Which boxes contained clothing? ___d___.
    a.The wooden b. The wood
    c. The woody ones d. The wooden ones
    the wooden 木头的; the wood 木头(表示木头制的东西用wooden)woody adj. 多树木的, 木本的, 木头般的, 木制的

    Lesson 47 A thirsty ghost
    【New words and expressions】(9)
    ★thirsty adj. 贪杯的;adj. 渴的
    be thirsty for = be hungry for 渴望得到(如饥似渴)
    ★ghost n. 鬼魂
    ghost强调魂,并不是邪恶的象征
    ★haunt v. (鬼)来访, 闹鬼
    haunt=visit 但不能应用于人的拜访,只能用在ghost
    the ghost haunt 闹鬼
    The ghost haunted the house. 这个房子闹鬼
    ★block v. 堵The pipe was blocked.
    ★furniture n. 家具, 设备, 储藏物(不可数名词)
    a piece/ set of furniture 一件家具 一套家具
    ★whisky n. 威士忌酒
    Scotch n. 一种上等的威士忌wine n. 果酒,如葡萄酒,石榴酒beer n. 啤酒brandy n. 白兰地
    ★suggest ① vt. 暗示,(间接地)表明
    ② vt. 建议,提议suggest +that从句
    suggest +doing sth.
    ★shake(shook,shaken)① vt.&vi. 摇,摇动,抖动Mr. Thompson shook his head.
    ② vt. 同……握手Dan shook hands with him.
    ★accept v. 接受accept = receive sth.with pleasure)
    【课文讲解】
    1、A public house which was recently bought by Mr. Ian Thompson is up for sale.
    a public house 酒吧、酒店,口语缩略为pub
    up for sale 有待出售,供出售(up为形容词,“已提出的,供……的)
    be up for 有待于……,为了某一目的
    This problem is up for discussion.这个问题有待于讨论on sale 打折卖 for sale 拿出来卖的
    2、He told me that he could not go to sleep one night because he heard a strange noise coming from the bar.
    hear sb.doing sth. 听见某人正在做某事
    在一些表示感觉的动词如see,hear,feel,watch,notice等之后,往往用“动词+宾语+宾语补足语”这个结构,其宾语补足语既可以是不定式(通常不加to),也可以是现在分词,两者在意义上区别不大,现在分词表示动作正在发生,不定式则表示动作发生了:bar为酒吧或酒店中卖酒的柜台
    3、Though Mr.Thompson had turned the lights off before he went to bed, they were on in the morning.
    on为形容词,表 “开着的,接通的”,反义词为off。
    4、He also said that he had found five empty whisky bottles which the ghost must have drunk the night before.
    the night before 前一天晚上 , last night 昨天晚上
    the week before 前一个星期 , last week 上个星期
    the day before 前一天 , yesterday 昨天
    the next day 下一天 , tomorrow 明天
    直接引语变成间接引语时间状语要改变。now——>then,last night——>the night before,two days ago——>two days before/earlier,today——>that day,tonight——>that night,tomorrow——>the next/following day,last night——>the night before等。
    5、The villagers have told him that they will not accept the pub even if he gives it away.
    even if he gives it away 即使他白送人
    even if 即使,它引导的让步状语从句含有很强的假定性give away 捐献,免费的送,赠送
    【Multiple choice questions】
    7  The ghost must have drunk the whisky. In Mr. Thompson's opinion, the ghost ___a___ whisky.
    a.must drink b.has got to drink c.has to drink d.should drink in one's opinion 就某人看来,以某人观点,某人认为;I think…太过强调个人的主观性, 一般用in one's opinion更让人接受

    Lesson 48 Did you want to tell me something?
    【New words and expressions】(6)
    ★pull ① vt.&vi. 拉,拖,牵,扯(反义词push vt. 推)
    pull one's leg 开某人玩笑
    You are kidding. 你在开玩笑No kidding! 不要开玩笑了!You are joking.(joke n.笑话, 玩笑 v.(和……)开玩笑)
    ② vt.&vi. 拔,抽
    You’re pulled out the wrong teeth!
    ★collect v. 搜集★collection n. 收藏品, 收集品
    collect salary 领工资;collect money 筹集资金;
    collect stamp 集邮;collect children 收养孩子
    ★nod ① vt.&vi. 点头,点头示意/招呼
    When we meet each other in the office, he always nods at me. ② vi. 打盹,打瞌睡(常与off连用)
    As he was very tired, he nodded over his reading.
    因为他很累,所以他一边看书一边打盹。
    ★meanwhile adv. 同时= at the same time = in the same time用法和 however 一样,不能连接两个句子,但是意思上有承接概念
    【课文讲解】
    1、Dentists always ask questions when it is impossible for you to answer.
    impossible通常不以人作主语,而以不定式或从句作主语:It is impossible for him to help you. =It is impossible that he will help you.
    2、In answer to these questions I either nodded or made strange noises.
    in answer to… 作为对……的回答;响应……的请求
    in return for 作为对……的报答
    3、Meanwhile, my tongue was busy searching out the hole where the tooth had been.
    meanwihile 在此期间,与此同时
    be busy doing sth. 忙于做某事
    search out 找出,搜寻
    where = 介词 + which
    where称为关系副词,另外还有when也是关系副词
    4、When the dentist at last removed the cotton wool from my mouth, I was able to tell him that he had pulled out the wrong tooth.
    remove可以表示“拿去,除去,去掉”,通常结构为“remove +名词 +from”,也可以单独使用:
    I’ve removed that picture from the wall.

    Lesson 49 The end of a dream
    【New words and expressions】(13)
    ★tired adj. 厌烦的
    be/get tired of sth./doing sth. 讨厌做某事
    ★real adj. 真正的 (强调东西不是假的)
    true adj. 真挚, 真诚, 符合标准 (强调符合某个标准)real man 真人;true man 男子汉,好汉
    ★spring n. 弹簧n. 春天;泉水
    fountain n. 人工喷泉
    ★mattress n. 床垫mat n. 垫子 (如杯垫)
    cushion n. 座垫
    ★gust一阵(阵)风a gust of anger (一阵)无名火
    Breeze n. 微风gale n. 大风,(突发的)一阵风(风力比gust强)wind n. 风的总称
    ★sweep (swept[swept],swept) ① vt. 扫,打扫
    ② vt. (风)吹;刮A gust of wind swept the bed off the roof. sweep sth. away 把……刮走
    blow v. 刮
    ★smash ① vt.&vi. 打碎,摔碎,(使)碎裂
    The cup smashed on the floor.
    smash sth. into pieces 把……摔成碎片
    The bed was smashed to piece.
    crash v. 受挤压而变碎
    cut sth.into pieces 切碎,剪碎tear sth. into pieces 撕碎break v. 打碎crack v. 裂开不碎
    ② vt.&vi. 重击,殴打,猛砸/撞
    Why didn’t you smash the man with your fist?
    ★courtyard n. 院子
    court n. 院子,庭院;法庭 yard n. 院子
    backyard n. 后院
    ★glance v. 扫视
    glance at 扫了一眼(有意识地看)glare at 瞪着(生气) stare at 盯着gaze at 盯着(无限神往, 羡慕地看)
    ★promptly =at once, immediately adv. 迅速地
    【课文讲解】
    1、Tired of sleeping on the floor, a young man in Teheran saved up for years to buy a real bed.
    be tired of 对……感到厌倦,在这句话里省略了现在分词being,用形容词短语直接做原因状语,其作用相当于原因状语从句as he was tired of…。
    I always go to bed hungry. (用形容词直接做状语)
    I went home. I am tired. => I went home tired
    save up 攒钱,储蓄
    2、For the first time in his life, he became the proud owner of a bed which had springs and a mattress.
    for the first time in one's life 平生第一次
    3、Because the weather was very hot, he carried the bed on to the roof of his house.
    on to(onto) 类似与 in to(into),用于表示动作方向而不用于表示静态的位置,不但有“去”的概念还有把它放到“on”(上面)的概念。onto/on to有时可用on代替,但表示位置的on不可用onto代替:
    Lift sth. on to the cart.
    The pen is on the table. (不能用onto/on to)
    Mr. Thompson is jumped onto the stage. 汤普森先生跳上了台上。Mr. Thompson jumped on the stage. 汤普森先生在台上跳了跳。
    4、He slept very well for the first two nights, but on the third night, a storm blew up.
    for the first two nights 头两天晚上
    for the last three nights 最后三天晚上
    blow up 风越刮越大(程度在加深),(指暴风雨)出现并加剧;刮起speak up 大声点
    5、A gust of wind swept the bed off the roof and sent it crashing into the courtyard below.
    gust表示“一阵强风,一阵狂风”,既可单独使用,也可用a gust of wind形式:
    A gust (of wind) blew my hat off.
    She set off even though the wind was blowing in gusts.虽然当时阵阵狂风吹着,她还是出发了。
    off = down/away from
    below 直接放在被修饰词之后作定语
    crashing into the courtyard below是现在分词短语,作宾语补足语。crash (不及物动词)直接用主动形式,smash(及物动词)可用被动
    一个句子中不能出现两个动词,如果出现了两个动词,要用and或but连接;或者把其中一个作为非谓语动词to do(表目的),-ed(表被动),-ing(表主动)。
    6、The young man did not wake up until the bed had struck the ground.
    not…until表示“直到……才”,until前面没有not时,与表示一段时间的“持续动词”连用;有not时,常用表示某一时间点的动词(或瞬间动词)连用:
    7、Although the bed was smashed to pieces, the man was miraculously unhurt.
    although 尽管;though 虽然,意义差不多,以从句出现 to pieces 粉碎地,成碎片地
    8、Glancing at the bits of wood and metal that lay around him, the man sadly picked up the mattress and carried it into his house.
    glancing为现在分词,引导的短语相当于一个时间状语从句after he glanced at…。动词的ing形式一定强调某一个名词之间的主动关系。
    glance v. 看一眼,扫视
    Joe glanced through the newspaper while talking to me. 乔一边和我聊天,一边浏览报纸。
    bits = pieces
    lie (lay,lain) 不及物动词,后面一定要加“around”,不能说成“lay him”
    【letter writing】
    大多数书信都以“dear”开头,后接姓名,“dear”这个词一定要在信纸的左手边顶格。第二行如要退格是退5个字符, 现在西方都是顶格写。
    【Key structures】 
    复合句的语序
    复合句可用两种方法构成:一是用连词把从句与主句连接起来;二是用分词结构或不定式。
    1、用连词连接的复合句
    ① 在复合句中,从句可以是名词从句(即起名词的作用)。在句子中,它可以作主语、宾语或be等系动词的表语,一般由that引导,有时也用what(疑问词引导的除外)
    ② 从句可以是关系(或形容词)从句,关系代词通常有who,whom,that,which和whose。
    ③ 从句可以是状语(或副词)从句,时间状语连词有when,after,before,as soon as,until,while,as,since等;地点状语从句连词有where,everywhere,anywhere等;方式状语从句连词有as或短语in the way (that)等,方式状语从句在动词be,feel,seem,appear等后面也可以由连词as if和as though来引导;原因状语从句由because,as等引导;条件状语从句可由if及其他连词引导;让步状语从句使句子具有对比的因素,它们一般由连词although,though,even though,even if等引导;目的状语从句可由so that,in order that等连词引导;结果状语从句描述结果,可由so+形容词+that引导,也可由such (a) +(形容词) + 名词 + that来引导;比较状语从句结构包括as +形容词/副词 + as,not so/as … as,形容词/副词的比较级 +than,more…than,less…than等
    2、分词结构的复合句
    ① 用现在分词结构可以代替时间从句、原因从句、关系从句等,现在分词结构的这种用法仅限于两个动作的主语一致的时候。用它代替时间从句时,分词结构表示的动作如果发生在前,则分词结构要位于主语前;如果两个动作同时发生,那么分词结构既可以位于主句前,也可以位于主句后。分词结构位于主句前面时,要用逗号隔开。
    Feeling tired, I went to bed earlier than usual.
    ② 过去分词结构常用于比较正式的文体,往往代替被动语态
    Followed by his mom, he went there. (被动概念,)
    3、不定式结构的复合句
    这种结构通常可以代替表示目的或表示条件的状语从句:To get into university you have to pass a number of examinations.
    【Multiple choice questions】
    6、Where was the courtyard? c
    a. Down. b. Under. c. Below. d. Bottom.
    down adv. 在……下(向下)go down, sit down
    under 介词必须加宾语below adv. 下面, 表示一种状态bottom n. 下面
    7、He looked at the bits of wood and metal ___c___ around him. a. laying b. laid c. lying d. lie
    laying(lay) vt. 放 (lay the egg(下蛋))
    lying(lie vi. 躺 lie in bed)
    lie(lied,lied) 撒谎过去分词属于非谓语动词, 做定语时与被修饰词形成被动关系
    8 A gust of wind swept the bed off the roof. The wind blew very ___a___.
    a. hard b. fast c. quickly d. soon
    a gust of wind一阵风hard 修饰动词, 表示程度大
    9 The bed crashed into the courtyard. It ___c___ the courtyard.
    a. smashed b.knocked c.struck d.exploded
    crash vi.从上往下掉, 摔碎;smash vt. 摔碎;knock v. 敲击;explode v. 爆炸;struck v. 撞击
    11 He glanced at the bits of wood and metal. He ___a___ the bits of wood and metal.
    a. looked quickly at b. had a glimpse of c. stared at d.watched
    glance at (漫不经心的)扫视,(主动的看)look quickly at 快速地看had a glimpse of (无意识的)看stare at 盯着看watch 注视, 密切关注

    Lesson 50 Taken for a ride
    【New words and expressions】(4)
    ★ride n. 旅行(不走路的);v. 骑(车, 马)
    trip n.(出差性的)旅行(旅行地方不远或呆的时间不长)travel n.(周游世界性的)旅行journey n.(陆地上的)旅行flight n.(空中)旅行voyage n.(海上)旅行tour n. 游玩sightseeing n. 观光游
    ★excursion n. 远足,游玩, 郊游(距离不会很远) weekend's excursion 周末游
    ★view n. 景色(主观性较强)
    in one's view=in one's opinion 就某人看来
    sight n. 景色, 视线, 视野(强调客观)
    【课文讲解】
    1、Taken for a ride就当作是一次兜风
    take…for… 把……当作……
    take sb. for a ride 欺骗taken for 上当了
    2、I love travelling in the country, but I don't like losing my way.
    love/ like doing sth. 喜欢做某事(强调一种习惯)
    lose one’s way 迷路
    3、I went on an excursion recently, but my trip took me longer than I expected.
    go on an excursion =have an excursion 作一次短距离的旅行go on 进行,为(某一目的)而去
    take sb. some time 花费某人多少时间
    My trip took me a long time.
    It takes sb. some time to do sth. 花费某人多少时间
    It took me a month to learn book 2.
    It takes sb. some time that… 花费某人多少时间
    sb. spend some time (on) doing sth. .
    sb. spend some time on sth.
    金钱上的花费cost, pay for sth.
    than I expected 比我所预料的(口语)
    The question is easier than I expected.
    than I thought 比我原以为的
    The English class took me longer than I thought.
    4\'I'll tell you where to get off.' answered the conductor.
    get on the bus 上车 ;get off the bus 下车
    “特殊疑问词+to+动词原形”可用来取代宾语从句
    【语法精粹】
    1、Did you find out__c__the pie out of oven?
    a. to take b. have taken c. when to take d. being taken find out 发现 take sth. out of 取出来
    Did you find out when we could(can)take the pie out of oven?
    6、I sat in the front of the bus to get a good view of the countryside.
    in the front of 在(某一事物的)前部,前者属于后者的范围in front of 在……前面,前者不属于后者的范围get a good view of 欣赏……的美景
    7、Looking round, I realized with a shock that I was the only passenger left on the bus.
    非谓语动词(现在分词或过去分词)做状语, 这个动作必然与主句主语有关:-ing与主句主语构成主动关系;-ed 与主句主语构成被动关系;to do与主句主语构成目的关系如果非谓语动词做定语, 只与被修饰词相关, 与主语无关passing plain 路过的飞机; ploughed field 耕过的地
    如果-ing/-ed做宾补, 与宾语有关
    I find the door locked. (locked被动,门被锁)
    with+ n. 表示状态I do sth with an excitement.
    on the bus = in the bus 在火车上、汽车上既可以用“in”又可用“on”
    8、'This is as far as we go.'
    as far as + 从句 到……程度/限度,就……的限度而言as far as we go=we couldn't go any more
    I can't bear(it any more). / It was more than I could bear. = This is as far as I bear.
    9、'Oh dear,' said the conductor suddenly. 'I forgot to put you off.'
    oh dear 哦, 天呐
    forget to do sth. /forget doing sth. 忘记已经做了I
    put sb. off 让……下车(或飞机、船等)
    put sb. off =remind sb. to do 提醒(某人)……
    put sb. off 推脱, 敷衍put sth. off 推迟, 延期
    10、'Well, in that case, I prefer to stay on the bus,' I answered. in that(this) case 如果那样(这样)的 话,既然是那样(这样)
    prefer to do sth. 宁可做某事
    prefer to do…rather than… 宁可……也不……
    【letter writing】
    给朋友写信要称呼他们的名字,如“亲爱的弗雷德”,决不要以“亲爱的朋友”类的词语开头。
    给亲戚写信,则可以这样开头:亲爱的妈妈、亲爱的爸爸、亲爱的弗雷德叔叔、亲爱的艾丽丝姨妈,但决不可称“亲爱的表兄”,或“亲爱的弗雷德表兄”。
    给长辈写信,长辈中的直系亲属不加名字,只加称谓;长辈中的旁系亲属既要加称谓,又要加名字。给平辈的亲属写信,直接称呼名字,不加称谓。
    【Key structures】 
    表示习惯性动作
    表示状态、感觉、情绪、精神活动的动词appear,appreciate,believe,feel,forget,hear,know,like,look,notice,remember,resemble,see,think,understand,belong to,consist of,contain,desire,detest,dislike,hate,hope,love,matter,mean,mind,need,want,wish常用于一般现在时而不用于进行时
    【Special Difficulties】
    Lose, Loose, Miss.
    lose vt. 失去,丧失,遗失,丢失Roy has lost his job
    If you bet on that horse you will lose your money. (bet on sth 就……打赌)
    loose adj. 松动的,松的,松开的
    Servral screws have come loose. (come loose,松了
    miss v. 怀念, 思念, 错过,未能……,缺(课等),惦念,想念missing adj. 不见了的
    sth. is lost = sth. is missing
    missing boy 失踪了的孩子(不能用 “lost” )
    Expect, Wait for
    expect可以表示“预计……可能发生(或来到),等待,期盼”,它表示等待时往往侧重人的心理而不是具体在某个地方等。
    I expect / I’m expecting to hear from you.
    I’m expecting the bus to arrive in the next ten minutes.
    My trip took me longer than I expected.
    wait for主要指“等待”这个动作本身。
    【Multiple choice questions】
    5‘Where ___c___ get off?’I asked.‘I'll tell you where to get off,’answered the conductor.
    a. to b. for c. shall I d. in order to
    在日常口语中语法概念很弱,如“What to do?”也常常使用, 不符合语法, 但在写作时语法概念要很强.
    7 This is as far as we go. We don't go ___a___.
    a. any further b. more far c. further more d. so far
    not any more = not any longer = not any further 不再……further more 更进一步, 更有甚者的是
    9 The writer got on the bus, but he didn't know where to ___b___.
    a. get down b. get off c. get out of d. get over
    下某种交通工具, 一定要用 get off
    get down: 如吃完饭后, 下桌子时会用 get down(不会和下车相连)After dinner, I got down. 我吃完饭后, 离开了桌子. get out of + 地方 从……地方出去get over 恢复
    12 I prefer to stay on the bus. That's ___d___.
    a. my favourite b. my best c. beloved d. what I'd like to do best I’d like to do… 我愿意做某事
    I like sth. best. 我最喜欢的事

    Lesson 51 Reward for Virtue
    【New words and expressions】(10)
    ★reward n. 报偿;v. 给奖赏
    give sb. reward 给……报偿reward sb. with sth. 用……奖赏...reward sb. for sth. 因为…给某人奖赏
    …reward him for the first prize
    ★virtue n. 美德
    strongpoints n. 长处, merit n. 优点
    shortpoints n. 短处, weak points 弱点
    ★diet n. 节食go on a diet =be on a diet 实行节食
    forbid(forbade[,forbidden) v.禁止
    forbid sb. to do sth. 禁止某人做某事
    allow sb. to do sth. 允许某人做某事
    Forbidden City 紫禁城 (被禁止的城市) ;Forbidden fruit 禁果
    ★embarrass v. 使尴尬sth. embarrass sb. 让……感到尴尬embarrassing adj. 令人尴尬地;embarrassed adj. 感到尴尬embarrassment n. 尴尬To my embarrassment,…让我感到尴尬的是……
    ★guiltily adv. 内疚地guiltily conscience 问心有愧 clear conscience 问心无愧
    ★strict adj. 严格的
    be strict with sb./ in sth. 对……严格
    ★occasionally adv. 偶而地
    on the occasion偶尔, sometimes偶尔,at times 偶尔off and on now and again 偶尔
    【课文讲解】
    1、My friend, Hugh, has always been fat, but things got so bad recently that he decided to go on a diet.
    things(要用复数形式)可以表示“情况,情形,状况,形势”等含义:How are things going on with you?
    get作不及物动词时可以表示“变得”:
    diet用于表示治疗某种疾病或调节体重的“特种饮食”、“规定饮食”时通常与on连用:The doctor put him on a strict diet. 医生让他严格控制饮食。 I once went on a diet for a week and then I gave up.
    2、First of all, he wrote out a long list of all the foods which were forbidden.
    first of all 首先, 首要 (许多事情中首要的, 即最重要的) at first 首先(句型at first…, then… 起先…然后…)write out 写出,(正式)写,全部写出
    3、The list included most of the things Hugh loves: butter, potatoes, rice, beer, milk, chocolate; and sweets. most of… 大部分……
    includ和contain都有“包含”的意思,但contain可以用于表示所包含的全部事物;include则只表示其中的一部分。contain一定是容器里面装,include则含义更广,在这里不能用contain。
    It included three bags of sweets.
    4、Yesterday I paid him a visit.
    pay sb. a visit 拜访某人
    pay a visit to sb./someplace =call up sb./at someplace 拜访某人/某地. have a visit=visit
    5、I rang the bell and was not surprised to see that Hugh was still as fat as ever.
    as…as ever 像往常一样,照旧,依然
    be surprised to do sth. / be surprised at sth.
    6、He led me into his room and hurriedly hid a large parcel under his desk.
    lead sb. into(进门); show sb. out(出门); see sb. off(送行)
    7、It was obvious that he was very embarrassed.
    obviously = it was obvious that…(it 为形式主语) 显然……
    【Letter writing】
    如果给一个不很熟悉的人写信, 应按如下方式开头:亲爱的布朗先生,亲爱的史密斯夫人。在姓名之后总要加上一个逗号。对对方熟悉, 但是为了表示一种尊重, 也可这么写。
    写信开头:你的姐姐(Dear +姐姐的名字), 你的朋友比尔(Dear Bill), 你的老板(Dear Mr./Mrs. +某人), 你的老校长(Dear Mr./Mrs. +姓)。 在不知道对方性别姓名时 : 如应聘信开头 Dear Sir/Madam,
    【Key structures】 
    一般过去时
    与一般过去时常用的两个词是once和recently,recently在表示“最近一段时期”时也可以与现在完成时连用。一般过去时可以用于时间状语从句中,一般过去时可以用于与最近的打算比较时。
    【Special difficulties】
    Raise and Rise.
    rais作动词时只能作及物动词,即它必须跟宾语。它可以表示“举起,往上提,使……升高”等含义:
    Heavy rains have raised the level of the river this year.
    rise作动词时通常为不及物动词,表示“起立,起床,(日、月等)升起”等含义:
    Lay and Lie.:lay(laid,laid) vt. 置,搁,铺,准备 lie(lay,lain) vi. 躺,平卧
    Beat and Win.
    beat vt. 打败,战胜,胜过,超过
    win vt. 在……获胜(成功),赢得,获得,夺得beat后面接对手,win不能接对手。
    【Multiple choice questions】
    11  He was very embarrassed. He felt ___d___.
    a.shy b. shameful c.hot d. uncomfortable
    注意以下三类词:
    ① 感官动词feel, smell(闻起来 : The food smeel well.), sound(听起来 : The idea sound good.)
    ② 变得get , become ③ lie feel+adj
    shy adj. 害羞的(习惯性的, 在某一种情况下就会作出的反应)shame n. 羞愧shameful adj. 令人羞愧的 It’s shameful. (注意它没有 “-ing” 形式)
    ashamed adj. 感到羞愧的 hot 热的, 恼火的
    uncomfortable adj. 不舒服的, 不放松的 (comfortable 一种自在, 轻松, 放松)

    Lesson 52 A pretty carpet
    【New words and expressions】(4)
    ★inch n. 英寸(度量单位)foot 英尺(pl. feet ); mile 英里
    ★space n. 空间 注意读音浊化, 六个爆破音中有三个清辅音 [p t k] 在 [s] 后面是要浊化为对应的三个浊辅音 [b d ^] 又如 school
    ★actually adv. 实际上=in fact
    【课文讲解】
    1、We have just moved into a new house and I have been working hard all morning.
    现在完成进行时用来强调动作在某一段时间内一直在进行,而且动作有现在的结果。现在完成时表示在漫长地时间段,过去发生的, 还一定要对现在产生影响;在过去发生的动作, 一直延续到现在,现在完成时, 动词一定是延续性动词
    It has rained for half day. It has been raining.
    2、I have been trying to get my new room in order.
    get sth. in order 使……有秩序,把……整理好(get 使役动词)
    in order 整齐,井然有序,有秩序, 有次序
    3、This has not been easy because I own over a thousand books.
    ★own
    ① vt. 拥I own over a thousand books.
    ② vt. &vi. 承认He owned to stealing the wallet.
    ③ adj. 自己的He has a car of his own.
    4、To make matters worse, the room is rather small, so I have temporarily put my books on the floor.
    to make matters worse 更糟糕的是……,插入语
    5、At the moment, they cover every inch of floor space and I actually have to walk on them to get in or out of the room.
    at the moment = now 现在,此刻,目前
    every inch 每一英寸(夸张)
    Gold covered every inch of the ground in America.
    It is worth every penny of it.
    6、A short while ago, my sister helped me to carry one of my old bookcases up the stairs.
    help sb. (to) do sth. 帮某人做某事(to 可省略)
    help sb. with sth. 帮某人做某事
    with one’s help 在某人的帮助下
    7、'This is the prettiest carpet I have ever seen,' she said. “I have ever seen” 做定语从句出现, 是最高级的标志
    8、She gazed at it for some time then added, 'You don't need bookcases at all. You can sit here in your spare time and read the carpet!'
    gazed at 对……向往, 羡慕not at all 完全不,起强调作用in one’s spare time 某人空闲的时候,spare表示“空闲的,多余的”
    【Key structures】 
    现在完成时,现在完成进行时
    现在完成时:have done,表示已完成的动作
    现在完成进行时:have been doing,强调动作在某一段时间内一直在进行,而且动作现在有结果。到现在为止,该动作可能已不再继续进行,也可能还在继续进行,这要根据上下文来确定。句子中常含有all+表示时间的词语如all day,all morning等或for和since。
    I have read the book. 书已看完
    I have been reading the book. 还没看完, 还要继续
    表示持续性的动词,如learn,lie,live,rain,sleep,stand,可以同since或for副词短语连用,也可用于以how long开头的疑问句中:
    I’ve been working for Exxon for 15 years.
    现在完成进行时还可以表示经常重复的动作:Jim has been phoning Jenny every night for the last week. 与段时间连用可以用现在完成时, 也可以用现在完成进行时, 但跟次数连用的, 一定只能用完成时, 不能用现在完成进行时
    He has rung me up five times since 12 o’clock.
    【语法精髓】
    1、You should go to bed. You _____ (watch) TV for 5 hours.2、I _____ (write) letters since breakfast.
    3、I _____ (write) 3 letters since breakfast.
    4、Sorry, but Mr.Smith _____ (leave) for Beijing.
    5、I _____ (look) for him everywhere, where can he be?1、have been watching/have watched
    2、having been writing 3、have written 4、has left
    和现在完成进行时连用的, 一定不能是次数;和现在完成进行时连用的动词, 一定不能是短暂动词,leave是瞬间动词5、have been looking 通过 “where can he be?” 这句话可知人没找到, 还要继续找
    【Special Difficulties】
    形容词、相应的副词及其用法:
    许多副词,特别是表示方式的副词,皆由形容词加-ly构成,如easy(容易的)/easyly,beautiful(漂亮的)/beautifully。一些频度副词也如此构成,如usual(通常)/usually。还有少数几个表示程度及观点的副词也都以-ly结尾:high(高的)/highly(高度地),real(真的)/really。大多数形容词加 “ly” 变为副词 : 如 beautiful--beautifully,但是不是所有的形容词都可以加ly(asleep);不是所有的副词都一定以ly结尾(late);不是所有的加ly的都是副词(lovely)有些副词虽然由形容词加-ly构成,但在意义上与其相应的形容并不相同,如hard(勤奋的,困难的)/hardly(几乎不),cold(冷的)/coldly(冷淡的),late(迟到的,晚的)/lately(最近,近来),near(近的,接近的)/nearly(几乎,差不多,差点儿)。有些副词有两种形式。有的意义相同,如cheap(廉价的)/cheaply(廉价地),但有的意义不同如late(迟,晚)/lately(近来),hard(努力地,猛烈地)/hardly(几乎不)。late 迟 ; lately adv. 近来(=recently)hard 努力地(表示程度深), 困难地(=difficult) ;hardly几乎不high高的 ,〈adv.>高度地 ;highly〈adv.> 高度地 (不能用尺度测量的, 抽象的)deep 深的; deeply 〈adv.> 深度地 (不能用尺度测量的, 抽象的)near 在旁边的 ;nearly 〈adv.> 几乎, 将近有些副词在形式上与形容词相同,如fast,past,far等。
    大多数方式副词的位置一般在宾语或动词前面,表示时间的副词常位于句尾,有时也可位于句首。程度副词,如almost,enough,hardly,nearly,quite,rather,too等,大部分用在它们所修饰的动词之前。
    副词修饰动词(walk quickly), 形容词(very beautiful), 副词词性本身(very much), 还可以修饰句子
    【Multiple choice questions】
    3  He has been working all morning and he ___c___hard.
    a.still works b.has still worked
    c. is still working d.still worked
    still works 一般现在时是一种习惯
    10  He actually has to walk on them. He can't do ___c___.
    a.else b.different c.otherwise d.other
    else一定放在不定代词和疑问代词后面anything else,anybody else,who else,what else等
    different形容词, 动词后应加副词或名词做宾语, 而不是形容词other形容词;the other代词
    ★otherwise conj. 否则, 不然
    Hurry up, otherwise you will miss train.
    ② adj. 另外的, 其他方面的
    ③ adv. 另外, 否则, 不同地, 别的方式 (=differently)
    12  You can sit here in your spare time. You can sit here when you're ___d___.
    a.working b.studying c.not working d.reading
    spare time = not work
    在考试时没上下文是答案为c;在本课文中应为d

    Lesson 53 Hot snake
    【New words and expressions】(13)
    ★hot hot adj. 热的;新鲜的;棘手的;带电的, 充电的 hot-hot-hot 麻辣烫;hot-wings 辣鸡翅;hot dog 热狗hot-tempere火暴(脾气)的 hot line 热线;hot topic 热门话题hot cake 热蛋糕
    It sells like a hot cake/cakes. 表示一个东西的畅销, 热销best seller 畅销的东西hot potato 棘手的问题hot news 最热点的新闻
    ★fireman n. 消防队员
    hydrant n. 消防栓, 消防龙头
    fire ext灭火器 (extinguisher n. 熄灭者, 灭火器)
    extinguish=put out 灭火
    ★cause ① v. 引起Pride causes failure. cause sb. to do sth. 引起某人做某事, 导致某人做某事
    ② n. 原因,强调事情发生的直接原因(一个)
    because 因为 reason 理由,其他各种的理由(很多个)★examine v. 检查check v. 核实, 核对
    ★accidentally adv. 意外地, 偶然地 (但更趋向于 “偶然的意思)accident->accidental->accidentallyaccident n. 事故unexpectedly adv. 出乎意料地(更趋向于 “意外” 的意思)
    ★remains n. 尸体, 残骸 指dead body
    ★solve v. 解决
    solve the mystery solve the problem
    ★snatch v. 抓住
    catch v. 抓,如抓鱼hold v. 握着
    snatch v. (突然抓起来)强调动作的突然性
    seize v. 抓住(用力)
    【课文讲解】
    1、Hot snake 触电的蛇
    get a electric shock 触电
    2、At last firemen have put out a big forest fire in California. at last 最后,终于
    put out a fire 扑灭火(put out扑灭,熄灭,关掉)
    a fire 一场(堆)火
    3、Since then, they have been trying to find out how the fire began.
    since then 从那时起,到现在为止
    find out (经过研究、努力等)找出,发现,查出……(这里find out的宾语是个从句)
    4、Forest fires are often caused by broken glass or by cigarette ends which people carelessly throw away.
    broken glass 被打碎的玻璃片
    cigarette ends 烟头
    5、They were also quite sure that a cigarette end did not start the fire.
    be sure that 对……很有把握;quite sure 相当的把握性rather adv. 相当fairly adv. 相当, 公正地, 诚实地quite(=completely)->rather->fairly 程度一个比一个轻quite a few 颇有几个(相当多的)
    start a fire=cause a fire(start vt. 使……发生,引起)
    6、This morning, however, a firemen accidentally discovered the cause. accidentally =by chance 偶然地discover本身含有偶然发现(某个已经存在的东西)的含义
    7、He noticed the remains of a snake which was wound round the electric wires of a 16,000-volt power line. notice 注意别人没注意的东西
    the remains表示“尸体,残骸”,必须用复数形式:
    16,000-volt power line 连字符“-” 一旦加在两个词之间, 这个词之间就失去了加复数的资格, 能够加连字符的概念一定是做定语
    ★wind ① vt. 缠绕,卷在…上(常与around/round连用)Did you wind this piece of wire round the tree?② vt. 蜿蜒,盘旋wind one's way 蜿蜒而行
    8、A bird had snatched up the snake from the ground and then dropped it on to the wires.
    had done 先发生的事drop 无意掉下去的
    【Summary writing】
    1 Now that fireman have put out a big forest fire in California ,they have been trying to discover its cause.
    now that 既然 2 evidence n. 证据
    区分同位语与定语从句: that做了主语或者宾语, 是定语从句; that既不作主语也不作宾语, 是同位语从句fact , evidence 的后面往往是加同为语从句
    5 (In) winding itself around the wires the snake had sent sparks to the ground and it caused the fire.
    介词“in”“on”放在动词“-ing”前面的理解方式和没有“in”“on”的理解方式一样
    【Key structures】 
    一般过去时、现在完成时与现在完成进行时
    一般过去时通常与一个表示确切的时间的状语连用,现在完成时则有时与表示一段时间的状语连用,有时不需要时间状语,而现在完成进行时则有时与表示一段时间的状语连用,有时与all+表示时间的名词连用。现在完成时与一般过去时中既可以用状态动词(表示存在、拥有、感情、思想、需求等的动词)也可以用行为动词,现在完成进行时则通常与行为动词连用。
    【Special Difficulties】
    Throw to,Throw at and Throw away
    throw作及物动词主要含义为“投,掷,抛,扔”。
    throw to (sb.) 扔给(某人)throw at 对准某一目标扔throw away 扔掉,丢弃
    Cause and Reason
    cause ① n. 原因,起因; Do you know the cause of the war?② v. 使……产生/发生,引起
    cause sth. 导致, 引起
    cause sb. to do sth. 导致某人做某事
    reason ① n. 理由,原因
    What was the reason for the delay?
    作“原因”讲时,reason与cause可以互换,但reason与介词for连用;而cause则与介词of连用。
    reason后面通常跟why引导的从句:
    That was the reason why the meeting was put off.
    ② v. 推理劝导,说服reason with sb. 劝说(以道理)
    Drop and Fall
    drop vi.&vt. (使)掉下,(使)落下,放(强调的是不小心掉下来)fall vi. 落下,(雨、雪)下,降,跌倒,摔倒(强调的是掉下来的概念, 动作)
    【Multiple choice questions】
    11  In this way he was able to solve the mystery. ___c___he did it. a.That's so b.Like this c.That's how d. So

    Lesson 54 Sticky fingers
    【New words and expressions】(14)
    ★sticky adj. 粘的 as sticky as glue
    ★finger n. 手指 toe n. 脚趾
    thumb 大拇指;index f inger 食指;middle finger 中指; ring finger 无名指;little finger 小指
    ★mix ① vt. 使混和拌和mixture n. 混合物
    You can mix some salt into the flour.
    ② vi. 交往,相处
    I’m not going to mix with those people.
    ★annoying adj. 恼人的
    annoyed adj. 感到烦恼的(比anger的语气弱)
    ★dismay v. 失望, 泄气dismay sb.让某人感到失望
    dismaying adj. 令人失望;dismayed adj. 感到失望
    ★recognize ① vt. 辨出,认出,认识
    ② vt. 承认,确认,认可
    He recognized Dan as one of his best friends.
    ★persuade v. 说服, 劝说 表示劝说已经成功
    try to persuade 劝说
    reason with sb. 劝说,并不能说明是否劝说成功
    ★mess n. 乱七八糟
    口语中a mess用来指“困境,窘境,一团糟”等含义
    What a mess! 真是糟糕透了!You are a mess!你真邋遢make a mess of sth. 把……搅得乱七八糟
    ★sign v. 签字signature n. 签名
    sign your name(s) here 在这签名 (许多人加 “s” )
    sign for 签收
    autograph 明星,名人的签名 (n. 亲笔签名;v. 签署)
    ★register v. 挂号邮寄a registered letter 挂号信
    【课文讲解】
    1、The children were at school, my husband was at work and the house was quiet.
    at school 在上学;at work 在上班;at home 在家休息school和work前都不加冠词,因为不是指具体那个学校或具体干什么工作,只是泛指他们在干什么。home为副词,所以也不加冠词。
    2、In a short time I was busy mixing butter and flour and my hands were soon covered with sticky pastry.
    be busy doing sth. 忙于做某事
    flour面粉, 不可数名词,发音于 “flower 相同, 但 “flower” 是可数名词, 一般会用复数 “flowers”
    be covered with… 盖满……
    3、At exactly that moment, the telephone rang.
    at exactly that moment 就在那时,恰恰在此时
    exactly用于加强语气,表示“正、恰恰”:
    4、Nothing could have been more annoying.
    No one could be/have been… 没有人……
    No one could be /have been fatter. 没有人更胖了
    Nothing could have been… 没有……更……
    Nothing could have been more exciting. No face could be uglier. 没有一张脸更丑了
    No books could be more interesting.
    5、I picked up the receiver between two sticky fingers and was dismayed when I recognized the voice of Helen Bates. pick up the receiver 捡起话筒
    6、It took me ten minutes to persuade her to ring back later. persuade sb. to do sth. 说服某人做某事
    persuade sb. into doing sth. 说服某人做……
    I persuaded him into giving up that plan.
    It takes sb. some time to do sth. ring back 回电话;再打电话
    7、At last I hung up the receiver.
    hang up 挂起hang up the receiver 挂断电话
    8、I had no sooner got back to the kitchen than the doorbell rang loud enough to wake the dead.
    no sooner…than… = hardly…when… 刚……就……(用于过去完成时)
    ★enough n.& adj.& adv. 足够
    ① n. 足够I have/had had enough.
    ② adj. 足够的enough +n. / n. +enough 修饰名词
    ③ adv. 足以……修饰adj.或者adv.时放在被修饰词的后面enough to do sth. 足以用来做某事
    【Composition】
    2  Two hours had passed.I smelled something burning.(When) Two hours had passed when I smelled something burning.…(time)passed, and then…;…(time)passed, before…一般不会把 “when” 放在 “…(time)passed…” 之前, 这是习惯
    【Letter writing】
    在信的第一段里, 你应该提及你已经收到的一封信或促使你回信的某一事件
    pleased to do sth. 非常高兴的/Thank you for +n.
    【Key structures】
    The, Some and Any
    1、some和any可用于不可数名词及复数可数名词之前,some通常用于肯定句,any通常用于否定句或疑问句中。但在期待得到肯定答复的疑问句中也可以用some,而在肯定句中表示“随便哪个,任何一个”的含义时也可以用any。
    These are the only meat pies I have. Do you want some of them? Yes, please. Any meat pies will do.
    2、有些形容词可以用于the之后(决不能用于a/an之后),表示作为整体的群体,如the blind,the deaf,the living,the dead,the rich,the poor,the young,the old。这些形容词后要跟复数动词,不可用这些形容词本身来指个体:This is a special school for the deaf. 如果想指单数个体,则可以说:
    Sam is a young man with a lot of money.
    3、当下列名词指其“主要目的”,即与其相关的动作时,要用零冠词(即名词前没有冠词)。这类名词有bed,church,class,college,hospital,market,prison,school,sea,university,work。
    但在特指的东西面前要用the,泛指同类事物中的任何一个时则用a。
    4、在形容词/副词的最高级前面要用the,但当most表示“大多数”时它前面则不加the。
    the most 最 most of the… 大部分的……
    【Multiple choice questions】
    5  Nothing could have been more annoying. It was ___d___annoying thing that could have happened.
    a.the more b.more c.most d. the most
    nothing + be more annoying表达最高级含义
    8  She was busy mixing butter and flour. She was ___d___.
    a.joining them b.uniting them
    c. unifying them d. putting them together
    United States (政治上的联合);unify 与 unite 的用法基本相同, 指的是政治上的联合
    join ① 加入团体,组织join the army/join the party
    ② 加入某某人Join us!(口语常用, 注意连读)
    10  She was dismayed when she heard Helen Bates. She felt _____ a.pity b.sorry c.ill d.tired
    tired 单独表 “很累”, “tired of” 表示“厌烦”pity 为名词, sorry 为形容词,felt 为感官动词,后接形容词ill 身体上的不舒服

    Lesson 55 Nota gold mine
    【New words and expressions】(19)
    ★gold n. 金子
    gold watch;gold ring;golden sun 金色的太阳
    golden adj. 金色的, 宝贵的Silence is golden.
    golden opportunity 宝贵的机会
    golden sentence 黄金句型
    I am glad to have the golden opportunity to do sth.
    goldfish n. 金鱼 platinum n. 白金, 铂
    ★treasure n. 财宝 (为总称, 没有复数)
    ‘treasure island’ 《金银岛》
    jewel n. 宝石 珠宝, (可数) diamond n. 钻石
    jewelry n. 珠宝, 珠宝类 珠宝(总称, 不可数)
    I have some jewels. = I have some jewelry.
    jade n. 碧玉 (不可数名词)jade palace 翠宫饭店
    ★revealer n. 探测器reveal v. 揭示
    ★invent v. 发明invention n. 发明
    ★detect v. 探测detective n. 侦探
    ★pirate n. 海盗, 盗印者, 盗版者, 侵犯专利权者
    vt. 盗印, 盗版, 掠夺, 翻印 vi.做海盗
    ★arm ① n. 手臂;武器hold one's arm
    Farewell! Arms 永别了, 武器
    farewell int. 再会,别了!(永别或不容易再见面的意思) ② v. 武装 be armed with … 用……来武装
    be covered with 被……覆盖
    ★soil 土壤 (能生长植物的地方)
    earth n. 泥土 (泥巴)
    ★entrance n. 入口
    entrance of/to… ……的入口exit n. 出口, 太平门, 退场, 去世;vi. 退出, 脱离, 去世
    ★thoroughly adv. 彻底地
    completely/thoroughly/totally
    ★confident n. 有信心的confidence n. 信心
    be confident of doing sth. 有信心做……
    be confident that +从句 有信心做……
    【课文讲解】
    1、Dreams of finding lost treasure almost came true recently.★dream n. 梦;v. 做梦① n. 梦想
    dreams come true 梦想成真
    dreams ended 梦想破灭了, 梦断了
    dream of … ……的梦
    ② v. 做梦 dream of doing sth.
    come true 变成现实,(预言、期望等)成为事实,
    2、A new machine called 'The Revealer' has been invented and it has been used to detect gold which has been buried in the ground.
    一句话中只有一个动词, 如果再出现动词, 可以用and并列连接, 也可以变成复合句, 用when, because连接, 还可以使这个动词表示动词意思, 但不做谓语, 即非谓语动词
    过去分词做定语, 表示 “被”,如ploughed field
    n. +called 被称之为……的……(如果用短语修饰其他词, 则把短语放在被修饰词的后边)
    be used to do sth. 被用来……used to do 过去常常
    同位语从句中的引导词只有一个that,不会用which
    in the ground (更习惯于用 “under the ground” )
    3、The machine was used in a cave near the seashore where -- it is said -- pirates used to hide gold.
    it is said是插入语,当“据说”讲。
    4、The pirates would often bury gold in the cave and then fail to collect it.
    would表示过去的习惯性动作, 但此处表示 “used to” 过去常做
    fail to do sth. 未能、不能、忘记做某事项 (fail后面接动词不定式表示否定)
    collect的含义之一为“(去)取,接”
    5、Armed with the new machine, a search party went into the cave hoping to find buried treasure.
    如果几个句子的主语是同一事物, 则可以把几个句子合并为一个句子。保留一个句子做主句, 其他的变成非谓语动词。非谓语动词采用何种形式, 则根据其与主语的关系, 如果是主动关系, 用-ing, 被动关系, 则用动词的-ed形式.主句与其他句子的位置安排要保持句子的平衡, 还要注意动作的连贯
    The boy went home. The boy was crying. The boy was beaten.=Beaten by sb, the boy went home, crying.
    arm(ed) with 可以表示“带着、装着、穿着”等
    6、Very excited, the party dug a hole two feel deep.
    Very exciting, … 形容词短语做状语
    Tired, I went home./ I went home tired.句子顺序不同, 表达的意思也不同
    two feet deep“数词+量词+形容词”结构可以做定语; 也可以做表语
    long/wide/high/deep,人有多高用 “tall”
    7、In spite of this, many people are confident that 'The Revealer' may reveal something of value fairly soon.
    in spite of / though / even if 尽管
    something of value
    of表示其所修饰的名词具有某种性质、状况,of加名词往往让人联想这名词对应的形容词
    The news is of great importance to us.
    of value=valuable 有价值的
    of small value 价值很小(= almost worthless)
    形容词要放在不定代词的后边
    something important =something of importance
    someone patient =someone of patience
    【Key structures】
    表示过去习惯性动作
    当我们提到过去某一特定时间时, 我们有时可用would来代替used to,有时则不可以,而且would需要指出具体时间,used to则不需要。
    当used to暗示与现在的对照时,不可用would替换: I used to drink heavily, but I have given up drinking now./当used to描写过去的状态时,也不可与would互换,would只表示过去特有的习惯或行为:
    当used to不强调与现在的对比时,可与would互换。但一个故事开头时不用would,必须首先用一般过去时或used to描述背景,然后用would表示习惯性动作:
    【Special difficulties】
    use, be used to, used to
    use vt. 用,使用,运用,应用
    be used to 习惯于(后面跟名词或动名词,be也可用get等代替) used to 过去习惯……(表示过去有而现在通常已不存在的习惯,只用于一般过去时,后面只能跟动词不定式)
    Gold and Golden
    Glod ① n. 金,黄金,金币,金块
    ② adj. 金的All that glitters is not gold. (all…is not…不是所有的,部分否定 not all)
    golden adj. 金色的,(机会等)非常好的,兴盛的
    【Multiple choice questions】
    4 Pirates used to hide gold there. ___d___.
    a. and they always do b.and they still do
    c. and they still do sometimes d.that's what they would do That’s what 那就是……事
    题目 “Pirates used to hide gold there, .....” 应该用句号, 而不应该用逗号
    两个句子中间必须加 “and 或but” 等连词, 或是用句号隔开。一句话当中只有一个主语, 一个动词, 叫简单句,出现两个以上的动词要用连词连接。两个句子可以是主从句,可以把一个动词用为动词, 而把其他的动词改装为非谓语动词
    8‘The Revealer’is a very good ___a___.
    a.machine b.engine c.machinery d.mechanic
    machine n. 机器(可数名词)engine n. 发动机
    machinery n. [总称] 机器, 机械 机器(总称, 一般后边不会加s, 前面也不加a)mechanic n. 技工, 机修工, 机械士revealer n. 探测器

    Lesson 56 Faster than sound!
    【New words and expressions】(11)
    ★sound n. 声音
    ① n. 声音 任何声音都可以
    voice人的声音noise 和周围不和谐的声音, 躁音
    ② v. 听起来
    ③ adj. 合理的(等于reasonable adj.合理的, 有道理的, 通情达理的, 讲道理的)
    soundly adj. 香甜的sleep soundly
    ★excitement n. 激动, 兴奋
    to one's excitement… 令某人激动的是……
    The most exciting thing is that 最令人激动的是……
    The most surprising thing about it is that 最令人惊讶的事情是It excited me that 让我激动的是……
    ★handsome adj. 漂亮的, 美观的形容男孩, 英俊, 一般与男孩子连 .handsome与人连用有阳刚的美,与物相连表示美观大方,并表示制作精良;handsome跟女性连用的时候就表示这个女孩子有阳刚气,类似女侠的概念beautiful形容人的时候表示内在和外在美的统一, 完美的概念
    pretty adj. 美丽(用于女孩或小孩),有柔美的意思pretty跟男性连用就表示没有阳刚气,女性化
    nice adj. 美好的(人,天气, 食物, 物品的品质等)
    lovely adj. 可爱的good-looking adj. 很好看的
    smart adj. 小巧而美丽的(物)或时髦而美丽的(人)
    cute adj.漂亮, 常用来形容小孩
    ★explosion n. 爆炸, 轰响
    explosive n. 爆炸物,炸药;adj. 爆炸(性)的, 爆发(性)的, 暴露explode vt. 使爆炸;vi. 爆炸, 爆发, 破除, 推翻, 激发bomb n. 炸弹;vt. 投弹于, 轰炸
    ★course ① n. 跑道,行程
    on the course 按照轨道运行off course 偏离轨道
    of course 当然② n. 课程
    ★rival n. 对手competition n. 竞争, 竞赛
    The person who takes part in the competition.
    competitor n. 竞争者, 对手
    opposite n. 相反的事物;adj. 相对的, 对面的, 对立的, 相反的, 对等的, 对应的
    opponent n. 对手, 反对者(持反对意见的人, 如辩论赛上的和政治上的) enemy n. 敌人
    rival adj. 势均力敌的;n. 势均力敌的对手
    ★speed(sped,sped) ① v. 疾驶,急行
    The two men sped out of the room.
    ② n. 速度at the speed of 以……的速度
    在车后的3 speed/4 speed表示档位
    speed up 速度的增加, 加速;slow down 减速
    blow up 风力的增加
    ★downhill adv. 下坡
    downstairs 下楼;upstairs 上楼
    go down stairs/go downhill 下山
    downtown n.&adj.&adv. 市中心的商业区(反意词uptown 远离商业区)
    【课文讲解】
    1、Once a year, a race is held for old cars.
    =Old car race is held once a year.
    once +表示时间的名词 每……一次
    be held for 比赛为……而举行
    2、A lot of cars entered for this race last year and there was a great deal of excitement just before it began.
    enter for 报名参加
    a great deal of +不可数名词 大量的……
    a great number of/a great many +可数名词 许多……
    a large amount of +不可数名词
    just before =just 起强调作用
    3、One of the most handsome cars was a Rolls-Royce Silver Ghost.
    one of 直接作主语的时候, 它是做单数看待的.如果在定语从句中出现了one of作为先行词,它后边的关系代词指代的是后面的复数名词;如果在one of前面还有一修饰词only,那么后边的关系代词将指代one这个词,才作单数看
    4、Many of the cars broke down on the course and some drivers spent more time under their cars than in them! many cars 许多车子;many of the cars 车子当中的许多
    break down 车子抛锚,(机械等)出故障,出毛病
    under the car指在车下面修理;in the car指正常驾驶。句中的under和in都是斜体,英文中的斜体字起强调作用
    5、The winning car reached a speed of forty miles an hour -- much faster than any of its rivals.
    the wining car 获胜车
    a speed of +数量词 速度为……
    much faster 快得多;a little faster 快一点
    any of its rivals=any rival 任何一个
    any 在比较级中一旦出现, 它往往要加可数名词的单数Beijing is bigger than any other city. (注意 “other” 不能丢)如果是不定代词, 可以说someone else, anyone else;如果不是不定代词, 要在名词前加other.
    6、It sped downhill at the end of the race and its driver had a lot of trouble trying to stop it.
    at the end of… 在……的末尾/最后部分
    have trouble (in) doing sth. 干……有麻烦,做……很困难(trouble既可数又不可数)
    7、The race gave everyone a great deal of pleasure.
    give sb.+n. 给某人……
    give sb. pleasure
    It will give sb. a great deal of pleasure.
    =There was a great deal of excitement.
    give sb a fright / a surprise 吓了一跳/给某人惊喜
    8、It was very different from modern car races but no less exciting. be different from 和……不同
    no more和no less都表示“和……一样”, 相当于only, the same no less exciting 一样的激动
    no more than you 和你一样
    表示“和……不相同”用not more= more;not less= less not less exciting 更令人激动
    【Letter writing】
    常用开头语:
    I am sorry it has taken me so long to write, but…
    I was glad to hear from you at last and to learn that…
    【Key structures】
    比较关系的句型
    as…as 和……一样the same (…) as 与……相同/同样.有时the same可以单独使用:
    My mother is much younger than yours.
    She isn’t! They’re about the same age.
    Those two dress are the same.
    not so…as / not as…as 不如……
    different from 与……不同(different前面可加very,much,a little等修饰语)
    litte和few在口语中多用not much,not many代替:
    There isn’t much sugar/aren’t many sweets, but you can have a little/few.
    much和many通常用于否定句和疑问句(正式文体除外)。在日常谈话中,通常避免在肯定句中使用much和many,而用别的数量词。口语中用得最多的表示“许多”的数量词是a lot of,它既可以与复数可数名词连用也可以与不可数名词连用,后面的动词用单数还是复数取决于名词。比a lot of正式一些的表达方式有:a great/good deal of+不可数名词,a great/good/large number of+复数名词,a great/good many of+复数名词。
    在what引导的感叹句中不用much/many:
    What a lot of sweets Tom’s bought!
    I am less lucky. 我还不如他们幸运.
    more exciting 更激动 = not less exciting.
    【Special difficulties】
    Handsome, Beautiful, Pretty, Good-looking
    handsome adj. 漂亮的,英俊的,一般用来形容男子,也可以指东西的制作精良beautiful 美丽的,给人美感的,令人愉悦的,完美的,强调内在和外在的结合,用来形容女子、孩童、花草、服饰等,一般不用来形容男子的长相pretty漂亮的,可爱的,令人怜爱的,强调女孩和小孩的外表美丽good-looking 好看的标致的,美貌的,男女均适用
    Reach and Arrive in/at
    reach vt. 到达,达到(适用的范围比较广,不仅仅限于地点)When you reach my age, you’ll be able to understand it.
    arrive vi. 到达,抵达
    【Multiple choice questions】
    4  ___c___in 1885, so it was the oldest car in the race.a. It built b. Built c. It was built d. Having built一个简单句只有一个主语+一个动词, 如果出现了两个动词, 那么用 “and,but,so” 等连接;变成带有从句和主句的复合句;留一个作主干, 剩下的动词变为非谓语动词;有介词短语替代动词概念, 如 : the boy in black
    5  It was the oldest car taking part. There wasn't ___a___one. not +比较级 =最高级
    a. an older b. the oldest c. an elder d. the eldest
    elder 意为 “年长的”,一般作定语用,不用作比较
    6  It reached a speed of forty miles an hour. It ___c___ forty miles an hour.
    a. ran b. ran with c. went at d. drove with
    用于 “速度” 的介词只有 “at”
    12  It went faster than any of its rivals. It went faster than its ___c___.
    a. opponents b. enemies c. competitors d. partners
    opponent两个持相反观点的对手
    partner伙伴, 搭档(合作关系的伙伴)
    从下玩到大的伙伴用 : friend 或 company

    Lesson 57 Can I help you,madam?
    【New words and expressions】(8)
    ★madam n. (对妇女的尊称)太太; 夫人
    ma’am n. <口>夫人, 太太, 女士, 小姐 = madam
    ★jeans n. 牛仔裤
    trousers n.裤子, 长裤 pants n.裤子, 短裤
    ★hesitate v. 犹豫, 迟疑hesitation n. 犹豫, 踌躇
    hesitate to do sth. 犹豫做……
    make up one's mind 下决心做……
    without hesitation 毫不犹豫
    ★serve v. 接待(顾客)
    ① vt.&vi. 帮佣,当仆人,给……干活
    serve sb. 为某人而服务 Mary served (in) the family as a cook for more than ten years.
    ②vt.&vi. 服务;服役;供职
    She served the firm as a secretary for two years.
    ③ vt.&vi. 接待(顾客)
    The assistant was eager to serve her this time.
    service n. 服务, 服务性工作, 服役, 仪式;vt. 保养, 维修
    adj.(军队)服现役的, 服务性的, 仆人的, 耐用的
    At your service. 乐于为您效劳。
    ★scornfully adv. 轻蔑地
    look down upon/on 看不起,瞧不起……
    ★punish v. 惩罚punishment n. 惩罚
    capital punishment 极刑
    ★fur n. 裘皮mink n. 貂皮
    ★eager adj. 热切的, 热情的be eager to do sth.
    【课文讲解】
    1、A woman in jeans stood at the window of an expensive shop.
    do window shopping (表示在橱窗外面购物)
    2、Though she hesitated for a moment, she finally went in and asked to see a dress that was in the window.
    for a moment不一定要与现在完成时连用, 也可以是一般现在时, 只要这个动词是延续性动词就可以
    ask to do sth. 请求做某事
    3、The assistant who served her did not like the way she was dressed.
    dress sb. 给某人穿衣服
    I dress myself. 自己给自己穿衣服(反身代词是不能做主语的,故 I am dressed.)
    dress表示“穿着,打扮”时常用被动语态be dressed in
    the way 可以直接加定语从句, 不需要引导词
    The way she eats annoyed me. 她吃饭的样子让我烦
    4、After seeking out the rude assistant, she asked for the same dress .seek out 找出, 找到
    He sought out the thief in the crowd.
    6、Not realizing who she was, the assistant was eager to serve her this time. 现在分词短语代替一个分句位于句首时,其否定形式是在它前面加上not,without或never等否定词。这些词有时可互换,有时则不可: Not/Without/Never hesitating for a moment, he ran after the thief.
    Not being able to open the door, I asked my neighbour for help.
    eager,glad,pleased,sorry等描述感觉的形容词作表语时往往跟不定式They are all eager to come.
    【语法精粹】
    2.___c__an answer from the committee, he was worried.
    a. Having not got b. Getting not
    c. Not having got d. Having not been got
    7、With great difficulty, he climbed into the shop window to get the dress.
    with great difficulty/trouble,with在这里表示行为方式。He lifted the box with ease/difficulty.
    8、She enjoyed herself making the assistant bring almost everything in the window before finally buying the dress she had first asked for.
    enjoy oneself doing sth. 从……中得到乐趣
    enjoy sth.enjoy doing sth
    make sb. do sth. 使某人做某事
    【Summary writing】
    1、Though the woman in jeans hesitated for a moment,she entered an expensive shop and asked for/to see the dress in the shop window.第一步写单句, though后面加一个从句, 第一个句子和第二个都做主句并列, 则though 后还有第三个从句, though后面有从句是第一个和第二个并列, 但还有个主句
    2、On being told by an assistant that the dress was sold,① The woman returned the following morning dressed in a fur coat.
    ② When the woman returned ,she was dressed in a fur coat. / the woman returned , when she was dressed in a fur coat.
    by +主动语态中的主语
    前后两句的强调点不同, 本句中应强调 “return” , 故后面一句更好, 这属于tiny mistake(微小的错误), 当然第一句最好, 另外应注意句子的平衡, 也应将 “when” 放后面
    4、After making the assistant bring…, the women finally bought the dress she had....../The woman finally bought what she had first asked for.
    【Letter writing】
    在信的开头常的下面两个句型:
    What a surprise it was to …
    在to do sth. 的结构当中,可以在前面表达动作由谁做, 加一个“for sb.”
    It is important for me to do sth.
    What a surprise it was for you to send me flowers.
    Forgive me for not writing earlier, but 我很抱歉我这么久没给你写信
    I apologize. / I do apologize. 我真的很抱歉!(do 其强调作用)Your apology is accepted.
    【Key structures】 
    At, In, Off and With
    在表示地点和位置时,说话人的个人角度会影响对介词的选择。at通常用于表示居住地点和某个停留地点、工作地点等,而in表示里面或包围的含义:
    I'll see you at the station. 我将到车站送你.
    On the way home, we stopped at a small village.
    There were a lot of people in the street.
    Let's go for a walk in the park. off常与动词连用,表示位置的变化,即“与……分离”,可译为“脱掉,脱落”(相当于away from或down from的意思)等,其反义词为on:
    The lid came off easily. 这个盖子很容易掉.
    The pencil rolled off the table.铅笔滚到桌子下去了.
    描写人时,in通常用于表示穿着,后面加衣服或颜色,with则表示身上的某个具体特征或随身带着、拿着什么:He looks handsome in that uniform.
    That man with long hair is supposed to be a poet. 那个留着长发的男人应该是个诗人.
    The police are looking for a man with a scar on his face. /A child came along with a brown dog
    【Special Difficulties】
    Make and Let
    make和let后面都跟不带to的不定式,但意义上和用法上有区别:
    make+名词/代词+不带to的不定式,表示“迫使,致使”: What made him change his mind?
    在被动语态中含有上述意义的make后面必须带to:
    He was made to work fourteen hours a day.
    let用于祈使句,建议包括说话者在内的人采取某一行动: Let’s not waste any more time.
    其否定形式除“Let’s not…”外也可以用“Don’t let’s…”:Don’t let’s waste any more time.
    let+名词/代词+不带to的不定式,表示“允许”:
    Don't let him persuade you.
    如果宾语是us,则不能缩写成let’s:
    Please let us have more time, will you?
    let后面可以跟一个被动的、不带to的不定式:
    He let it be known that the house was his.
    但let一般不用于被动意义来表示“被允许”,这时可用allow。We were not allowed to speak. 
    【Multiple choice questions】
    5  After ___b___out the rude assistant she asked for the same dress. a. she was seeking b. she had sought c. sought d. when she sought after, before 后面一定要加两种概念:句子或V+ing,after后面不能接进行时态
    9  She returned the following day. She returned the day ___c___. a. other b.next c. after d. else
    else放在不定代词或疑问代词后面, who else,anyone else,else不跟名词other, next都作形容词用, 单个形容词修饰一个名词一定要放在被修饰词之前, the next day,the other books.after =later可以放在结尾, 副词表达式 three days later / three days afterafter 与 before 相对应, 可以放在句末作副词用I've never seen it before.
    【语法精粹】
    1、The ___b___ news made them _____.
    a. excited/exciting b.exciting/excited
    c. exciting/to be excited d.excited /excited
    make sb. do sth.;make sth. +形容词
    Make the room warm.
    4、Many of our dreams ___d___ impossible in the past have come true.
    a. were considered b. to be considered
    c. considering d.considered
    不定式除了表示目的外,还可以表示将要发生的事(在时间上)V-ing表示动作处于现阶段,表达主动;V-ed 表示已经做过了,表达被动.
    6、After a whole day’s heavy work,the old worker returned home,____a___
    a. hungry and exhausted b. hungry and exhausting
    c. hungry and being exhausted d. huangry and exhaust
    exhaust vt. 用尽, 耗尽, 抽完, 使精疲力尽;vi. 排气 n. 排气, 排气装置;adj. 用不完的, 不会枯竭的
    形容词短语作状语

    Lesson 58 A blessing in disguise? 
    【New words and expressions】(16)
    ★blessing n. 福气, 福分
    bless v. 保佑Bless my country. 保佑我的国家
    God bless you! =Bless you! 上帝保佑你
    ★disguise n. 伪装 in disguise 穿着伪装的
    a wolf in disguise 披着羊皮的狼, 被伪装的狼
    a blessing in disguise 因祸得福a curse in disguise
    (curse n. 诅咒, 咒语, 祸根, 祸因;vt. 诅咒, 咒骂, 降祸, 使受罪)
    ★tiny adj. 极小的tiny = very very small
    ★possess v. 拥有sb. possess sth. 某人有某物
    possession n. 拥有, 占有, 所有, 着迷, 领土, 领地, 财产(常用复数), 自制
    in one's possession 某人有某物
    ★cursed adj. 可恨的被诅咒的, 邪恶的
    ★increase vt. 增加add为vt;grow为vi
    ★plant v. 种植 强调把东西给种下去
    plant tree 种树(只是种, 活不活不管)
    Tree Planting day 植树节
    grow v. 生长grow sth. 种庄稼(不但种, 还要让它生长)
    ★church n. 教堂 加the 表示地点;church不加the和功能有关 go to the church 去教堂玩I am at the church. 在教堂玩go to church 去教堂做礼拜
    I am at church. 做礼拜
    ★evil adj. 坏的= wicked adj. 邪恶的
    ★reputation n. 名声
    good reputation 好名声; bad reputation 坏名声
    fame n. 名声(一定是好名声), 名望, 传说, <古>传闻 famous adj. 著名的, 出名的, <口>极好的, 令人满意的
    ★claim v. 以……为其后果
    claim = take 拿, 索取
    claim可以表示(疾病、意外等)夺去(生命)
    The accident claimed a few lives.
    ★source n. 来源
    resource n. 资源(一次又一次的来源,re-又)
    reread vt.重读, 再读
    sauce n. 沙司, 酱油, 调味料;vt. 调味, 使增加趣味(读音与source相同)
    ★income n. 收入
    rent v. 租,租借,出租;n. 租金
    interest n. 兴趣,关心,重要性,影响,利息,利益,利害 vt. 使发生兴趣,引起……的注意
    bonus n. 奖金, 红利
    DINK-丁克家族double income, no, kids
    kid n.哄骗,取笑,开玩笑,小孩,小山羊;v. 哄骗,取笑,开玩笑,欺骗
    【课文讲解】
    1、The tiny village of Frinley is said to possess a 'cursed tree'.
    There/名词主语/代词主语 +be said to do sth. 据说…(对不太有把握的事发表看法时一种谨慎的说法)
    There is said to be a great deal of oil in Africa.
    It’s not as old as it’s said to be.它并不像人们所说的那么古老。
    it is said that… 据说……
    用于这种结构的动词除了say之外,还有believe,know,find,fear,think等:
    the tiny village of Frinley 弗林利这个小村庄,其中介词of表示的是同位关系:
    the city of Beijing 名叫北京的城市
    at the age of twenty 20岁时
    a height of three feet 三英尺的高度
    2、Because the tree was mentioned in a newspaper, the number of visitors to Frinley has now increased.
    mention vt. 提到, 提及
    in a newspaper 强调报纸里面的内容
    on the newspaper 与报纸内容无关, 如你自己在报纸上记了什么东西时用 “on”
    a number of…=lots of… 许多……(后跟可数名词的复数,做复数看待,从前往后翻, 强调后面的东西)the number of… 的数量/总数(后跟可数名词的复数,但做单数看,从后往前翻, 强调数量)
    3、The tree was planted near the church fifty years ago, but it is only in recent years that it has gained an evil reputation.
    it is/was …(被强调部分 that/who(m)+ 从句) 万能强调结构gain=get 得到
    4、It is said that if anyone touches the tree, he will have bad luck; if he picks a leaf, he will die.
    英语中分号可以断开两个句子
    anyone 任何人,与 he 相对应
    If anyone wanted to go there, he will do sth.
    5、The vicar has been asked to have the tree cut down, but so far he has refused.
    sb. be asked to do sth. 被请求做某事,sb.做事
    have sth. done 使某事被做,叫别人完成某事
    make sth. done 让某事被做
    Could you make yourself known? 你能让别人知道你吗?(你的自我介绍)=Could you introduce yourdself? 你能自我介绍一下吗?
    make的用法:make +宾语+宾补;make +sb.+do 让某人做某事;make +sth.+done 让别人做某事
    so far 迄今为止(常与现在完成时连用)
    6、He has pointed out that the tree is a useful source of income, as tourists have been coming from all parts of the country to see it.
    point out = explain 指出,解释
    7、In spite of all that has been said, the tourists have been picking leaves and cutting their names on the tree-trunk. in spite of 尽管,虽然;不顾,不管
    in spite of all that… = in spite of what 尽管……
    8、So far, not one of them has been struck down by sudden death!
    not one of=none of 一个人也没有……,单数≠no one of(no one不能加of)
    be struck down 被打倒(stike down 使……生重病,杀死)poverty-struck 穷困潦倒 (poverty n. 贫穷, 贫困, 贫乏, 缺少)
    【Letter writing】
    常用开头语:
    You will be glad to hear that…
    Thank you for letting me know that…
    【Special difficulties】
    Increase and Grow
    increase vt. &vi. 增加,增大,增长,增强
    The firm has increased his salary.
    grow vi. 增长,长,成长,生长
    grow=increase(表示数量增长)
    The number is increasing/growing.
    Gain and Earn
    gain vt. 获得,得到(=get sth.);受益,获益(earn无此含义)earn vt. (通过努力)获得,得到;赚钱(gain无此含义)earn money 挣钱 earn one's living 谋生
    It has gained/earned an evil reputation.
    【Multiple choice questions】
    9  The number of visitors has increased. The number has ___a__ a. grown b. grown up c.overgrown d. grown old
    grown up 成长(只与人连用)overgrow 过度成长
    grown old 变老了,不译为 “长老了”
    grow 一般作为实义动词,后面加介词或副词,一旦后面加了形容词,不再表示 “生长” 的意思,将表示 “变得” =get
    10  It has___d___ an evil reputation.
    a. won b.beaten c. profited d. earned
    win v. 赢得(通过比赛或竞争) ;beat v. 打败(后加对手) profit n.利润, 益处, 得益;vi. 得益, 利用;vt. 有益于, 有利于gain = get 获得

    Lesson 59 In or out?
    【New words and expressions】(8)
    ★bark v. 狗叫The dog is barking.
    sb. is barking. 某人在咆哮
    ★press ① vt.&vi. 按,挤,压
    She pressed my hand warmly. 她热情地握我的手。
    ② vt. 挤取,榨取(……的汁)
    If you prefer juice, you can press some oranges.
    ③ vt. 催促,敦促,竭力劝说
    My parents pressed me to enter for the competition.
    I don’t like to be pressed. 我不喜欢被人催促。
    pressure n. 压, 压力, 电压, 压迫, 强制, 紧迫
    ★paw n. 脚爪
    cat's paw 被利用的人(由寓言而来)
    ★latch latch n. 门闩(庭院,花园中的门闩)
    bar n. 门闩(与latch不同)
    ★expert n. 专家
    expert at/in sth. 在某一方面是专家
    expert at/in doing sth.
    ★develop ① vt. &vi. 发展,扩展
    The village has developed into a town now.
    developing skills 发展技巧
    fluency in English 流利英语 (fluency n.流利, 流畅, 雄辩)developing country 发展中国家 ; developed country 发达国家
    V-ed 强调已经,V-ing 强调正在,有时态的区别
    boiling water 滚开水 ; boiled water 开水
    develop the film 冲洗胶卷
    ② vt. &vi.(逐渐)显现出,产生,获得,养成
    She developed an interest in swimming. 她对游泳产生了兴趣。
    ★habit n. 习惯(指个人习惯)
    custom n. 风俗,习俗;customs n. 海关; customer n. 顾客
    ★remove v. 拆掉取下remove sth. from 从……挪走
    【课文讲解】
    1、Our dog, Rex, used to sit outside our front gate and dark. front gate 前门would=used to 过去常常
    2、Every time he wanted to come into the garden he would bark until someone opened the gate.
    The dog used to bark the front gate to let(make) somebody open the door.
    every time=when 每当,每次,无论何时(后面可以是点时间,也可以是段时间)
    the monment=as soon as一……就……(强调瞬间)
    3、As the neighbours complained of the noise, my husband spent weeks training him to press his paw on the latch to let himself in. complaim of… 抱怨……
    It takes sb. some times to do sth. 某事花了某人多少时间(事情做主语)
    train sb. to do sth. 训练某人做某事
    let sb. do sth. 让某人做某事
    let sb. In/ out /down让某人进来 /出去/失望
    press his paw on the latch = press the latch
    press the button / press the figure on the button
    4、However, when I was going out shopping last week, I noticed him in the garden near the gate.
    going out shopping 加了out 强调外出
    5、Yesterday my husband removed the gate and Rex got so annoyed we have not seen him since.
    so…that… 如此……以至于,结果状语从句,可以省略一个词,so 或 that 都可以
    so that 以便于……,为了(目的状语从句)
    since(在句尾) = since then : 从那时起到现在为止
    【Special difficulties】
    To,In order to,So as to,So that,In order that表达目的几种方式
    not to可以用来表示取舍:I went to France not to study French, but to study chemics.
    so as not to/in order not to可以用于表示“以防”:
    在bring,buy,need,take,use,want等动词后经常用宾语加to不定式,用来表示宾语的目的。
    I need a spoon to eat this ice cream with.
    连词so that,in order that可以引导目的状语从句。目的状语从句必须具备一个特征, 在动词前面一定要出现情态动词,当主句用一般现在时、现在完成时或一般将来时的时候,so that和in order that后面可以跟may,can或will;当主句用一般过去时、过去进行时或过去完成时的时候,so that和in order that后面可以跟should,could,might或would。I arrivd early so that/in order that I might not miss anything.当前后主语不一致时,不定式前面加for +名词/代词比that结构更简洁,不定式的逻辑主语for sb. to do sth.
    He was barking for someone to let him out.
    =He was barking so that someone would let him out.

    Lesson 60 The future
    【New words and expressions】(6)
    ★relation n. 亲属
    ① n. (事物间的)关系,关联(不可数)
    I know little about the relation of/between time and space.② (国家、人民之间的)关系,往来(可数)
    They have broken relations with that firm.
    ③ n. 亲戚,亲属(可数)
    【课文讲解】
    1、A relation of yours is coming to see you.
    a relation of yours 您的一个亲戚(双重所有格)
    句中的现在进行时表示将要发生的事情。
    2、The moment you leave this tent, you will get a big surprise. the moment = as soon as 一……就……(在这个连词引导的时间状语从句中要用一般现在时来表示将来时)
    3、That is all.
    口语中表示“完了,就这些,事情就是这样”
    4、As soon as I went outside, I forgot all about Madam Bellinsky because my wife hurried towards me.
    这句话中的all是代词,表示“一切,全部,所有的事”,它作主语时被视为单数:
    All I can remember is her name.
    hurry towards sb. 向某人匆匆走去
    5、Your sister will be here in less than an hour and we must be at the station to meet her.
    must be表示用现在时态指将来的状况,这句话也可变成:We must go to the station to meet her.
    【Key structures】 
    表示将要发生的事情
    在英语中,现在进行时也可用来表示为将来安排好的活动和事件。这种用法通常需要一个表示时间的状语(往往是不久的将来)。arrive,come,go,leave等动词的进行式经常有这种用法,表示行程安排有关的“将到达,将离去”等意思:
    We’re spending next winter in Australia.
    He’s meeting the vicar in two days’ time.
    当时间状语从句表示将来时,在after,as soon as,before,by the time,the moment,till,until和when等后面通常不用一般将来时而用一般现在时;不用将来完成时而用现在完成时。这两种现在时态在时间连词后面常常可以互换:The Thompsons will move to a new flat when their baby is/ has been born.
    I’ll make it before he comes.
    在第1类条件句中,if之后通常用一般现在时表示将来可能发生的事:If he gets the job, he’ll be going abroad./ I’ll give her a meal if she’s hungry.
    【Special Difficulties】
    由名词+名词构成的复合名词
    第一个名词通常起形容词(或修饰语)的作用,而且一般都用单数。这类复合名词可以代替of结构,如a car key(汽车钥匙),a chair leg(椅子腿);也可以理解为第一个名词指地点,第二个词指该地点中的东西,如a village pub(乡村酒吧),a world record(世界纪录),a kitchen sink(厨房洗涤槽);也可以表示时间,如a Christams card(圣诞卡),an evening dress(晚礼服),afternoon tea(下午茶);也可以表示分类,如a horror film(恐怖电影),a flower shop(花店),a taxi-driver(出租车司机);也可以表示材料,如a fur coat(裘皮大衣),a gold watch(金表),cigarette ends(香烟头)。

    Lesson 61 Trouble with the Hubble
    【New words and expressions】(17)
    ★space n. 空间(指宇宙空间)
    room n. 空间(不可数);房间(可数)
    Could you make room for me?
    ★robot-arm n. 机器手
    robot n. 机器人, 遥控设备, 自动机械, 机械般工作的人
    【课文讲解】
    1、The Hubble telescope was launched into space by NASA on April 20,1990 at a cost of over a billion dollars.
    at a cost of … 造价为……耗资,以……的价格/费用
    NASA= National Aeronautics and Space Administration (美国)国家航空和宇宙航行局(单词縮写一般都是组织或者机构)
    2、Right from the start there was trouble with the Hubble. right from the start 从最开始(right起强调作用) trouble with… 关于……有麻烦
    3、The pictures it sent us were very disappointing because its main mirror was faulty!
    fault n. 错误 ;faulty adj. 有错误的
    Sorry, it's my fault.
    4、NASA is now going to put the telescope right, so it will soon be sending up four astronauts to repair it.
    put sth. right 修好(故障等),校正,纠正
    send up 往上送
    5、The Hubble will tell us a great deal about the age and size of the universe.
    a great deal 大量 a great deal of… 大量的……
    7、By the time you read this, the Hubble's eagle eye will have sent us thousands and thousands of wonderful pictures.
    by the time 到那时engle eye 鹰眼,锐利目光
    His father’s eagle eye is always on him.
    thousands and thousands of 成千上万的
    【Letter Writing】
    常见的书信开头:
    I have not heard from you for some time, so…
    It was very kind of you to…
    【Key structures】 
    将来完成时、将来进行时和将来完成进行时
    将来完成时的构成:will have done,表示到将来某一时刻已经完成的动作,必须和某个时间状语连用,强调到将来某一点时间动作的结束。
    将来进行时的构成:will be doing,表示将来某个时候正在进行的动作或表示计划好的事,陈述将来的事实。They will be arriving here tomorrow.
    将来完成进行时的构成:will have been doing,表示某种状况一直持续到说话人所提及的时间,从某一点发生, 一直延续到将来的某一点, 并且将可能延续下去,强调到将来某一点时间动作可能结束或延续By Friday midday, they will have been working on it for seven days. (work on sth. 关于……的工作)
    时间状语从句中用现在完成时代替将来完成时:
    By the time I’ve completed this one, I’ll have been writing for six years.
    【Special Difficulties】
    Cost, Price, Value
    cost ① n. 价格,价钱,费用(侧重指某项服务、工程等),成本(复数)at the cost of 以……的费用,造价……
    ② vt. 价钱为……,(使)花费(不用于被动语态)
    price ① n. 价格,价钱(侧重于指某个具体东西或商品的价钱),物价(复数)
    ② v. 问……的价钱,查明/查询……的价格;给……定价/标价
    The dress is priced at $50, but you can have it at $40.
    I want to price the bed linen in a few other shops before I buy any.我想在买床单前打听几家店的价格. value ① n. 表示抽象的价值或重要性,价值观(复数)The stolen items were of sentimental, rather than financial value. 被盗物品更具有情感上的涵义, 而不是经济上的价值.
    ② vt. 尊重,重视value sth. 认为……有价值
    value sth. owned by oneself 敝帚自珍
    Exercise练习
    1  There has been a sharp rise in the(price)(cost)(value) of living.
    2  Whenever I buy anything new, my father always asks me the(value)(cost)(price).
    3  If you have to work for something you will(value)(price)(cost) it more.
    4  That house(valued)(cost)(priced) a fortune to build.
    5  Dr. James's work is of enormous(value)(cost)(price) to the community.
    6  Jane has(valued)(cost)(priced) the alternative products and she recommends this one.
    7  So far, ten countries have given money towards the(value)(price)(cost) of rebuilding after the earthquake.
    【Multiple choice questions】
    2  The Hubble telescope ___a___.
    constant n. [数、物]常数, 恒量;adj. 不变的, 持续的, 坚决的
    5  A robot-arm will hold the telescope ____a____the astronauts to repair it.
    a. for b.so that c. so long as d.which
    for sb. to do sth. 基本结构
    11  The main mirror of the Hubble ____d___.
    a. had problems    b. was distant c.wasthe clearest    d. requires repairs had problems 有问题
    problem with sth. ……出问题 (习惯用法)
    problem的两个含义:question;trouble
    reauires repairs需要修理
    12  The Hubble is ____d___the earth's atmosphere.
    a. below b. over c. within d. outside
    above 在……之上(凌空)
    above the earth’s atmosphere 在大气层的上方

    Lesson 62 Affer the fire
    【New words and expressions】(15)
    ★control n. 控制
    in control 在控制之内under control 在控制之下,被控制 out of control 失控
    control sth.
    I can control it. =I can manage it. 我能对付(口语)
    under arrest 被逮捕
    ★smoke n. 烟(雾)smoke v. 吸烟
    smokey adj. 多烟的(名词加-y, 变为形容词)
    smokey area 吸烟区 nonsmokey area 禁烟区
    rain – rainy ; cloud - cloudy
    smoker n. 抽烟的人
    heavy smoker 烟瘾重的人 nonsmoker不抽烟的人
    Don't smoke! = No smoking!
    He smoked heavily.
    smoking area / smoking room 吸烟室
    smoking apartment 火车上的吸烟车厢
    cigarette = cigar n. 香烟
    ★desolate adj. 荒凉的(与地方相连,表示无人居住, 荒无人烟的);极度孤独的(与人相连时)
    lonely adj. 孤独的,荒凉的,偏僻的(与地方连表示孤零零的,但并不表示无人居住)
    ★threaten v. 威胁的
    threaten to do sth. 威胁着要做……(与人相连);有迹象表明……
    It threatened to rain. 有迹象表明天要下雨了。
    threaten sb. with sth. 以……来威胁/恐吓某人
    The thief threatened him with a knife.
    ★surrounding adj. 周围的
    surroundings n. 环境(在周边的事物)
    atmosphere n. 大气层, 氛围(在周边的人文环境)
    ★destruction n. 破坏, 毁灭
    destroy v. 破坏destructive adj. 毁灭性的
    construct v. 建设(为……创造更好的条件)
    construction n.建设,建筑construction bank 建设银行constructive adj. 建设性的(意见)
    build v. 建设(具体的建某物)
    ★flood n. 洪水, 水灾
    flood = floods 都对,都可以用,无区别
    ★authorit n. 当局(常用复数authorities)
    authority n. 权威(单数)
    ★spray v. 喷撒spray sth. over/on 往……上喷洒
    ★quantity n. (数)量quantities of 大量的……
    quality n. 质量
    ★root n. 根What is the root cause?根本原因是什么?root of… ……的根
    take root 生根come out 长出来
    shoot come out 发芽(shoot n. 芽)
    flower come out 开花get out 出去
    ★patch n. 小片,颜色和周围不同的部分
    patch n. (平面上的)一片, 补丁(本意)
    What is that yellow patch on the wall? 墙上那块黄斑是什么?a patch of 一小片 ;patches of 许多片
    a piece of / a bit of / a sheet of 一片,一块……
    ★blacken v. 变黑,发暗
    -en后缀表示动词,译为“使……变得……”
    weak adj. 虚弱的 —> weaken v. 使……变弱,削弱
    复合词(由两个词组合而成一个词),如fireman
    派生词(加前缀或后缀的词)如-tion —— 名词后缀; - less —— 形容词后缀
    【课文讲解】
    1、Firemen had been fighting the forest fire for nearly three weeks before they could get it under control.
    fight sth. 和……作搏斗
    get it under control表示“使它得到控制”,get有“使……处于某种状态”的含义,“get+宾语+介词短语”作宾补: Get the room in order.
    2、A short time before, great trees had covered the countryside for miles around.
    a short time before和a short time ago都可以与段时间相连a short time before 不久以前,从过去某一点时间算起,一段时间以前a short time ago 过去某段时间,从现在算起,一段时间以前for miles around 方圆几英里(around表示“在周围,向四周”)
    3、Now, smoke still rose up from the warm ground over the desolate hills. rise up (from) 升上来
    4、Winter was coming on and the hills threatened the surrounding villages with destruction, for heavy rain would not only wash away the soil but would cause serious floods as well.
    winter was coming on 冬季即将来临 (季节的来临的通用表达式),come on的过去进行时形式表示的是过去将来时,它在这里表季节的“到来,来临”:
    wash away 冲掉,冲走,洗掉
    5、When the fire had at last been put out, the forest authorities ordered several tons of a special type of grass-seed which would grow quickly.
    put out 扑灭 order 定购
    type 强调与其他同类的东西有明显不同的特征的种类,与kind有区别
    6、The seed was sprayed over the ground in huge quantities by aeroplanes.
    quantity单数时仅表示“数量”,既可以用于表示多也可以用于表示少: They drank a large /great /small quantity of beer last night. quantity复数表“大量”:He bought books in (large) quantities.
    7、By then, however, in many places the grass had already taken root.
    take root表示“生根”,也可表某处思想/想法等“扎根”:The idea has taken root in his mind.
    8、In place of the great trees which had been growing there for centuries patches of green had begun to appear in the blackened soil.
    in place of 替代,取代 (只能指代位置、空间,原来放的东西现在不在了)
    Jane answered the phone in place of Mary.
    instead of 替代+没做的事
    Instead of staying home, I went to school. (此句就不能用“in place of”,而指地点空间时,既可以用“in place of”也可以用“instead of”。)
    【Summary writing】
    2 Now that all the great trees had been burnt, there was danger that heavy rain would cause serious floods which destroy the surrounding villages.
    now that 既然 ; which 定语从句
    3 To prevent this the forest authorities ordered grass-seed which was sprayed over the ground by planes for nearly a month.
    to prevent… 为了预防……
    4 By the time it began to rain, the grass had taken root in the soil. by the time(that) 到……时候为止 (that可以省略),应理解为“before”
    【Key structures】
    过去完成时和过去完成进行时
    过去完成进行时的构成:had been +现在分词
    过去完成进行时用于强调某动作在过去更早的某一段时间内一直在进行,并对过去某一时刻产生结果,过去完成进行时也可用来表示过去经常重复的动作,还可以表示根据直接或间接的证据而得出结论。与它经常连用的表示时间的词有before,for,since,all day等。
    在包含间接引语的句子中,如果引述词是过去时态,则现在完成进行时要改为过去完成进行时。
    过去完成时与过去完成进行时有时可以互换。但需要表示某个工作已经完成时,只能用过去完成时。
    When I arrived, they’d alredy put the fire out.
    【Special Difficulties】
    Control and Check
    control ① vt. 控制,指挥,支配,管理
    ② n. 控制(能力),支配(能力)
    check vt. 检查,核对,查看
    Great and Big
    great adj. 大的(强调重要性),伟大的,重大的,重要的Frank has just made a great decision.
    big adj. 大的(强调面积、体积、规模上的大)
    Soil and Ground
    soil n. 泥土(能让植物生长的),土,土地,土壤
    Trees and grass grow quickly in rich soil.
    ground n. 地表,地面(与土壤无关),场地,土地
    【Multiple choice questions】
    6  The planes ____c___nearly a month to plant the seed.
    a. did b. made c.took d. had
    花费时间:人作主语用spend;用时间表达用take
    9  Large ____d____of seed were used.
    a. weights b. measures c. tons d. amounts
    weight n. 重量 ;measures v. 测量 ;tons n. 吨large amounts 大量的,修饰不可数名词
    11  Patches of green had begun to appear. There was green grass ____d____.
    a. every where b. only in one or two places
    c. in one place d. here and there
    patches许多快everywhere每一寸土地上here and there 这一块, 那一块, 很多快, 不一定是每一寸

    Lesson 63  She was not amused
    【New words and expressions】(6)
    ★admire ① vt. 钦佩,赞赏
    admire sb. for sth. 因为……羡慕某人
    ② vt. 欣赏,观赏
    ③ vt. (口语)夸奖,称赞
    ★close adj. 亲密的close friend 亲密的朋友
    ★reception (= party) n. 招待会
    wedding reception 婚宴
    news conference 新闻发布会, 记者招待会
    ★sort n. 种类,类型(常与of连用)
    type 种类(有特殊特征的)
    sort和kind有时可互换,但在下面两种情况下用sort:① that sort of person 那种人② sort可有讽刺意味That's the sort of thing you like best.
    【课文讲解】
    1、Jeremy Hampden has a large circle of friends and is very popular at parties.
    have a large circle of friends 有一个很大的朋友圈子, 交际很广=sb. has/have a lot of friends
    circle的含义之一是“(具有共同利益或兴趣等的人形成的)圈子,……界”
    Such things are never talked about in business circles.
    2、Everybody admires him for his great sense of humour -- everybody, that is, except his six-year-old daughter, Jenny.
    that is为插入语,一旦插在句子当中, 是作为固定结构, 意思是“那就是说,亦即”,起解释作用
    sense of humour 幽默感
    3、This is the sort of thing that Jeremy loves.
    the sort of, the kind of的后面加单数
    4、He prepared the speech carefully and went to the wedding with Jenny.
    prepare sth. 准备做……,后面跟内容有关系
    prepare for sth. 为…作准备后面不一定跟内容有关
    5、He had included a large number of funny stories in the speech and, of course, it was a great success.
    included 包含(把里面内容的一部分挑出来说)
    contain强调容器里的包含, 后面一定要把所有的东西都列举出来
    It was a great success. 表示“这事做的不错,不同凡响,很成功”
    6、Jeremy was a little disappointed by this but he did as his daughter asked. a little 稍微, 有一点
    be disappointed by… 因为……感到失望
    as +从句 如同……那样,以……的方式(方式状语从句)do as you are told 按你被告知的做
    7、Jeremy asked her why this was so and she told him that she did not like to see so many people laughing at him! why this was so(this 可以作主语, 也可以作宾语,so 只能作宾语, 只能放在动词后面)
    I think so. / I hope so. / I guess so. / I expect so.
    I refuse to do so. 我拒绝这样做
    see sb. doing sth. 看见某人正在作某事
    so many people 跟数字相连的前面一定要用so
    ★laugh ① vi. (大)笑
    Everybody laughed out loud when he said that.
    ② vi. 嘲笑(介词用at)
    如果laugh at后跟的是物,表示“因……而发笑”:
    【Summary writing】
    1.When Jeremy Hampden, who is greatly admired for his great sense of humour , was invited to make a speech at a wedding reception, he immediately agreed to do so.在不使句子产生歧义的前提下,定语从句可放在其所修饰的整个句子的后面, 如以下两句:
    The brother, who was standing near the house, wanted to go swimming./The brother wanted to go swimming who was standing near the house .
    但下面的就容易产生歧义:
    The brother, who was standing near the house , wanted to talk with the girl.
    The brother wanted to talk with the girl who was standing near the house. (有歧义)
    【Letter Writing】
    书信常见开头:
    You must be very annoyed with me for…
    I have just heard that…
    【Multiple choice questions】
    4  __a__ Jenny, everyone admires him for his great sense of humour.
    a. Except for b. Apart c. Except d. Unless
    unless adv. 除非except for = apart from
    7  Jeremy was a little disappointed. He was __d__disappointed.
    a. little b. somehow c. enough d. somewhat
    a little少量, 少许, 有一点点;little几乎没有。与形容词或副词连用时, 用a little;与名词连用时, 用a little, little都可。何时用a little, 何时用little, 是由说话人的态度区分somehow adv. 不知怎么的
    somewhat adv. 有一些,有一点(=a little)
    【语法精粹】
    1 Simple photographic lenses can’t __D__sharp, undistorted images over a wide field.
    A. to form B. are formed C. forming D. form
    情态动词后接动词原形构成谓语
    2 Of all the factors affecting agricultural yields, weather is the one ___B__the most.
    A. it influences farmers B. that influences farmers
    C.farmers that it influences D. why farmers influence it 如一句出现了谓语动词,再出现动词则可能是:① 并列关系 ② 从句 ③ 非谓语动词 ④ 介词短语
    why引导的从句一定是表语从句或宾语从句

    Lesson 64 The Channel Tunnel
    【New words and expressions】(13)
    ★tunnel n. 隧道
    channel n. 海峡 (The Channel 英吉利海峡)
    ★ventilate v. 通风★ventilation n. 通风
    Forced Ventilation 强制排风系统
    (forced adj. 被迫的,强迫的,动用武力的)
    air v. 通风Air the room, please! 给房间通通风
    ★double adj. 双的
    字母W 的读音就是“double u”,意为两个u 构成 w .couple,pair 两个a couple of weeks
    a pair of shoes/socks/glasses 一副眼镜
    ★fear ① vt. 害怕畏惧sb. fear doing sth. 害怕做……sb. fear sth. 害怕…be afraid of 害怕……
    be afraid of / fear 人做主语
    ② vt. 恐怕,猜想(比be afraid要正式)
    fear that… 恐怕……
    We fear /It is feared/ We’re afraid that many lives have been lost in the crash.
    be afraid that… = I am sorry. 恐怕……(婉言谢绝)
    fright / frighten / frightening / frightened / frightful
    sth. frighten sb. = sth. scare sb. …吓了……一跳
    frighten = scare是因某件突然的事情才让某人产生了害怕的情绪,句子后边的部分是人
    horrify v. 使恐怖, 使极度厌恶, 惊骇
    horrified adj. 惊悸的, 带有恐怖感的, 惊骇的
    ★invasion n.入侵, 侵略invade vt. 侵略, 侵袭, 拥挤★officially adv. 正式地
    official adj.(官方)正式formally adv(一般)正式
    ★connect v. 连接connect sth. with/to… 把……和……连接 connect A with B (A和B平等) connect A to B (A连到B上去)
    ★European adj. 欧洲的★continent n. 大陆
    European Continent 欧洲大陆(不包括欧洲岛国)
    【课文讲解】
    1、In 1858, a French engineer, Aime Thome de Gamond, arrived in England with a plan for a twenty-one-mile tunnel under the English Channel.
    plan for +名词/动名词 ……的计划
    twenty-one-mile 加连字符,用单数,作定语
    2、This platform would serve as a port and a railway station. serve as… =serve for… 起……作用,用作……,充当……
    3、In 1860, a better plan was put forward by an Englishman, William Low.
    put forward (plan/suggestion) 提出(计划、建议等)
    4、He suggested that a double railway-tunnel should be built.
    suggest① vt. 暗示,用法与其他的词相同
    ② vt. 建议,用虚拟语气,后接动词是要用-ing形式,后接that从句采用一种固定的用法“should+动词原形”(should 可省略)
    insist作“坚持”讲时用法同suggest
    5、This would solve the problem of ventilation, for if a train entered this tunnel, it would draw in fresh air behind it. draw in 吸进,如用bring没有 draw in 形象、贴切
    6、If, at the time, the British had not feared invasion, it would have been completed.
    虚拟语气(非真实条件句)中,与现在事实相反,从句用一般过去时;与过去事实相反,从句用过去完成时,此时主句格式为would have done,would/could/should 都可以
    情态动词加have done 表示对过去的推测,如must have done,can't have done等
    【Summary writing】
    1  Who planned to build a tunnel under the English Channel in 1858? How would it be ventilated? (The tunnel, which…)
    4  Did work begin forty-two years later or not? Why was it stopped? (Though…because)
    5  When was the Channel Tunnel officially opened? (However)
    1 先行词, which : 非限定性定语从句
    The tunnel, which a French engineer planned to build in 1858, would be ventilated if tall chimmeys were built above sea level.
    4 Though it was begun (work begin forty-two years later), it was stopped because…
    5 However 起副词的作用,后面可以直接加句子
    【Key structures】 
    第3类条件句
    第3类条件句是在if从句里设想纯粹想像的事情,在主句里讲述想像的结果,谈的是没有或永远不可能有的结果,指的是过去没有过的事情。第3类条件句的基本结构是if从句用过去完成时,主句用would have/ should have +过去分词:
    If it had rained, we would have stayed at home.
    在if从句中可用could have +过去分词代替had been able to +动词原形: I’d have read that book if I could have bought it.
    【Special difficulties】
    动词draw的一些短语vt. 拉,拖
    draw in 使……进入;吸入
    The smell of flowers in the shop drew us in. draw back 后退,后缩;收回,撤回
    You must finish the work by yourselves now. They have drawn back their people.。
    draw up 停住,使……停住;起草,制订,拟订
    I was waiting for Jill in front of a shop when a taxi drew up beside me.
    draw off 撤走,离开
    The villagers had to draw off because of the flood.
    【Multiple choice questions】
    9  A plan was put forward by William Low. He ___a____it.
    a. suggested b. intended c. aimed at d. planned plan
    v. 计划
    put forword 提出 ;intend to do sth. 打算做……
    aim at 目标是…… ;suggest v. 建议
    suggest + doing sth./名词或代词;suggest that 从句;
    11  It finally connects Britain and Europe. Britain and Europe are finally ____b___.
    a. mixed b. joined together c. rejoined d. combined
    mix v. 混合;join v. 连接(加入), 强调使成为其中一员rejoin v. 再次加入;combine v. 合并
    connect 强调连接

    Lesson 65 Jumbo versus the police
    【New words and expressions】(9)
    ★versus prep. 对 (对抗的概念)
    vs.…对…(versus的缩写读音不变Have you watched the game last night? It was France versus Italy.
    ★Christmas n. 圣诞节
    Christmas Eve 圣诞前夜Father Christmas 圣诞老人
    Santa Claus 圣诞老人(美国常用)(Santa [美]=Santa Claus)
    ★present n. 礼物present = gift 礼物
    ★accompany v. 陪伴, 随行
    I'll accompany you to your hotel.
    ★approach ① v. 走近( = come nearer and nearer )The old man approaches 80 years old.
    approach sb. 离某人越来越近
    ②n.途径,方法We have found an approach to success.
    ★ought modal verb 应该
    ought to do sth. 应该(义务上)
    should do sth. 应该(我认为)
    ★weigh v. 重
    sb./sth. weigh +体重 ……的体重/重量是……
    weight n. 重量lose weight 减肥
    ★fortunate(= lucky) adj. 幸运的
    【课文讲解】
    1、Dressed up as Father Christmas and accompanied by a 'guard of honour' of six pretty girls, he set off down the main street of the city riding a baby elephant called Jumbo. dress up as… 装扮成为……(的样子)
    dress up 打扮 a guard of honour 仪仗队
    of six pretty girls中的of表示“由……组成的”
    set off 出发
    2、He should have known that the police would never allow this sort of thing.
    should have done 原本应该发生而没发生
    needn't have done 过去不必做但是做了
    ought to have done 也表示原本应该做而没做
    所有的情态动词+have done都跟过去有关
    3、A policeman approached Jimmy and told him he ought to have gone along a side street as Jumbo was holding up the traffic. as=because
    hold up the traffic 阻碍交通
    4、Though Jimmy agreed to go at once, Jumbo refused to move.
    agree to do sth. 同意做某事(to 为不定式 )
    agree with sb. 同意某人(的建议等)
    agree to sth.I agree to your advice.
    5、Fifteen policemen had to push very hard to get him off the main street.
    get off 从……移去/除去 (off=away from 离开什么地方) Please get the box off the boat.
    6、'Jumbo must weigh a few tons,' said a policeman afterwards, 'so it was fortunate that we didn't have to carry him. Of course, we should arrest him, but as he has a good record, we shall let him off this time.'
    afterwards =later后来
    It was fortunate that… 幸运的是……
    let sb. off 饶恕某人,放过……,对……从轻处理
    record n. 纪录;(警察局的)记录,历史,成绩
    set up a new world record
    sb. have a good record 表现一贯很好
    resume n. 摘要, 概略, <美> 履历
    vt. 再继续, 重新开始, 重新占用, 再用, 恢复
    【Summary writing】
    1  What did he decide to take to a children's hospital? How did the circus owner, Jimmy Gates, dress up? Did he set off down the main street of the city, or did he go down a side street? Was he riding an elephant called Jumbo or not? (After having... and... riding)
    2  Was he told that he was holding up the traffic or not? Did Jimmy agree to go at once, or not? Did Jumbo agree to go, or did he refuse to move? How many policemen had to push him off the main street? (On being…but…so…)
    1 After having decided to take presents to hospital and dressed up as Father Christmas, he set off down the street riding a baby elephant called Jumbo.
    After的后面可以直接加doing,也可以加having done
    After knocking at the door. / After having knocked at the door.decided 和 dressed 共用after having
    动词ing 强调时间上的同时
    2 On being told that he was holding up the traffic, he agreed to go at once, but Jumbo refused to move,so fifteen policemen had to push him off the main street.
    on 加在动词前面,相当与as soon as
    be 在这儿要跟done相连
    【Letter Writing】
    书信常见语:
    I really hate to complain, but …/Some time ago, I …
    【Key structures】
    Must, Have to, Should and Ought to
    must通常只用于现在时和将来时,其他时态则用have to代替。have to比must往往更强调客观的要求或外在的原因。should和ought to都可译为“应该”,表示义务、责任或某个正确的行为。ought to比should语气略强些,多用于肯定句;疑问句与否定结构则多用should。should/ought to +have +过去分词表示过去应该做(或完成)而没有做的事。
    He ought to have returned by now.
    He had to change his plans, but he should be returning soon.
    【Special difficulties】
    带let的短语
    let vt. 允许,让
    let sb. in 允许进来let sb. out 放走,释放,放出去
    let off 放过,饶过,宽恕,对……从轻处理
    let down 使……失望,(在紧要关头)抛弃
    dress and dress up
    dress vt.&vt. 穿衣,打扮
    dress up 穿上盛装,精心打扮,装扮(成……)
    He dressed up as Father Christmas.
    【Multiple choice questions】
    3  Jimmy ____b___Father Christmas.
    a. seemed as b. looked like c. looked as d. seemed
    as后面要加句子, 只有在the same as结构时不加句子, 或者是as...as
    Lucy is the same as her sister.
    like的后面加代词或名词,表示“象……一样”
    ① seem后面可以直接加形容词He seemed rich.
    ② seem后面会加不定式结构He seemed to be rich.
    ③ It seemed that… 表示某件事情看起来似乎如此
    ④ seem +as if从句 看起来似乎

    Lesson 66 Sweet as honey!
    【New words and expressions】(20)
    ★bomber n. 轰炸机, 炸弹手, 轰炸员, 投弹手
    bomb n. 炸弹
    ★remote adj. 偏僻的,偏远的
    remote village 遥远的村庄
    lonely adj. 偏僻的(孤零零的)lonely island 孤岛
    ★Pacific n. 太平洋
    Atlantic大西洋 ; Indian ocean印度洋 ; Arctic ocean 北冰洋
    ★wreck n. 残骸 强调坏了没用的东西 (一个坏了的整体,完整的);wrekage强调坏成碎片的东西
    ★rediscover v. 重新发现
    re-表示“再, 又”的意思,如review复习,reread再读,rewrite改写,retell复述等
    ★survey n. 调查(一定要跟数据有关系)
    aerial survey 航空调查(跟数据有关系)
    investigation n. 调查,研究
    ★package ① v. 把……打成大包
    pack n. 小包;v. 把……打成小包
    Pack it for me./Wrap it up for me.
    ② n. 大包
    package deal 一揽子交易,一揽子交易中的条款
    parcel n. 包裹(邮局邮寄)
    ★imagine ① vt. 想像
    Imagine it. 想象一下吧! (口语)
    ② vt. 料想,猜想
    imagine doing sth./imagine that + 从句 想象……
    ★colony n. 殖民地,侨民,(聚居的)一群同业,一批同行,(生物)群体
    a colony of ants /bees 一群蚂蚁 一群蜜蜂;
    a colony of artists 一群艺术家a flock of goats 羊群
    a herd of cows 一群奶牛a crowd of 一群(用于人)
    ★preserve v. 保护,保存(经过特殊手段而保存下来) preserved bean curd 豆腐乳(bean curd 豆腐)preserved fruit 果脯; preserved meat 腊肉; preserved fish 腊鱼smoked fish 熏鱼
    keep v. 保存,保持Can I keep it for you?
    Store v. 储存,保存(以便日后使用)store the cabbage
    【课文讲解】
    1、In 1963 a Lancaster bomber crashed on Wallis Island, a remote place in the South Pacific, a long way west of Samoa.
    crash vi. 从上往下掉 crash in the mountain 掉到山里 a long way to go 有很长的路要走
    在英文中跟方位感相连的介词有三个in, on, to
    in 隶属关系Haerbin’s in the north of China.
    on是指跟一个地方有接触面Korea is on the north of China. to是相离的概念Japan is to the east of China.
    west of=to the west of (west of前面没有任何词修饰的时候,认为处于相离的概念)
    2、The plane wasn't too badly damaged, but over the years, the crash was forgotten and the wreck remained undisturbed.
    over 在……期间/之中(相当于during,over后如有数字则译为“超过”)over the years 这些年来
    over the new year 在新年期间 ;over the Christmas 在圣诞期间over Spring Festival 在春节期间
    He worked very hard over the last two years.
    remain+adj. remain看作系动词be理解
    The room remained warm. 房间还是那么暖和
    (注意与 “the room was warm.” 的区别, “remain” 有保持的意思)
    3、By this time, a Lancaster bomber in reasonable condition was rare and worth rescuing.
    by this time 到这时in condition 处于……状态
    in reasonable condition=in good condition
    in perfect /poor condition 处于完美状态/ 状态不好.
    reasonable在这里表示“尚好的,过得去的”,用于表示价钱时,指“公道的,合理的,不贵的”等
    be worth doing sth. 值得……,具有……的价值(表达了被动含义, 用主动ing表达被动含义)
    4、The French authorities had the plane packaged and moved in parts back to France.
    have sth. done 让别人做某事
    in parts =little by little,bit by bit 一部分一部分
    5、Imagine their surprise and delight when they broke open the packing cases and found that the fourth engine was sweet as honey -- still in perfect condition.
    break sth. open 打开……cut it open 剪开(信封)
    tear it open 撕开(信封)
    在固定短语中as…as中的第一个as可省略
    I am busy as a bee. (as busy as a bee中第一个as省略)sweet as honey 甜得象蜜 (在文中是双关语, 注意体会)sticky as glue 胶水一样粘strong as horse 马一样强壮turn…into… 把……变成
    【Key structures】
    使役式:have +名词/宾语代词 +动词过去分词,使役式表示对某物(或某人)……。
    I have my wallet lost/stolen. 我丢了钱包
    While I’m away, I’ll have you looked after. 我不在的时候,我会让人照顾你的。
    have sth. done的另一个意思是“遭遇不幸”
    I have my leg broken. 我摔断了腿
    【Special difficulties】
    集合名词
    集合名词表示的是由若干个体组成的集合体,如family(家庭,一家人),team(队),crew(船、飞机等上的全体工作人员),audience(观众),government(政府),staff全体职员/教员),class(班,班级)等。如果要强调作为整体的集体,则后面的动词用单数;如果要强调组成集体的每个人,则后面的动词用复数。
    The audience is made up of school children.
    The audience were spellbound by the magic of the performance. 观众们被表演的魅力迷住了.
    【Multiple choice questions】
    6  Only three of the four Rolls Royce Merlin engines __a__rebuilt.
    (a) will have to be (b) need have been (c)are being (d)had to be情态动词need只用于否定、疑问句中,在肯定句中肯定是实义动词need to do 将来需要做

    Lesson 67 Volcanoes
    【New words and expressions】(12)
    ★active adj. 活动的adj. 积极的
    passive adj. 消极的, 被动的
    ★violently adv. 猛烈地, 剧烈地
    violent adj. 猛烈的, 激烈的, 暴力引起的, 强暴的violence n. 猛烈, 强烈, 暴力, 暴虐, 暴行, 强暴
    ★manage v. 设法
    manage to do sth. = try to do sth. and succeed
    I can manage it. = I can manage it myself. = I can do it.★escape ① v. 逃脱escape sth.
    escape death 死里逃生escape doing sth.
    He escape punishment/being punished.
    ② n. 逃脱narrow escape 九死一生
    ★alive adj. 活着的
    alive 做定语时一定要放在被修饰词后面, 属于表语形容词,后置定语
    light ahead 前面的灯光
    Every man alive has his/her own troubles.
    living sth. 活着的……living elephant 活着的象
    live ① adj. 现场的,活着的(永远不和人连用)live concert 现场演唱会 live fish活鱼(不能和人连)
    ② v. 活着
    【课文讲解】
    1、Tazieff was able to set up his camp very close to the volcano while it was erupting violently.
    close to 离……很近,与……靠近
    for long=for a long time
    2、He noticed that a river of liquid rock was coming towards him.=He notice a river of liquid rock coming towards him.
    notice that + 宾语从句 notice sth.
    notice sb. do/doing sth. 注意到某人做/正在做某事
    a river of…形成的河流 a river of soil and stone 泥石流 a river of tears
    Riversof blood flowed during World war II. (rivers of blood 血流成河)
    4、It threatened to surround him completely, but Tazieff managed to escape just in time.
    threaten to 威胁着要……,有迹象表明…… He threatened to leave the team. 他扬言要离开这个队。
    in time 及时,来得及,just表示“正好,差一点”
    I caught the train just in time.
    5、This time, he managed to climb into the mouth of Kituro so that he could take photographs and measure temperatures.
    manage to do sth. 设法做到某事,努力完成某事(虽然很费劲,但仍然做到/完成某事)try to do sth. 设法做某事,努力做某事(但并不一定成功)
    the mouth of Kituro 火山口
    so that 以便于(目的状语从句),一定含有情态动词
    6、Tazieff has often risked his life in this way.
    risk one’s life 冒着生命危险
    take a risk of… =at a risk of… 冒着……的危险
    risk sth.=risk losing sth. 冒着失去……的危险
    risk doing sth. 冒着做……的危险
    7、He has been able to tell us more about active volcanoes than any man alive.在两相比较中, 如果前者属于后者, 那一定要在比较时用other, else排除前者than any other man alive
    【Key structures】 
    Can, Be able to and Manage to
    表示能力时用can/could,在将来时中表示“能力”时通常用will be able to,在表示成功地完成过去某个动作时用was able to而不用could。
    He thought he could pass the exam easily, but he failed./ Jane can’t swim yet. She’ll be able to swim in a few months’ time.
    manage to在表示成功地完成过去某个动作时,经常代替be able to,它更强调“虽然困难很大,但仍然……”。在否定句中,manage to与be able to经常可以互换。He was able to finish the job yesterday. (表示可能) He managed to finish the job yesterday. (暗示他克服了不少困难才完成)
    What do you think of the film?
    I’m afraid I haven’t managed to/been able to see it yet.
    【Special Difficulties】
    带 say与tell的短语
    1、say在表示“说,讲”时,say后面不跟间接宾语(人)。如一定要指明,则用“to +名词/代词”。表“道别,诵读(祈祷),背诵”等含义时用say而不能用tell。say有“表达(思想、意见等)”、“据说”含义,tell则没有。 John is said to be very interested in art.
    He knelt down and said his prayers.他跪了下来作祷告. say a good word for 为……说好话/辩护;推荐
    2、tell:在表示“说,讲”时,tell后面可以跟双宾语。tell经常用于表示“讲(实话,谎话,秘密等)”。tell可以表示“辨别,分辨”,say则不可以。在英国英语中,tell the time(美语为tell time)表示根据钟表等“说出时间,识钟”
    He is only five, but he can already tell the time.
    tell (sb.) a lie 说谎(谎言有很多个,为可数名词)
    tell (sb.) the truth 讲真话(真话只有一个,故要特指, 加the) tell (sb.) the difference between 区分, 区别
    Can't you tell the difference between an Austin and a Morris? 你能区分奥斯丁舞和莫利斯舞吗?
    say和tell后面跟so时含义不一样:
    I told you so! 我告诉过你是这样的!(用于情况被证实之后)Who says so? 谁这么说的?
    I say so. 我这么说的。
    【Multiple choice questions】
    4  He escaped just in time. He__d__ escaped.
    (a)just only (b)only (c)soon  (d) only just
    only just =almost not 差点就没有
    7  He has been able to tell us a lot __b__volcanoes.
    (a) considering (b) on the subject of
    (c) in relation (d) referring
    on the subject of=about
    (朝向)towards=in the direction of (direction)
    12  He has told us more than any __d__person.
    (a)alive (b)lively (c)live (d)living
    lively adj. 活泼的,充满生机的 a lively girl

    Lesson 68 Persistent
    【New words and expressions】(3)
    ★persistent adj. 坚持的, 固执的
    stubborn adj. 顽固的, 固执的, 坚定的, 坚决的, 难应付的, 难处理的You are stubborn. 你这个死脑筋 persist v. 坚持(不顾阻拦一味的坚持):
    persist in doing sth.
    ★avoid v. 避开avoid doing sth. 避免做……
    ★insist v. 坚持认为,坚持说(是人的一种态度)
    ① vt. &vi. 坚持,坚决认为
    insist on doing sth. 坚持做……
    persevere v. 坚持,坚持不懈地努力(褒义词)
    persevere in sth./doing sth.
    perseverance n. 坚持不懈
    ② vt. &vi. 坚决主张/要求,一定要
    I insist on speaking to the manager.
    My wife insists that I (should) have my hair cut.
    【课文讲解】
    1、I crossed the street to avoid meeting him, but he saw me and came running towards me.
    cross v. 穿过 across adv.&prep. 穿过
    avoid doing sth. 避免……
    come running towards sb. 向某人跑过来
    2、It was no use pretending that I had not seen him, so I waved to him.
    It is (of) no use doing… 做……是没有用处的,做……是徒步的/无益的
    It is no use crying over the spilled milk. 覆水难收
    wave to sb. 向某人招手
    3、I never enjoy meeting Nigel Dykes.
    enjoy doing sth. 喜欢做……
    appreciate sth./doing sth. 喜欢做……
    4、He never has anything to do.
    用不定式做定语, 修饰anything,不定式放在不定代词后面anything to do sth. 任何要做的事
    anything to eat sth. 可以吃的东西 ;
    5、No matter how busy you are, he always insists on coming with you.
    no matter常与how,when,where,what,who等引导的从句连用,译为“无论……”
    No matter how tired you are, your children insisted on listening to stories.
    6、I had to think of a way of preventing him from following me around all morning.
    think of a way of doing sth. 想一个做某事的方法
    prevent sb. (from) doing sth. 阻止某人做某事, 让某人不做某事stop sb. from doing sth. 、keep sb. from doing sth. 让某人不做某事
    forbid sb. to do sth. 禁止某人做某事
    7、Fancy meeting you here!
    =Imagine meeting you here! 真想不到会在这见到你! (fancy=imagine)“fance+名词”表示惊讶
    ★fancey ① vt. 设想,想像
    Fancy Ian not knowing the answer to such an easy question!② vt. 想要,喜欢(往往用于指个人爱好)
    It’s a fine day and I fancy driving down to the coast.
    8、You're not busy doing anything, are you?
    be busy doing sth. 忙着做……
    反意疑问句的回答, 根据事实回答
    9、Would you mind my coming with you?
    “Would/Do you mind +动名词/if引导的从句”用来表示客气的请求或征求意见,表示同意/不介意时,用“No, not at all”或“Certainly not”回答;不同意时往往用一些委婉的说法,如“I’m sorry, but…”等回答,不用“yes, I so”。Would you mind if I open the windows?
    Certainly not. /Sorry, but it’s cold here.
    mind (sb’s) +doing sth. 介意某人做某事
    -ing的逻辑主语有四种形式,分为两大类
    ① 作为代词, 可以用人称代词的宾格, 又可以用形容词性物主代词② 作为名词, 可以保持本身不变, 也可以变成名词所有格
    作主语时必须是所有格(名词所有格, 形容词性物主代词), 但作宾语时可以用所有格, 也可用普通格(人称代词宾格)Would you mind my/me smoking?
    【Composition】
    1  There was a dentist nearby. She knew him well. Elizabeth decided to go there. She would explain what had happened.(As…whom…in order to)
    3  Elizabeth left. The dentist went into the waiting room.‘Do you want to have your teeth examined?’he askeb Nigel.   (After…and asked Nigel if…)
    1 as(因为) whom(引导定语从句)…in order to (目的状语)There was a dentist nearby whom she knew well Elizabeth decided to go there in order to explain what had happened.
    3 Afrer Elizabeth left, the dentist went into the waiting room and asked Nigel if he wanted to have his teeth examined.
    【Key structure】 动名词的用法
    有些动词后可以用动名词作宾语,但不能用不定式。这些动词包括avoid,admit,deny,fancy,finish,enjoy,mind(在乎,在意),suggest,stand(容忍)等。有些结构通常要接动名词,如busy,worth,it is no/little use,bored with,interested in,insist on,prevent…from等:I was looking forward to reading those books.动名词可以有自己的逻辑主语(即动作执行者,而不是句子的主语): Do you mind my smoking?
    come和go之后可以跟与户外活动相关的动名词(climbing,driving,fishing,riding,shopping,walking等),表示建议、邀请或叙事。
    There’s no point in my coming climbing with you.
    (there’s no point in =it is no use)
    感知动词(hear,see,fell,watch等)后面既可以跟宾语加分词结构,也可以跟宾语加不带to的不定式。现在分词往往强调动作正在发生,用于叙述中时使人身临其境;不定式则可以表示动作发生了或过程结束了。有时它们之间的区别不大,可以互相替换使用。
    【语法精粹】
    动名词复合结构:由名词所有格或物主代词与动名词构成.动名词复合结构多作主语或宾语, 作主语时必须是所有格(名词所有格, 形容词性物主代词), 但作宾语时可以用所有格, 也可用普通格(人称代词宾格)
    His leaving is a great loss.
    Mother dislikes my(me) working late.
    后面可以接动词-ing的词:介词;某些动词,如avoid, enjoy, finish, It is no use, prevent sb from, fancy, imagine, escape, risk, allow,deny, appreciate, complete, delay, mind, practice, resent, risk, suggest, permit…insist on doing, persist in doing, persevere in doing, give up doing
    某些词加逻辑主语要用不定式作宾语,如: allow+doing sth.(动名词作宾语) allow sb. to do sth.(不定式作宾语)advise sb. to do sth. advise doing sth.常见如:advise,allow,permit,recommend, etc.
    【Multiple choice questions】
    9  She didn't pretend she hadn't seen him. She didn't __c__she hadn't.
    (a) make as if (b) do as if (c) act as if (d) conduct as if
    as if… 似乎, 好像……do as if (不这么用)act as if … 做得好象……conduct+oneself 表现
    12  She lied to him. What she said was __a__.
    (a) false (b)true (c)lie (d) wrong
    lie to sb. 向某人撒谎false adj. 错误的, 虚伪的, 假的, 无信义的, 伪造的, 人工的, 不老实的
    lie n. 谎言(可数名词,tell a lie)
    What she said was a lie.

    Lesson 69 But not murder!
    【New words and expressions】(11)
    ★acquire v. 取得,获得,学到(知识、技术、语言等),养成(习惯等)acquire confidence 获得信心
    ”acquire a habit of doing sth. 养成……的习惯
    【课文讲解】
    1、I was being tested for a driving licence for the third time. a driving licence 驾驶执照
    2、I had been asked to drive in heavy traffic and had done so successfully.
    heavy adj. 大量的,多的,密集的
    Traffic is heavier on this road than on the other one.
    3、The examiner must have been pleased with my performance, for he smiled and said, 'Just one more thing, Mr. Eames. Let us suppose that a child suddenly crosses the road in front of you. As soon as I tap on the window, you must stop within five feet.'
    must have been表示对过去的事情的猜测
    performance n. 表现,表演,工作情况
    be pleased with 对……满意
    let us suppose that… 让我们假设……
    4、The examiner looked at me sadly. 'Mr. Eames,' he said, in a mournful voice, 'you have just killed that child!' in a … voice 以……的声调
    in a mournful voice 用悲伤的声调
    【Key structures】 
    被动语态
    被动语态可以用于“介词+动名词”结构中,在英语中是很正式的用法,一般不用于口语。“介词(after,before,on)+动名词”这个结构通常相当于一个时间状语从句。如果两个动作中有一个在另一个开始之前已经完成,则可以用“after +动名词的完成式”表示第一个动作;如果只表示先后顺序,则可用“after/before +动名词”结构;“on +动名词”通常表示两个动作几乎同时发生:
    The man called the police after being robbed.
    被动语态用于want后面的不定式中时,to be可以省略,want后跟被动语态时往往表示希望别人完成所说的动作: I want the luggage fetched from the hotel this afternoon.
    被动语态还可用于过去进行时,以强调动作的持续性 I was being asked about the film all day yesterday.
    【Special Difficulties】
    Practice and Advice
    practice n.(反复的)练习,实践,实行
    Your spoken English will improve with practice.
    Have they put their plan into practice?
    practise vt.& vi. 练习,经常做
    She practises on the piano for three hours every day.
    advice n. 忠告,劝告,建议(不可数名词)
    She gave me some good advice / a piece of advice about jobs.
    advise vt.& vi. 劝告,向……提供提议
    She advised me against going to the party.
    Enjoy, Entertain and Amuse
    enjoy vt. 欣赏,喜爱,享受……之乐(后跟名词、动名词或反身代词,用于主动语态)
    entertain vt. 款待,招待,请客;使……快乐,给……娱乐(=amuse)We often entertain friends at weekends.
    My children can entertain/amuse themselves for hours with telling stories to each other.
    amuse vt. 逗乐,逗笑(常用于被动语态)

    Lesson 70 Red for danger
    【New words and expressions】(16)
    ★sensitive adj. 敏感的,神经过敏的,易生气的,介意的(常与to+名词连用)
    Mary is sensitive to smells.
    ★charge ① vt. &vi. 要价,收费
    They charged us too much for repairs.
    ② vt. 指控,指责He charged Gary with speeding.
    ③ vt. &vt. 猛攻,冲向,冲锋,向前冲
    The bull charged at the drunk.
    ★bow ① vt. &vt. 鞠躬,欠身,低下(头等)
    As she couldn’t answer the question, she bowed her head.② vi. 让步,屈服,服从
    Why did you bow to their decision?
    ③ vt. 压弯,压倒My mother is bowed with age. 我母亲因年老而腰弯背驼。
    【课文讲解】
    1、The crowd began to shout, but the drunk was unaware of the danger.
    be unaware of… 不知道,没有觉察……
    I was unaware that you were coming. 我不知道你要来。
    2、The bull was busy with the matador at the time, but it suddenly caught sight of the drunk who was shouting rude remarks and waving a red cap.
    catch sight of… 突然看到……
    3、The drunk, however, seemed quite sure of himself.
    be/feel sure of oneself 有自信心
    4、Apparently sensitive to criticism, the bull forgot all about the matador and charged at the drunk.
    sensitive to criticism 对挑衅/批评敏感
    charge at … 向……攻击
    5、The crowd broke into cheers and the drunk bowed.
    break into cheers 突然喝起彩来
    break into… 突然发出,突然……起来
    On hearing the news, she broke into tears.
    6、Even the bull seemed to feel sorry for him, for it looked on sympathetically until the drunk was out of the way before once more turning its attention to the matador. look on 旁观,观看
    out of the way 不碍事,不挡路While making meat pies, I always order the children to keep out of the way.在做肉馅饼时,总是命令孩子们不要碍事。
    【Letter Writing】
    常用开头语:
    I have not forgotten that…/I am afraid I…
    You will find it hard to believe, but…
    【Key structures】 
    与for,with,of,to,at,from,in,on和about连用的形容词
    与for连用的形容词:eager for(渴望),enough for(足够),famous for(以……而闻名),fit for(合适),grateful for/to(因……而感激),qualified for/in(能胜任),ready for/to(准备好),responsible for(对……负责),sorry for(对……感到遗憾),sufficient for(充足的),thankful for/to(感谢),valid for(有效期为……)
    They were eager for the performance to begin.
    与with连用的形容词:angry with sb./at sth.(因某人或某事生气),busy with/at(忙于……),consistent with(与……一致),content with(对……满足),familiar with/to(与……熟悉),patient with(有耐心),popular with(为……所喜爱)
    She wasn’t content with her life.
    与of连用的形容词:afraid of(害怕),ahead of(在……前面),aware of(知道),capable of(能够),careful of/with(小心),certain of(确信),conscious of(意识到),envious of(妒忌),fond of(爱好),guilty of(有……罪的),ignorant of(不了解),independent of(独立于),jealous of(妒忌),kind of/to(对……和蔼),north/south/east/west of(在……的北/南/东/西面),short of(缺乏),shy of(顾虑),sure of(肯定),worthy of(值得)
    I was short of money at that time.
    与to连用的形容词:close to(接近于),contrary to(与……相反),cruel to(对……残忍),dear to(对……很重要),equal to(与……相等),faithful to(忠于……),fatal to(对……是致命的),harmful to(对……有害的),identical to(与……相同的),indifferent to(对……不关心),inferior to(劣于……),liable to(对……有义务的),new to(对……没有经验),obedient to(对……服从),obvious to(对……清楚的),polite to(对……有礼貌),previous to(先于),rude to(对……粗暴无礼),sensitive to(对……敏感),similar to(与……相似),useful to(对……有用)
    Though the bicycle is old, it is very dear to me.
    与at连用的形容词:bad at(不善于…),clever (擅长),efficient at(能胜任的),expert at/in(能熟练做…),good at(善于),indignant at(对……感到愤慨),quick at(很快),sad at/about(因……而悲伤),slow at(对…迟钝),skillful at/in(熟练)
    与from连用的形容词:away from(距……远的),different from(与……不同的),far from(远离),safe from(无危险的)The man was far from comfortable while being confined to the wooden box.
    那人被闷在木箱里时一点儿也不舒服。
    与in连用的形容词:deficient in(缺少),fortunate from(在.很幸运),honest from(对……很诚实),weak from(在…薄弱的)Frank is honest in business.
    与on连用的形容词:dependent on(依赖于……),intent on(专心于……),keen on(热心于……)
    与about连用的形容词:curious about(对……好奇的),doubtful about/of(对……有疑问),enthusiastic about(对……热心),reluctant about/to(勉强),right about/in(在……是正确的),uneasy about(对……感到不安)She is uneasy about her future.
    Lesson 71 A famous clock
    【课文讲解】
    1、When you visit London, one of the first things you will see is Big Ben, the famous clock which can be heard all over the world on the B.B.C.
    the B.B.C. =British Broadcasting Corporation 英国广播公司
    2、If the Houses of Parliament had not been burned down in 1834, the great clock would never have been erected. the Houses of Parliament 国会大厦(英国议会由上议院(House of Lords)和下议院(House of Commons)组成)
    burn down (使)烧成平地,烧毁
    3、Big Ben takes its name from Sir Benjamin Hall who was responsible for the making of the clock when the new Houses of Parliament were being built.
    take one’s name from 以……命名
    Sir用于英国人的全名(或名字)之前时表示“爵士”(不单独用于姓之前),如Sir John Gilbert(约翰.吉尔伯特爵士)或Sir John(约翰爵士),但不能称为Sir Gilbert。
    be responsible for 对……需负责任/承担责任的
    -ing形式前面无冠词时可直接跟宾语:making the clock;-ing前有冠词时则其后不能直接跟宾语,而必须用of:the making of the clock。
    4、It is not only of immense size, but is extremely accurate as well.
    be of… 表人或物的特征We are of the same age/size./This letter is of great importance.
    5、Big Ben has rarely gone wrong.
    go wrong (机器等)发生故障,出毛病
    6、A painter who had been working on the tower hung a pot of paint on one of the hands and slowed it down!
    slow down (使……)慢下来/减速(可分开使用)
    【Letter Writing】
    常见开头语:
    I wonder how you learnt that…
    You will never guess who/what…
    【Special Difficulties】
    Official, Employee and Shop assistant
    official n. 官员,公务员,高级官员
    Bank officials get high salaries.
    employee n. 雇员,雇工(包括各个层次的).
    shop assistant 零售店的店员(美语中用salesclerk)
    Hang/Hung and Hang/Hanged
    hang(hung,hung) vt. 悬挂
    hang(hanged,hanged) vt. 绞死,吊死,上吊
    I wonder why she hanged herself.

    Lesson 72 A car called bluebird
    【New words and expressions】(7)
    ★burst ① vi. 爆炸,爆裂The balloon burst.
    ② vt.& vi. 突然打开We burst the door open.
    【课文讲解】
    1、The great racing driver, Sir Malcolm Campbell, was the first man to drive at over 300 miles per hour.
    在the second,the next/the last以及表示最高级的如the best,the most intelligent等后可以用to引导的不定式短语做定语,这些词语后面可以接名词或one(s),也可以不接:
    She’s always the first to arrive and the last to leave.
    the only后必须接一个名词或one(s):
    You’re the only person/one to complain.
    per“每一,每”,常用于商业及技术用语,日常用语大多用a/an:You can stay at the hotel at $10 per person per night.
    2、It was over 30 feet in length and had a 2,500-horsepower engine.30 feet in length
    30英尺长
    3、Although Campbell reached a speed of over 304 miles per hour, he had great difficulty in controlling the car because a tyre burst during the first run.
    have difficulty (in) doing sth. 做……有困难
    He has grown a beard and I had difficulty (in) recognizing him.
    the first run 开始的行程
    the next run is forty miles. 下一段赛程为40英里。
    4、Following in his father's footsteps many years later, Sir Malcolm's son, Donald, also set up a world record.
    follow in one’s footsteps 步某人的后尘,仿效某人,继承某人的事业

    Lesson 73 The record-holder
    【New words and expressions】(9)
    ★record-holder 纪录保持者
    n.+ v.+ er 构词法 tennis player
    ★truant n. 逃学的孩子,逃学者
    The three boys who are fishing over there are truants and ought to be sent back to school.
    play truant 逃学(英)play hooky 逃学(美)evade school 逃学
    be absent from classon purpose 逃学
    ★unimaginative adj. 缺乏想象力的
    imagine v. 想象,设想 imaginative adj. 有想象力的
    imagination n. 想象力
    -tive 一般是形容词的后缀;-tion 一般是名词后缀
    ★shame n. 惭愧,羞耻
    What a shame! 真可耻! Shame on you! 替你感到可耻! shameful adj. 令人羞愧
    ashamed adj. 感到羞愧
    put sb. to shame 让某人感到羞愧
    对别人赞美的回答:
    Thank you. You are flattering me. (你过奖了。)
    You put me to shame. (你比我好的意思)
    put sb. to trouble 给某人带来麻烦
    ★hitchhike v. 搭便车旅行hitchhiker n. 搭便车的人
    hitchhike = take a lift 搭便车
    ★meantime n. 其间
    in the meantime = meanwhile 与此同时
    ★evade ① vt.(巧妙地)逃脱,躲开
    She evaded a blow from the man and then called out for help.② vt. 回避,逃避(尤指不当地)
    evade doing sth. 逃避做……
    avoid v. 逃避,逃离,避免
    avoid 指通过一种合理的,正当的手段来避免做某事;evade 指通过欺骗的手段来避免做某事。
    tax avoidance 避税 tax evasion 逃税
    【课文讲解】
    1Children who play truant from school are unimaginative.play truant from school = play truant
    2、A quiet day's fishing, or eight hours in a cinema seeing the same film over and over again, is usually as far as they get.
    动词ing前面如果出现定语,若是名词,则采用名词所有格或名词短语本身。 eight hours' seeing the film 非谓语动词做主语,一律作单数看。
    Three hours in the room,It is tiring.
    Three hours(') listening to the teacher is tiring.
    Three hours in the room listening to the teacher is tiring.
    Events such as the March 5th shooting at a high school in San Diego bring the problem into focus.
    比如三月五日圣地亚哥一所高中学校发生的枪击事件问题成为焦点。
    over and over again = again and again 一次又一次,一再地,反复许多次地
    as far as +从句 最大程度……,到……程度,就……而言As far as I know, his operations successful.
    3、They have all been put to shame by a boy who, while playing truant, travelled 1,600 miles.
    while 引导时间状语从句,一般放在前面或后面,放在中间就加上逗号。while doing 省略句,省略了主语和be 动词,这个主语一定就是主句的主语。
    put…to shame 使……蒙羞,使……相形见绌
    What he has done put his parents to shame.
    He saved the child at the risk of his own life and put all those who looked on to shame.他冒着生命危险救了那个孩子,使所有旁观者都相形见绌。
    4、He hitchhiked to Dover and, towards evening, went into a boat to find somewhere to sleep.
    hitchhike to… 搭便车去……
    Dover n. 多佛(英国著名的港口)
    towards evening 快到晚上
    somewhere to sleep 可以睡觉的地方
    5、When he woke up next morning, he discovered that the boat had, in the meantime, travelled to Calais.
    wake up 自己醒来 Calais n. 加来(法国城市)
    in the meantime 在此期间
    6、No one noticed the boy as he crept off.
    creep off = creep away
    ★creep
    ① vi. 爬行,匍匐,(像爬行似地)慢慢前进
    The old car crept along the country road.
    ② vi. 悄悄地/蹑手蹑脚地走;渐渐产生/出现
    We crept upstairs so as not to wake Grandpa.
    He noticed that age had crept on him.
    7、The next car the boy stopped did not take him into the centre of Paris as he hoped it would, but to Perpignan on the French-Spanish border.
    take … into 带到…not…but… 不是……而是……
    as sb. hoped 正如某人所希望的
    than sb. expected 比某人所期待的还……
    Don't ask what the country do for you, but ask what you do for the country.
    the French-Spanish border 法国与西班牙的边界 (边界地带属于哪个地方由第一个国籍确定)
    8、There he was picked up by a policeman and sent back to England by the local authorities.
    pick up 逮捕,拘捕
    After the accident, he was picked up by the police.
    【Letter Writing】
    每封信包含有三个主要部分:引言、目的和结束语。其中最重要的部分是目的。在这部分中必须说明为什么要写此信。
    【Summary writing 】
    5 Fares have increased. The railway company is still losing money. The employees have demanded higher wages. (In spite of the fact that . because)
    7 I made sure. The alarm clock worked. I set it. It would ring at six o'clock. (After making…that…so that)
    5. In spite of the fact that fares have increased, the railway company is still losing money because the employees have demanded higher wages.
    fare n. 费用 in spite of 尽管 lose money 亏损
    7. After making sure that the alarm clock worked, I set it so that it would
    alarm clock 闹钟 set the clock 定闹钟
    be sure of +n. ;be sure to do sth. ;be sure that
    【Key structures】 
    简单句、并列句和复合句
    简单句是英语中最小的句子单位,一般有一个限定动词,它有一个主语和一个谓语,但可以用连词and将两个或两个以上的动词合并为一个简单句。根据动词后所使用的不同成分,简单句可有5种基本句型:① 主语 +动词
    ② 主语 +动词 +主语补足语:
    ③ 主语 +动词 +直接宾语:
    ④ 主语 +动词 +间接宾语+直接宾语
    ⑤ 主语 +动词 +宾语 +宾语补足语
    将几个简单句连接起来构成并列句。在并列句中不存在单独的主句和从属于它的从句;各小句根据上下文的要求按逻辑次序排列,但各小句都同等重要并独立存在。我们常常把并列句中的各小句看成是并列主句。可采用下列任何一种方式构成并列句:
    ① 用分号We fished all day; we didn’t catch a thing.
    ② 用分号,后面跟一个连接副词(短语),如however、above all、in addition、as far as等
    We fished all day; however, we didn’t catch a thing.
    ③ 用并列连词,如and、but、so、yet等,前面常加逗号:
    We fished all day, but (we) didn’t catch a thing.
    复合句的构成方法可以是把简单句连接在一起,但复合句的各个组成部分并非同等重要(此点与并列句不同),其中总有一个独立小句(或称“主句”)和一个或一个以上的从属小句(或称“从句”);主句往往可以独立存在。复合句的构成方法:
    ① 用连词将从句与主句连接起来:If you’re not good at figures, it is pointless to apply for job in a bank.如果你不擅于计算,向银行求职就毫无意义。
    ② 用动词不定式或分词结构。它们是非限定性动词,是短语而不是从句,但它们构成复合句(而非简单句)的一部分。 之所以如此是因为它们可以用从句的形式表现出来。To get into a university you have to pass a number of examinations.
    从句分为:名词性从句;关系/形容词从句;副词从句Holiday resorts which are very crowded are not very pleasant.那些拥挤的度假场所令人感到不愉快Howerver hard I try, I can’t remember people’s names.
    【Multiple choice questions】
    10 They have been put to shame by a boy . They should feel ___a___.
    (a) ashamed (b) shy (c) shyness (d) shameful .
    shyness n. 害羞 shy adj. 害羞(指人的一种性格) shame v. 羞愧(跟人遇到某件事情当时的感觉有关系)shameful adj. 令人羞愧 ;ashamed adj. 感到羞愧

    Lesson 74 out of the limelight
    【课文讲解】
    1、Out of the limelight
    limelight原义为舞台照明用的“石灰光”,引申为“众人注目的中心”,这里的 limelight 是指舞台。 She has been in the limelight since she became an actress.
    Although he is a government official, he tries to keep out of the limelight.
    2、An ancient bus stopped by a dry river bed and a party of famous actors and actresses got off.
    river bed指河床,名词river作形容词用,类似的还有flower bed(花坛)
    party作量词用时表示“一行,一伙,一群”等,如a party of tourists/boys(一群旅游者/男孩)等。
    3、Why don't we come more often?
    “Why +don’t/doesn’t +主语 +动词?”结构可用来提出建议: Why don’t you change a watch?
    4、'Now you get out of here, all of you!' he shouted.
    get out of here 从这里走开,滚出去,滚开
    get fuck out of here 给我从这滚出去
    5、'I'm sheriff here. Do you see that notice? It says "No Camping" -- in case you can't read!'
    I'm sheriff here. (sheriff 是一种官衔,官衔前面不加冠词)He is president. 总统(官衔)Who is monitor?谁是班长(官衔) I am a teacher. teacher 不是官衔,加不定冠词
    in case +从句 假使,万一……的话,免得,以防万一(常用于引导条件或目的状语从句,当句子表示将来的时间时,in case后面必须用现在时态或should/might)
    In case he comes/should come, give him this letter.
    6、'don't be too hard on us. I'm Rockwall Slinger and this is Merlin Greeves.'
    be hard on… 对……(过分)严厉
    【Special Difficulties】
    与get有关的一些短语动词
    get out ① (使)出去/出来(反义词为get into)
    Why don’t you get the dog out?
    ② 走开,滚开(常用于祈使句)
    Now you get out of here fast!
    get into 进来I can’t get into the house.
    get on① 前进,进展(与get along同义)
    He is getting on quite well in his new job.
    ② 继续干;相处融洽(常与with连用)
    Tom talked with his brother for a while, and then got on with his homework.
    He’s so difficult. I can’t get on with him. 他这个人这么别扭,我无法和他相处。
    get…off 脱下,除去/取下 When he got the lid off the box, he saw a man lying in it.
    get off 没受重伤/重罚而逃脱(常与with连用)
    Tom was punished, but Jim go off lightly.
    get over ① 恢复过来,痊愈
    Has your mother got over her illness?
    ② 解决/结束(某件不愉快但必要做的事)(常与with连用)They wanted to get the job over as quickly as possible.
    get though ① 通过(考试、测验等)
    Have you got through your driving test last week?
    ② 吃掉,喝完,用光
    Fancy Helen getting through all the food!
    用于公共标语的no
    公共标语通常字数很少,语言精练。在表示“禁止……”时往往用no+名词/动名词或名词短语,如No Camping(禁止野营),No Smoking(禁止吸烟),No Parking(禁止停车),No Left Turn(禁止左转弯)。在真正的公告牌上,这些标语往往全部用大写字母,不加标点,如NO SMOKING等。
    On public notices we write No Camping instead of Do not camp. 在公告牌上我们不用Do not camp,而用No Camping。
    【Multiple choice questions】
    5 Why don't we come more often? We____ come more often.
    (a) could (b) would (c) might (d)should
    why not do 表示一种建议
    Why don't you go with me? = Why not go with me?
    建议句型:
    ① you must/should 你必须/你应该(最好不要用)
    ② why don't we/why not
    ③ let's do May I have your name?
    Why not close the door? /Would you mind closing the door? /Let's go shopping
    7 __a__ you look at the notice, you'll see it says ‘ No Camping ’ . (a) If (b) Providing that (c) Whether (d)In the situation
    providing that (过时,不用) = if =provided that(仍然在使用) 后面加从句。

    Lesson 75 SOS
    【New words and expressions】(6)
    ★survivor n. 幸存者(指人)
    survival n. 幸存的东西 survive v. 生存;存活下来
    I survived after the fire. (存活下来)
    survive + sth.(灾难) 经过某种灾难还存在,还活着 I survived the fire.
    ★scene ① n.(事件发生的)地点,现场
    A helicopter soon arrived on the scene to rescue the survivors.一架直升飞机很快飞抵现场搭救幸存者。
    These things were found at the scene of the murder.
    ② n. 风景,景色;景象
    A beautiful scene always makes me delighted.
    【课文讲解】
    1、When a light passenger plane flew off course some time ago, it crashed in the mountains and its pilot was killed. off course 脱离轨道
    fly off course 飞行偏离航线
    During the storm, the ship went off course.
    kill v. 杀(仅表示死了,不一定是人为的杀死,有可能是火灾等) Fire in Tokyo. Five people killed. Ten persons injured.(受伤)
    murder v. 谋杀(故意杀死)
    2、It was the middle of winter.
    middle of winter 隆冬 middle of summer 盛夏
    3、Snow lay thick on the ground.
    lay 是系动词,thick是形容词作表语,表示主语的状态或性质。 The old man lies ill and neglected in bed.
    4、The woman knew that the nearest village was miles away. miles away 几英里之外(距离的表达方式)
    5、The woman kept as near as she could to the children and even tried to get into the case herself, but it was too small.
    as…as sb. can/could= as…as possible 尽可能的……
    near to = close to
    6、Early next morning, she heard planes passing overhead and wondered how she could send a signal.
    hear sb. doing sth. 听见某人正在做某事
    overhead adv. 从头顶 wonder = want to know
    7、Then she had an idea. She stamped out the letters 'SOS' in the snow.
    stamp out 踩出out为副词,表示“出现,显露”等
    He wrote out a long list of all the foods which were forbidden.SOS = Save Our Souls 国际通用呼救信号
    in the snow 在雪地上
    8、Fortunately, a pilot saw the signal and sent a message by radio to the nearest town.
    by radio 通过广播
    9、It was not long before a helicopter arrived on the scene to rescue the survivors of the plane crash.
    long before = long long ago 很久以前
    It was not long before + 从句 不久就……(指过去)
    It was not long before he went abroad.
    It was not long before I finished my homework.
    It will not be long before…不久就(将来可能发生的事)It will not be long before he gets over his illness.
    before long 不久以后(一般将来时,从现在算不久以后会怎么样)Before long, he will go abroad.
    Shortly before …之前不久 shortly after 之后立即
    on the scene 在现场(固定短语)
    【Special Difficulties】
    可以表示“变成”的一些动词
    grow,turn,go,get,com,fall等动词均有“变成”的意思,但它们在用法上有时有差别。
    grow表示“(逐渐)变得”,比get要正式些:
    He has grown to like studying mathematics.
    grow = get slowly慢慢变得
    turn表示“把(状态、性质)改变(成)……”或“使变颜色”等Leaves will turn yellow in autumn.
    A colony of bees had turned the engine into a hive.
    go表示“变成(某种状态)”,通常表示不好的变化:
    The milk went sour.
    get在口语中使用较多,表示“成为(某种状态)”,强调的是变化的过程(一下子变得)。天气变化,一般用get,get cold(变冷)
    come可表示“变成,成为,达到”等,与true连用时表示“实现” Her dream to swim across the channel has come true. come + true/right/loose
    The dream comes true. 梦想成真。
    Take it easy. Everything will come right.
    come loose 变松动
    fall可表示“变成……的状态”
    fall + asleep/ill 坠落梦乡/病倒了
    【Multiple choice questions】
    9 It got terribly cold. The cold was __d__.
    (a) frightening (b) horrifying (c) shocking (d) frightful
    frightful = terrible
    frightening adj. 让人产生吓了一跳的感觉
    horrifying adj. 令人恐惧的
    shocking adj. 令人震惊的(坏事)
    〖语法精粹〗
    1. Did you find out ___ the pie out of oven?
    A. to take B. have taken C.when to take D. being taken
    2. You would be irritated if you watched the mail __D_ on your desk every day.
    A. putting up B to be put up C. to pile up D. pile up
    see sb. do/doing sth. put up = set up 搭建
    pile up 堆起来
    3. We shall set Jim _C__ the passage.
    A. explaining B. explained C. to explain D. explain
    set sb. to do sth. 派某人做某事
    set sb. doing = cause 导致……
    4. In fact, she would rather leave for San Francisco __B_ in Los Angeles.
    A. to stay B. than stay C than staying D. than have stayed
    would rather do…than do /prefer…to…
    prefer to do…rather than do…
    5. Madame Curie is believed __D_ the radium.
    A. discovering B. having discovered
    C. to have discovered D. to discover
    be believed to do sth. 被动语态时是固定用法
    5. Of all the economically important plants, palms have been __A_. A. the least studied B. study the least
    C. study less and less D. to study the less
    of + 范围 ,of all 是最高级的标志
    6. During an eclipse of the sun, __A_ in the shadow of the Moon. A. the Earth lies B. the Earth when lying
    C. that the Earth lies D. the lying Earth
    7. The photo periodic response of algae actually depends on the duration of darkness, _B__.
    A. the light is not on B. and not on light
    C. but is not on the light D. is not on light
    A 选项引入了新的谓语动词。
    D 选项同样是没有连词却引入了新的谓语动词。
    be on 上演;灯的点燃 The light is on.
    8. The wallflower _C__ because its weak stems often grow on walls and along strong cliffs for support.
    A. so called is B. so is called C. is so called D. called is so
    so called 所谓的
    9. Because of its importance in modern living, _A__ in all parts of the world.
    A. algebra is studied in schools and colleges
    B. studying algebra in schools and colleges
    C. and the study of algebra in schools and colleges
    D. in schools and colleges are algebra studies
    原句缺主语和谓语。
    10. Sociologists have long recognized that social tension __D_. A. elements from group living
    B. elements of a normal group life
    C. living are a group of elements
    D. are normal elements of group life
    不定式:是一种非谓语动词,时间上表示将要
    ① 做主语 It is important to do sth.
    ② 做宾语 want to do
    ③ 做宾补 allow/expect sb. to do sth.
    ④ 做定语(放在被修饰词之后) anything to do
    ⑤ 做状语:目的状语
    ⑥ 做表语

    Lesson 76 April Fools' Day
    【课文讲解】
    1、we're going over to the macaroni fields of Calabria.
    go over 往……走过去
    2、Here you can see two workers who, between them, have just finished cutting three cartloads of golden brown macaroni stalks.
    between作介词时含义之一是“作为……共同努力的结果,协力”:Between them they killed the snake.
    3、The whole village has been working day and night gathering and threshing this year's crop before the September rains.
    rain n. 雨水;雨季,季节性的雨(常用复数)
    the September rains 9月雨季
    We haven’t had much rain this year.
    【Special Difficulties】
    Usual and Usually
    usual adj. 通常的,平常的,惯常的
    I parked the car at the usual place.
    usually adv. 平常,通常
    Between and Among
    between prep. 在(两者)之间
    I picked up the receiver between two sticky finger.
    当表示两两之间的相互关系时,between可用于3个(或3个以上)的名词前:The village lies between a river, a mountain and a road.
    among prep. 在……中间,被……环绕(指三者以上) The church lies among mountains.
    Manager,Director and Headmaster
    manager n. 经理
    director n. 主任,董事.
    headmaster n.(中学)校长

    Lesson 77 A successful operation
    【New words and expressions】(14)
    ★last vi. 持续,延续(常跟一个表示时间的名词或短语,没有被动语态)
    last直接加时间或加for+时间
    The meeting lasts (for) three hours.
    ★prove ① vi. 显示,表明
    prove +adj. It proves difficult to do the job by herself.
    prove +to be +adj. It proves to be difficult.
    ② vt. 证明,证实(后面可跟从句、形容词、名词、不定式等) I will prove it to you.我将会证明给你看
    We’re been trying to sell our house, but it’s proved to be very difficult.
    【课文讲解】
    1、The mummy of an Egyptian woman who died in 800 B.C. has just had an operation.
    B.C. = Before Christ 公元前,放在年代的后面。
    A.D. 公元,放在年代的前面,常常可以省略。
    2、The mummy is that of Shepenmut who was once a singer in the Temple of Thebes.
    that指代上文当中出现的名词the mummy。在指代特指事物时,尤其是在比较状语从句中,常用that和those指代提到的事物:
    The cost of living here is lower than that in London.
    that of和those of一般用于较正式的文体中:
    It's colder than Guangzhou. × (北京、广州是地点,只有大小之分,本身没有冷和热)
    The weather of Beijing is colder than Guangzhou. ×
    The weather of Beijing is colder than the weather of Guangzhou. = The weather of Beijing is colder than that of Guangzhou. ∨
    The texts of Book Two are more difficult than those of Book One.
    Temple of Thebes 底比斯神庙
    3、As there were strange marks on the X-ray plates taken of the mummy, doctors have been trying to find out whether the woman died of a rare disease.
    take plates of sth. 给……拍片子
    take plate 拍片子,take photo 拍照片
    4、As there were strange marks on the X-ray plates taken of the mummy, doctors have been trying to find out whether the woman died of a rare disease.
    find out + 从句
    die 是瞬间动词,不能和段时间连用。要和段时间连用,就必须变成系表结构be dead。die不能用be doing形式。若用了be doing,表示即将发生的动作。
    die in the accident 死于车祸
    die of + 内因 死于……
    die of hunger die of grief 死于悲哀
    die from + 外因 死于……
    die from wound (枪伤)
    在日常生活表达当中,die of和die from可以互换。
    5 The doctors have not yet decided how the woman died. what 对名词提问,how对副词或介词短语提问。 how在这里是对of sth.提问的。要想用what提问,died后面加of。
    decide v. 做出最终的判断,对.下判决,解决(悬案)
    7、They feared that the mummy would fall to pieces when they cut it open, but fortunately this has not happened.
    fear v. 害怕(长时间的) cut open 切开
    fall to pieces =go to pieces 碎成碎片,散掉
    During the storm, the old house fell to pieces.
    【Special Difficulties】
    B.C. and A.D.
    B.C. = Before Christ 公元前(位于年代之后)
    The Romans invaded England in 55 B.C.
    A.D. = anno Domini(=in the yeare of the Lord=since Christ was born) 公元前(位于年代之前)
    Skin,Leather and Complexion
    skin n. 人体的皮肤;指某人是什么颜色的皮肤(可与complexion互换)We are wet to the skin.
    He has a dark skin/complexion.
    leather n. 皮革This sofa is made from real leather.
    complexion n. 肤色
    Wax and Candle
    wax n. 蜡(不可数)candle n. 蜡烛(可数名词)

    Lesson 78 The last one?
    【New words and expressions】(12)
    ★entitle vt. 以……为名,取名,给……题名, 给……称号;v. 授权, 授权
    entitle + 宾语 + sth. 给……题名为……
    The writer hasn’t entitled his new book yet.
    The book was entitled The Sun Also Rises.
    call sb. sth. name sb. sth.
    ★ calm v. 使镇定 calm down 镇定下来
    ★nerve n. 神经mental disorder 神经病
    lose one's nerve 失去勇气
    nervous adj. 神经紧张的
    ★concentration n. 集中,专心
    concentrate v. 专心
    concentrate on doing sth. 集中精力做某事
    ★suffer ① vi. 受痛苦,爱苦难;患病
    During this time, my wife suffered terribly.
    What is the patient suffering from?
    ② vt. 遭受(痛苦、损害等)
    The village suffered serious damage from the floods.
    ★temper n. 脾气
    keep one's temper 别发火 lose one's temper 发火
    名词 + ed 为形容词:
    hot-tempered 脾气火爆 ;good-tempered 好脾气的 ;bad-tempered 坏脾气的
    ★appetite n. 胃口,食欲
    appetite for sth. 关于……的食欲 (appetite 表示的胃口仅对食物而言)
    I have good appetite for the ice cream. 我很想吃冰淇淋 to one's taste 对某人的胃口
    This book is not to my taste.
    ★produce v. 拿出 produce=take
    ★urge v. 力劝,怂恿
    urge sb. to do sth. 怂恿某人做……
    persuade sb. to do sth. 说服/劝说某人做某事
    ★satisfaction n. 满意,满足
    satisfactory adj. 令人满意的
    ★delighted adj. 感到高兴的,欣喜的
    delight n. 欣喜,高兴delight +人 让某人高兴
    glad/happy/pleased 感到高兴的
    glad 是一种客套的话 Glad to hear that.
    happy 是相对稳定的一种快乐 He is a happy man.
    pleased 高兴的,含有很满足的概念 I'm pleased.
    delighted 突如其来的事让人感到的开心
    【课文讲解】
    1、After reading an article entitled 'Cigarette Smoking and Your Health' I lit a cigarette to calm my nerves.
    an article entitled 题名为……的文章
    英语中,文章名与书名中的每个单词的第一个字母均大写,不在开头位置的连词、冠词、小品词除外。
    lit (light,light) v. 点燃I lit a cigarette.
    lighted adj. 被点燃的 This is a lighted cigarette.
    2、My friends kept on offering cigarettes and cigars.
    keep on doing sth. = continue doing sth. 持续不断做
    cigar n. 雪茄 offer sb. sth. 给某人某物
    3、They made no effort to hide their amusement whenever I produced a packet of sweets from my pocket.
    make every effort 尽全力,尽一切努力
    He made every effort to get/at getting the job.
    make no effort 根本不作努力,毫不费力
    She wrote the letter with/without effort. 她费力/毫不费力地写了那封信。
    make effort + to do sth. 努力做……
    no matter when = whenever 无论何时
    4、When my old friend Brian urged me to accept a cigarette, it was more than I could bear.
    was more than I could bear = I couldn't bear
    more than后面跟从句或形容词时可以表示“超出”(多用于口语):He was more than pleased with his new room. /This was more than I had expectd.
    5、Anyway, as Brian pointed out, it is the easiest thing in the world to give up smoking.
    anyway 不管如何 Anyway I love him.
    Thank you anyway.
    point out = explain 指出,指明
    【Special Difficulties】
    与 keep 有关的短语动词
    keep on +doing sth. 反复,持续
    My friends kept on offering me cigarettes.
    keep off 不靠近,从……离开
    Keep off the flower bed. 请勿进入花坛。
    Keep your hands off the food. 别动吃的东西。
    keep away from (使……)不靠近,避开
    Keep the children away from the river. 别让孩子们去河边。
    keep it up 不松劲,保持成绩,继续下去
    You've made much progress. Keep it up! 你已取得了很大进步。继续努力!
    keep up with 跟上,不落在……后面
    keep out (使)留在外面,(使)不进入
    He shut all the doors and windows to keep out the wind. 为了挡风,他关上了所有的门窗。
    16,000-volt power line. Keep out! 16,000 伏高压线,不可靠近!
    keep in 把……)留在里面/关在屋里,不出外
    It's very cold today. We'd better keep in.

    Lesson 79 By air
    【New words and expressions】(6)
    ★plant ① vt. 种植;在……内种植
    They planted grass seed on the desolate hills.
    ② vt. 放置,安置;布置
    On that day many policemen were planted along the main street.
    【课文讲解】
    1、A flight attendant would take charge of me and I never had an unpleasant experience.
    take charge (of)… 照顾……,接管,开始管理
    She took charge of the child after his parents died.
    2、I am used to travelling by air and only on one occasion have I ever felt frightened.
    倒装句,倒装句的结构为“副词+助动词(be,do,have,can,must等)+主语 +句子的其余部分”。
    用倒装句的情况:
    ① 句首为否定或近似否定的副词(never,rarely,little,on no occasion,hardly,no sooner…that等):
    Never has he got so many letters.
    On no occasion must you accept any money if he offers it.
    ② 句首为only构成的词组(如only after,only then等):Only then did I realize what a mistake I have made.如果only 加上状语放在句首,那么就要用倒装语序。即把肯定句语序变成一般疑问句语序。
    It is only in recent years that it gained bad reputation. 强调句型Only in recent years did the tree gain bad reputation. 倒装句也表示强调
    be used to doing sth. 习惯于做某事
    3、After taking off, we were flying low over the city and slowly gaining height, when the plane suddenly turned round and flew back to the airport.
    take off 起飞
    gain height(飞机)增加高度,爬高(gain vt. 增加)
    The car gained speed when it was outside the town.
    touch down (飞机)着陆,降落
    4、Everybody on board was worried and we were curious to find out what had happened.
    on board 在…(如飞机)上,搭乘(船飞机、火车、汽车等)Tom has never been on board a plane before.
    【Special Difficulties】
    与take有关的短语动词
    take off① 脱下(衣服、鞋子等)
    ②(飞机)起飞,(鸟)飞起.
    ③(嘲弄地)模仿(口语)
    He is always taking his teacher off.
    =He is always making fun of him by imitating him.
    take after (长相、性格等)像(父母等)Jane isn’t easy to get along with. She takes after her mother.
    take up ① 占(时间、地点等)
    Your books have taken up too much space.
    ② 开始(从事、产生兴趣等)
    He has taken up French. =He has begun to learn French.
    take to 养成……的习惯,开始沉缅于(后跟名词或动名词) When did he take to drinking/smoking?
    take in 欺骗(口语,常用被动语态)
    take down 写下,记下
    The reporter took down everything I said.
    take over 接收,接管

    Lesson 80 The Crystal Palace
    【New words and expressions】(10)
    ★profit ① n. 利润,赢利;得益
    The profits from the exhibition were used to build museums and colleges.
    ② vi. 获益,得益;获利I have profited much from your advice/this book/ living abroad.
    【课文讲解】
    1、Perhaps the most extraordinary building of the nineteenth century was the Crystal Palace, which was built in Hyde Park for the Great Exhibition of 1851.
    the Great Exhibition 世界博览会
    2、The Crystal Palace was different from all other buildings in the world, for it was made of iron and glass. be different from… 与……不同
    be made of… 用……制造(没有发生化学变化)
    3、It was one of the biggest buildings of all time and a lot of people from many countries came to see it.
    of all time 空前的,有史以来(常与形容词最高级连用表范围)He is one of the greatest men of all time.
    “one of =最高级+复数名词”结构的语气比直接用形容词最高级+名词结构要缓和些,不那么绝对。
    Yesterday was the hottest day of the year.
    Yesterday was one of the hottest days of the year.
    4、There was also a great deal of machinery on display. machinery n. 机器,机械装置(集合名词,与单数动词搭配)某个具体的机器可用machine或者a piece of machinery来表示: This is a wonderful piece of machinery/a wonderful machine.
    on display = on show 展出,陈列
    Shall we put all these flowers on display/show?
    5、It remained one of the most famous buildings in the world until it was burnt down in 1936.
    remain在这里为系动词,表示“保持不变,仍然”(后面可跟形容词、名词、动名词等)
    Why did you remain silent/quiet at the dinner party? They all remained standing while the manager talked.
    【Special Difficulties】
    带on的短语:
    on display/show 展出,陈列
    on business 因公(与for pleasure相对)
    on foot 步行(与by bus,by car,by air等相对)
    on duty 值班,值班的
    on the whole 总的看来,总的来说,大体上
    on fire 起火,着火 on purpose 故意地,有意地,特意地(与by chance相对)
    on the average 平均,通常
    on any account 无论如何,不管怎么说(通常用否定句)Do not interrupt him on any account.
    on second thought(s) 经重新考虑后(thought用单数或复数均可) I intended to go to the party, but on second thought(s), I decided to stay at home.

    Lesson 81 Escape
    【New words and expressions】(14)
    ★march v. 行进
    ① v.(部队)行军,行进
    ② v.(威风凛凛/从容不迫地)走,迅速地走
    Jane marched out of the room without saying a word.
    【课文讲解】
    1、When he had killed the guard, the prisoner of war quickly dragged him into the bushes.
    the prisoner of war 战俘(缩写为POW)
    2、Working rapidly in the darkness, he soon changed into the dead man's clothes. change into 换(衣)
    3、The officers got out and the prisoner stood to attention and saluted as they passed.
    stand at/to attention 立正
    【Letter Writing】
    结束语Please give my love/regards to…
    I hope you feel better soon.
    【Special Difficulties】
    Cloth,Clothes and Clothing
    cloth ① n. 布,布料(不可数名词)
    There’s enough cloth for a skirt.
    Do you think the cloth will wear well? 你认为这布料会耐穿吗?
    ② n.抹布,桌布(可数Wipe up the mess with a cloth.
    clothes n. 衣服,服装(后面动词用复数形式)
    clothing n. 服装的总称(不可数名词,包括衣服、鞋、帽等)He still needs some winter clothing.
    Salute and Greet
    salute v. 行军礼,(向……)敬礼
    The guard saluted as the officers passed.
    The guard saluted the officers.
    greet v. 打招呼,欢迎,迎接
    He greeted Dan with a nod.
    Clear and Clean
    clear ① adj. 清澈的,明亮的,晴朗的 Seeing that it was a clear day, he drove to the countryside.
    ② adj. 清楚的,明确的,明了的
    I want to make it clear that I’m not paying the bill.
    ③ adj. 畅通的,无障碍的,无危险的
    You can drive fast only when you are on a clear road.
    clean① adj. 干净的These cups are not very clean.
    ② adj. 无污点的,无犯罪历史的 He has a clean record. 他一贯表现很好(没有前科)。

    Lesson 82 Monster or fish?
    【New words and expressions】(7)
    ★claim ① vt. &vi.(对……)提出要求,认领,索取Has anyone claimed the child/wallet?
    ② vt. 声称,断言
    They claim to have seen monsters in the sea.
    【课文讲解】
    1、Fishermen and sailors sometimes claim to have seen monsters in the sea.
    to have seen是不定式的完成式。不定式的完成式用于不定式的动作发生在谓语动作之前的情况,常用于believe,declare,find,say,see,know,think,understand等动词之后(这些动词常用被动语态):
    I’m sorry to have taken up so much of your time.
    I meant/intended to have invited him, but I forgot to do so.我本想/本打算邀请他的,可是我忘记了。
    I hope/plan to have finished by 12.我希望/计划到12点钟以前就已完成。(相当于将来完成时)
    2、Though people have often laughed at stories told by seamen, it is now known that many of these 'monsters' which have at times been sighted are simply strange fish. at times 有时,偶尔
    3、Occasionally, unusual creatures are washed to the shore, but they are rarely caught out at sea.
    out at sea 在远海,在外海
    4、Realizing that this was no ordinary fish, the fisherman made every effort not to damage it in any way. no的否定意味比not (a/an)要重(用于名词或形容词之前、系动词be之后)
    They are no friends of ours. 他们根本不是我们的朋友。This is no easy work.这绝对不是件容易干的活。
    5、Such creatures have rarely been seen alive by man as they live at a depth of six hundred feet.
    creature指包含人在内的“生物,动物”。指人时它可以表示怜爱等感情,多用于指女性:
    The poor creature has suffered a lot during that time.
    【Letter Writing】
    结束语:
    I shall be looking forward to hearing from/seeing you soon.、I hope you will soon settle down in your (new job, school, etc.).
    【Special Difficulties】
    Laugh and Laugh at
    laugh v. 笑 Everybody laughed when the circus clown made his appearance.
    laugh at 嘲笑……
    Wash and Wash up
    wash ① v. 洗,洗涤 wash oneself 洗澡
    ② v. 冲走,卷走. The little wooden house was washed away by the floods.
    wash up ① v. 洗餐具
    ② v. 把……冲上岸 The dead body of a huge fish has been washed up on the shore.

    Lesson 83 After the elections
    【New words and expressions】(9)
    ★ex- prefix(前缀,用于名词前)前……(相当于former)ex-husband 前夫 ex-wife 前妻; ex-manager 前任经理;
    ★suspicious ① adj. 猜疑的,认为可疑的,对……起疑心的,多疑的Customs officers are suspicious of nervous-looking travelers.
    ② adj. 可疑的,令人起疑的
    You get a lot of suspicious-looking people in this bar.
    【课文讲解】
    1、After the elections
    the elections大选(英文中election常用复数,后接表复数的动词,指全国性选举;一般选举用单数)
    He hopes to defeat his rival in next year’s elections.
    2、The former Prime Minister, Mr. Wentworth Lane, was defeated in the recent elections.
    former adj. 以前的,从前的,前任的(后跟名词)
    Yesterday, he received a letter from his former wife/English teacher. Prime Minister 首相
    3、Though a little suspicious this time, the policeman gave him the same answer.
    这是一个让步状语从句。如果从句的主语和主句的相同而谓语带系动词be,则主语+be可省略;但原因状语从句的省略形式要带分词being:
    If possible, please let me know by this evening.
    Being worried about his child, he walked up and down in the room.
    4、This time, the policeman lost his temper.
    lost his temper 发脾气
    【Letter Writing】
    结束语:
    I am very sorry for all the trouble this has caused you. I wish you good luck/every success in…
    【Special Difficulties】
    Temper and Mood
    temper ① n. 脾气,性情
    This time, the policeman lost his temper.
    Whatever happens, remember to keep our temper.
    My sister is of a calm/quick temper. 我姐姐/妹妹性情平和/脾气急躁。
    The boss is in a temper today. 老板今天脾气不好。
    ② n. 心情,情绪(与mood同义)
    That morning he was in a good mood/temper.
    mood n. 心情,情绪;有意/想要(做某事)(不能用temper)
    When he is in a bad temper, he gets angry easily. But when he is in a bad mood, he likes to sit alone. (bad mood和bad temper稍有区别)当他脾气不好时,他很容易生气。但当他心情不好时,他喜欢独自坐着。At that time I was not in the mood for talking/to talk. (不能用temper)
    Although Jeremy is well-known for his great sense of humour, he is in no mood for telling funny stories today. (不能用temper)

    Lesson 84 On strike
    【New words and expressions】(11)
    ★relieve ① vt. 缓解,减轻
    This will relieve pressure on the trains to some extent.
    This medicine has relieved my toothache.
    ② vt. 使……宽心/宽慰,松一口气
    He was much relieved to hear that the operation had been successful.
    ★volunteer ① vt. &vi. 自愿,自动提出,自愿提供
    Some college students have volunteered to drive buses while the strike lasts.
    After the fire, many people volunteered their services.
    Frank has volunteered for the army.
    ② n. 自愿参加者,志愿者
    Are there any volunteers for a try?
    ★Press n. 新闻界(集合名词)The press is/are waiting to see the president.记者们在等着见总统。
    【课文讲解】
    1、Busmen have decided to go on strike next week.
    go on strike 举行罢工on strike 罢工
    2、The strike is due to begin on Tuesday.
    due adj. 预定的,约定的
    be due to do sth. 定于(某时做某事)
    The plane is due (to arrive) in London at 9 o’clock.
    be due to +n. 由于……,因为……
    Our delay was due to the heavy traffic.
    3、Many owners of private cars are going to offer 'free rides' to people on their way to work.
    free ride 免费乘车
    4、This will relieve pressure on the trains to some extent.
    to some extent =to a certain extent 在某种程度上
    5、Only one or two people have objected that the students will drive too fast!
    object that… 提出异议,反对
    They objected that the book was too difficult for them.
    object to 名词/动名词 反对,不喜欢,不赞成
    A lot of people object to smoking in public places.
    【Special Difficulties】
    it作先行宾语
    在主语+动词+宾语+宾语补足语的句中,用it作先行宾语,真正的宾语为后面的动词不定式或从句:
    常用动词有:find,think,consider,feel,make,keep等:She felt it right for them to arrest the thief.

    Lesson 85 Never too old to learn
    【New words and expressions】(14)
    ★inform ① vt. 通知,告知
    inform sb. of sth. 通知某人……
    inform that… 通知…… he was informed that he would receive an extra thousand pounds a year.
    tell sb. sth.告诉某人某事tell sb. that 告诉某人……
    ② vi. 告发,检举(与against/on连用)
    He used to inform against his classmates.
    Several people have informed on him.
    ★devote v. 致力于
    devote to + doing 致力于……(to 是介词)
    I devote myself to teaching.
    object to + doing sth.
    ★farewell n. 告别,再见;adj. 告别(比goodbye更正式)Farewell! 再会!一路平安!
    When Frank retired, they held a farewell party.
    ★honour n. 敬意
    guard of honour 仪仗队
    in one's honour 为纪念某人,对某人表示尊重
    We will give him a dinner in his honour.
    It's my honour. 是我的荣幸
    It's my honour to do sth. 做某件事情是我的荣幸
    It's my honour to talk with you.
    I'm honoured to do sth. 我感到荣幸
    I'm honoured to talk with you.
    【课文讲解】
    1、I have just received a letter from my old school, informing me that my former headmaster, Mr. Stuart Page, will be retiring next week.
    former adj. 前任的,以前的
    2、Pupils of the school, old and new, will be sending him a present to mark the occasion.
    student 通指所有的学生;pupil 指中小学的学生
    mark the occasion 纪念这一时候
    mark n. 标记;v. 做标记,给……作记号/留痕迹;纪念He marked all the foods which were forbidden with a red pencil.
    send sb. sth. 送某人……
    3、All those who have contributed towards the gift will sign their names in a large album which will be sent to the headmaster's home.
    contribute towards/to sth. 为……捐款,提供给……
    Before his death, he contributed a large sum of money to the church.
    all those who … will do sth. 所有那些人都……
    All those who want to go on an excursion will sign their names. 想去郊游的人签名
    present和gift都表示“礼物,赠品”,但gift相对要正式些 He made a gift of $60,000 to his old school.
    4、We shall all remember Mr. Page for his patience and understanding and for the kindly encouragement he gave us when we went so unwillingly to school.
    remember sb. for sth. 因为……记住某人,记得……的……be willing to do sth. 心甘情愿做某事
    We shall all remember him for his hard work
    5、A great many former pupils will be attending a farewell dinner in his honour next Thursday.
    in one’s honour = in honour of sb. 为向……表示敬意,为纪念某人Many people attended the party in honour of the new manager.
    6、It is a curious coincidence that the day before his retirement, Mr. Page will have been teaching for a total of forty years.
    It’s is a curious coincidence that… 纯属巧合,……真是奇异的巧合
    the day before 前一天 ;two days before 前两天
    a total of 总共The money she spent on the dinner party reached a total of $200.
    7、After he has retired, he will devote himself to gardening. devote oneself to… 致力于……,献身于,专心于(to为介词,后跟名词或动名词)
    8、For him, this will be an entirely new hobby.
    entirely = completely 完完全全地
    9、But this does not matter, for, as he has often remarked, one is never too old to learn.
    as +从句正如…As you know, 正如你所知道的……
    【Letter Writing】
    一封信的结尾:
    I am looking forward to seeing you soon.
    Best regards,
    Tom
    可以用Best wishes,Yours或Love结尾。
    签名必须清楚,必须落在信末尾的下面。如信写完后还想作些补充,可以写在签名下面。在所写的附言之前必须加上P.S.两个字母,这是“又及”的意思。
    【Special Difficulties】
    Too and Enough
    too adv. 太,过分enough adv. 足够,十分
    too和enough都可作程度副词,但too通常位于它所修饰的形容词/分词之前,enough则位于它所修饰的词之后。在含有不定式的句型里,too经常具有否定的含义,enough则表示达到必要的程度:
    He is too heavy for me to lift.
    The pear is ripe enough for me to eat.

    Lesson 86 Out of control
    【New words and expressions】(11)
    ★swing ① vt. &vi.(使……)摆动/摇动
    She tried to swing the baby to sleep.
    ② vt. &vi. 突然转向,使……转向/转身
    He swung round and looked at the two men.
    【课文讲解】
    1、Out of control
    out of 失去,欠缺 We are out of bread.
    The plane got out of control and crashed in the mountains.
    2、As the man tried to swing the speedboat round, the steering wheel came away in his hands.
    come away 脱落,离开,脱离,脱开
    When I tried to lift the suitcase, the handle came away.
    3、On this occasion, however, it had slowed down considerably. on this occasion 这一次
    4、The petrol had nearly all been used up.
    use up 耗尽,用光,用完
    up表示“彻底地,完全地”,也可与其他一些动词连用: The child soon ate up the cake.
    She burned up all his letters.
    Can you read up the book in two hours?
    5、Before long, the noise dropped completely and the boat began to drift gently across the water.
    drop vi. 减少,变弱,消失
    We had to stay at home before the wind had dropped.
    【Special Difficulties】
    Enough and Fairly
    enough表“足够”,在形容词或副词后,有“为了某种目的”的含义 I’m old enough to know I’m doing.
    fairly表示“相当”,通常修饰表示肯定意义的词:
    The water in the pool is fairly warm, but not warm enough to swim in.

    Lesson 87 A perfect alibi
    【New words and expressions】(7)
    ★alibi n. 不在犯罪现场,不在场证明,当时不在场的申辩(不可数名词)
    Ian had an alibi/alibis for that morning.
    ★commit ① vt. 犯(罪),做(错事、坏事等)
    A murder was committed at 8 o’clock this morning.
    ② vt. 承诺,使承担义务,卷入(经常与反身代词连用)You should know each other better before committing yourselves to marriage.
    ★confirm ① vt. 证实,确定
    My employer will confirm that I was there on time.
    ② vt. 巩固,加强
    What he saw and heard that night confirmed his belief that the pub was haunted.
    【课文讲解】
    1、And you didn't notice anything unusual?
    这是一个陈述疑问句,如: You’re out of work?
    不定代词anything,something等被形容词修饰时,形容词必须跟在不定代词之后:
    2、I suggest,' said the inspector, 'that you are not telling the truth. I suggest (that)… 依我看……,恐怕…… I suggest that the car crash was not accidental.
    3、You see, on the morning of the murder, the 8 o'clock train did not run at all.
    you see在口语中经常作为插入语出现,句首、句中或句尾均可以,表示“你知道,事实上”等含义:
    He was not really interested in film, you see.
    run指火车、公共汽车、船等“定时/定期行驶(在两地间)往来”This ship runs between Dover and Calais.

    Lesson 88 Trapped in a mine
    【New words and expressions】(12)
    ★collapse ① vi. 倒塌
    If explosives are used, vibrations will cause the roof of the mine to collapse.
    ② vi.(因精疲力竭)倒下;(身体等)垮掉
    After many years’ hard work, her health collapsed.
    【课文讲解】
    1、However, rescue operations are proving difficult.
    rescue operations 营救工作
    prove vt. 证明是,结果是What he said proved false.
    2、Rescue workers are therefore drilling a hole on the north side of the mine.
    therefore adv. 因此,所以(可独立使用,也可位于动词前) His parents gave him some money, and he was therefore able to buy a car.
    so conj. 所以,因此(不能放在动词前)
    We arrived early, so we got good seats.
    3、As it is, they have been drilling for sixteen hours and they still have a long way to go.
    as it is =as it was 事实上,实际上I thought they would help us. As it was, they just sat there and looked on.
    4、Meanwhile, a microphone, which was lowered into the mine two hours ago, has enabled the men to keep in touch with their closest relatives.
    enable vt. 使……能够
    The hubble telescope will enable us to have a better understanding of the distant stars and galaxies.
    前缀en-加在名词或形容词前可以使这个词成为动词,如endanger(危及,使遭受危险),enlarge(扩大,扩展,扩充),enslave(奴役,使成为奴隶),entrap(使…入陷阱/圈套,欺骗)
    keep in touch with 与…保持联系(可以用stay,get等其他动词)
    George is in close touch with Ian.
    Can you get in touch with the company?
    5、Though they are running out of food and drink, the men are cheerful and confident that they will get out soon. run out of 用完,用尽
    6、If they knew how difficult it was to drill through the hard rock, they would lose heart.
    lose heart 失望,丧失信心/勇气,泄气,灰心
    【Special Difficulties】
    与run有关的短语
    run out of 用完,耗尽 He has run out of money.
    run after 追赶,追逐 Seeing that his sister was annoyed, he ran after her to apologize.
    run over 在……驶过/辗过
    run in 试车,试转(发动机等)
    John is running his new car in.
    run into 偶然碰见
    He ran into Sterlings while travelling in Italy.

    Lesson 89 A slip of the tongue
    【New words and expressions】(7)
    ★slip n. 小错误,失误,疏漏
    You’ve made some slips (of the pen) in your report.
    【课文讲解】
    1、A slip of the tongue
    a slip of the tongue 口误,说走了嘴,失言
    Are you sure that it was just a slip of tongue?
    2、People will do anything to see a free show -- even if it is a bad one.
    anything用于肯定句时表示“不论什么,任何事情”,to see a free show表示目的,也可以用for +名词形式:He will do anything to save his child’s life.
    He will do anything for the child.
    3、When the news got round that a comedy show would be presented at our local cinema by the P. and U. Bird Seed Company, we all rushed to see it.
    get round = get around/about 四处传遍,(消息、谣言等)传开Bad news gets round quickly.
    4、As soon as he opened his mouth, everyone burst out laughing. burst out 突然……起来(后面常接动名词,或in/into+名词)When she heard that her father had died in the accident, she burst out crying.
    【Special Difficulties】
    Free and Single
    Free ① adj. 免费的,无偿的
    She has got some free ticket to the comedy show.
    The people are free to choose who will govern them.
    ② adj. 自由的,没束缚的,不受控制的,空闲的
    You are free to make your own decision.
    single adj. 单身的,独身的,未婚的
    Are you married or single?
    a single parent 单亲(独自养育儿女的父亲或母亲)
    Queue and Row
    Queue ① vi. 排队
    She has to queue for the bus every morning.
    ② n.(按顺序等待的人、车等的)行列、队(通常为纵队)We’d better join the queue for tickets.
    row n.(人或物的)一排、一行(通常为横的)
    You can see me in this photo, standing in the back row. Please put the desks in four rows.
    Funny ① adj. 有趣的,滑稽的,逗人发笑的(与amusing同义)② adj. 反常的,古怪的,奇怪的(口语)This morning I saw her wearing a funny hat which looked like a lighthouse.

    Lesson 90 What's for supper?
    【New words and expressions】(15)
    ★overfish v. 过度捕捞
    over 做前缀,表示“过度的”
    overdressed 打扮的过了份 ;well-dressed 打扮的很好 I overcook the rice. 我把饭做糊了。
    You overdid it. 你过分了。
    ★giant (= huge quantity) adj. 巨大的
    big/large/great/huge/immense/fantastic
    tremendous adj. 巨大的(大的让人不相信,惊讶)
    enormous adj. 巨大的(大的让人不相信,惊讶)
    This is a tremendous shoe.
    giant n. 巨人;adj. 像巨人一样的
    ★terrify v. 吓,使恐怖
    terrify/horrify 恐惧(主语是吓人者,宾语是被吓者)
    The thief/robber terrified me.
    fear/be afraid of 害怕……(主语是人)
    frighten/scare 吓了一跳(主语是物,吓了一跳,但很快就恢复了平静,主语是吓人者,宾语是被吓者)
    You frighten me. 你吓了我一跳
    ★wit n.(复数)理智,头脑
    out of one's wits 吓个半死
    The snake terrified me out of my wits.
    Are you out of your wits? 你疯了吗?
    beat sb. to mummy 打个半死,失去理智,惊慌失措
    ★variety n. 品种(品种的多样性)
    variety show 综艺节目
    various = all kinds of adj. 各种各样的
    ★crew n. 全体工作人员(指在飞机上或船上的工作人员)staff n. 办公室的全体工作人员
    crew 和staff 属于集合名词,可能单数,可能复数。
    ★special ① adj. 特殊的,特别的,独特的
    He received special care while in Paris.
    ② adj. 专门的,特制的,专用的Special cages are made to protect them from giant fish.
    【课文讲解】
    1、What's for supper? /What's for breakfast?
    I have eggs/nothing for breakfast.
    2、Fish and chips has always been a favourite dish in Britain, but as the oceans have been overfished, fish has become more and more expensive.
    fish and chips(鱼和炸土豆片,传统英国食物,是一道菜)被看作是一个整体,因此,虽然 chips 是复数形式,它后面却要跟动词的单数形式。
    dish 在这里指“一盘菜”或“菜肴”、“食品”:
    I like French dishes. 我喜欢(吃)法国菜。
    Would you like a sweet dish? 您要一盘甜食吗?
    more and more 越来越……(多音节用more and more 加原级) more and more interesting
    I love you more and more each day as time goes by.
    随着时间的流逝我每一天越来越爱你。
    fatter and fatter 越来越胖(单音节加er,用and 连接)
    3、So it comes as a surprise to learn that giant fish are terrifying the divers on North Sea oil rigs.
    it comes as a surprise + to do sth. /that 某事令人惊讶
    It comes as a surprise that it rains/snows.
    It comes as a surprise to have four lessons in three hours. 令人吃惊的表达:
    ① to one’s surprise
    ② The most surprising thing about it is that
    ③ get a surprise ④ What a surprise it is
    ⑤ It comes as a surprise + to do sth. /that
    4、Oil rigs have to be repaired frequently and divers, who often have to work in darkness a hundred feet under water, have been frightened out of their wits by giant fight bumping into them as they work.
    bump into ① 碰上,撞上Wandering in darkness, the drunk bumped into a policeman. 。
    ② 偶然遇见,碰见(多用于口语)
    I bumped into Jane at the conference. 我开会时碰...。
    5、Now they have had special cages made to protect them from these monsters.
    protect sb. from + n. 保护……使之不受侵害(protect常与from或against连用)
    6、The fish are not sharks or killer whales, but favourite eating varieties like cod and skate which grow to unnatural sizes, sometimes as much as twelve feet in length. not…but… 不是……而是……
    eating adj. 供食用的;宜生食的
    favourite eating variety 深受人们喜爱的食用的品种
    These are eating apples, and those are cooking apples/ones.这些是生吃的苹果,那些是烹饪用的grow to 长到
    as much as 像……一样(最大限度)+ 数字
    as much as five meters tall
    as far as + 从句 as far as I could get
    长宽高深的表达方式
    ① 数词 + 量词 +adj. two feet deep
    ② 数词 + 量词 + in + 名词
    long - length;high - height wide – width;deep - depth
    two feet in depth
    7、Three factors have caused these fish to grow so large: the warm water round the hot oil pipes under the sea; the plentiful supply of food thrown overboard by the crews on the rigs; the total absence of fishing boats around the oil rigs.
    cause sb. to do sth. 导致……
    grow + adj. 变得…… grow large
    plentiful supply of… ……的充足供应
    throw sth. overboard = throw away 扔掉
    throw the rubbish overboard
    total在这里表示“完全的,彻底的”(相当于complete)His letter is a total surprise to her.
    absence of 缺少,不存在
    total absence of… 完全没有……
    total absence of mind 心不在焉
    The total absence of mind caused him to fail the exam.
    the total absence of order… 没有秩序
    8、As a result, the fish just eat and eat and grow and grow in the lovely warm water.
    as a result = so 结果是,因此
    as a result of = because of 因为……
    As a result of his hard work, he succeeded.
    【Special Difficulties】
    被看作整体的、用and连接的两个名词
    当主语是and连接的两个名词时,谓语通常用复数形式:An umbrella and a suitcase are still needed.
    有些名词由于常在一起连用,就把它们看成整体(或一个单位),因而成了一种复合名词。它们不仅有固定的词序,且后面的谓语动词常用单数形式。这类复合名词有:bacon and eggs(咸肉和鸡蛋),bread and butter(面包和黄油),cheese and wine(奶酷和葡萄酒),fish and chips(鱼和油炸土豆片),a knife and fork(一副刀叉),sausage(s) and mash(香肠和土豆泥)。通常被作为单数看待的有一道菜和一套东西。Fish and chips is a popular meal in Britain.
    如把两名词看成是分开的东西,动词就要用复数:
    Fish and chips make a good meal.

    Lesson 91 Three men in a basket
    【New words and expressions】(5)
    ★spy ① vi. 暗中监视;侦察(与on,upon连用)
    I noticed some policemen spying on the foreign tourists.
    ② vt. 发现,看见He spied a stranger in his garden.
    ③ n. 间谍,密探
    He was once a spy for the police/British government.
    【课文讲解】
    1、A pilot noticed a balloon which seemed to be making for a Royal Air Force Station nearby.
    seem to be doing sth. 似乎正在做……
    She seems to be looking for somebody/something.
    make for 走向,飞向,向……前进
    After leaving Calais, the ship made for Dover.
    2、He said that someone might be spying on the station and the pilot was ordered to keep track of the strange object.
    keep track of 跟踪,追踪,保持联系,记录(反义词为lose track of) Keep track of the man wearing a grey hat. He looks suspicious to me.
    3、He could make out three men in a basket under it and one of them was holding a pair of binoculars.
    make out (勉强)看出,辨认出,听出
    4、The police were called in, but they could not arrest anyone, for the basket contained two Members of Parliament and the Commanding Officer of the station! call in 召来
    Sam has a temperature. We’d better call in a doctor.
    【Special Difficulties】
    与make连用的短语
    make out ① 写出,填写(=write out) He made out a cheque of 1,000 dollars and gave it to the secretary.
    ②(勉强)看出,辨认出,听出,理解
    Can you make out what they are talking about?
    make up ① 编造,捏造,虚构 Every time he played truant, Tom would make up an excuse.
    ②(给……)化妆/化装
    Making up takes up a lot of her time.
    make up for 补偿,弥补
    She managed to make up for her mistake.
    make for(匆匆)走向,向……前进While the thief was making for his car, a policeman stopped him.

    Lesson 92 Asking for trouble
    【New words and expressions】(5)
    ★tone ① n. 语气,口气,腔调
    The policeman answered in a sarcastic tone.
    ② n. 语调,声调You should use the rising/falling tone at the end of this sentence.
    ③ n. 格调,风格,气氛Her dress has a bright tone.
    【课文讲解】
    1、Asking for trouble 自找麻烦,自计苦吃(多口语)
    2、I don't think the windows need cleaning at this time of the night.
    有些动词如think,believe,expect,suppose等后接表示否定意思的宾语从句时,通常在主句中使用否定形式,但译成汉语时否定意义仍在宾语从句中。
    need表示“需要”时,后面接动名词有被动的含义。
    need cleaning = need to be cleaned
    3、I immediately regretted answering in the way I did, but I said, 'I enjoy cleaning windows at night.'
    regret doing sth. 后悔做了……(对已发生的事情表示后悔)I regretted saying it almost at once.
    regret to do sth. 遗憾……(对现在要发生的事表示抱歉) We regret to inform you that you needn’t come here next week.
    remember/forget +to do sth. 指末来的动作
    I remembered to post the letters 我记着去邮信了。(没有忘记) I forgot to ask Tom. 我忘了去问汤姆。
    remember/forget doing sth. 指过去的动作(已发生过)I remember posting/having posted the letters.
    Have you forgotten meeting/having met her at a party?
    你忘记了曾在一次聚会上见过她吗?
    stop to do sth. 指目的
    stop doing sth. 停下正在做的动作
    【Special Difficulties】
    用于并列补充句和反应句的so和neither/nor
    so和neither/nor用于并列补充句和表示反应的句子时表示“也,同样”,so用于肯定句,neither/nor用于否定句。它们后面跟的是省略形式的分句,只有助动词+主语,也可以是情态助动词+主语:
    John can speak French and so can I.
    I didn’t got to the meeting last night.
    Neither/Nor did I.

    Lesson 93 A noble gift
    【New words and expressions】(13)
    ★support ① vt. 支持,支撑(某个具体东西)
    Feeling weak, she supported herself against a desk and rested for a short time.
    ② vt. 拥护,赞成,支持(人、想法等)
    He made the right decision. Unfortunately, nobody supported him.
    ③ vt. 抚养,供养,赡养
    My son can support himself now.
    【课文讲解】
    1、One of the most famous monuments in the world, the Statue of Liberty, was presented to the United States of America in the nineteenth century by the people of France.
    the Statue of Liberty 自由女神像
    the people指某个国家的人民;指复数的“人们”时通常不加the:
    A lot of /Few people went to their wedding.
    2、The following year, it was taken to pieces and sent to America. take…to pieces 把……拆卸开/拆散
    3、By the end of October 1886, the statue had been put together again and it was officially presented to the American people by Bartholdi.
    put…together 把…装配起来take…to piece反义词)
    4、Ever since then, the great monument has been a symbol of liberty for the millions of people who have passed through New York Harbour to make their homes in America.
    ever since then 从那以后
    make one’s home in… 在……安家落户
    Ian (has) left England and made his home in China.
    【Special Difficulties】
    同形不同音的词
    许多词既可以作名词又可以作动作,但有些词为不同的词类使用时发音上,尤其是重音的位置会有变化,这些词有:
    accent v. 重读 n. 重音,
    conduct v. 指挥;导电 n. 行为,
    conflict v. 冲突 n. 冲突,
    contest v. 争夺,竞争 n. 比赛 ,
    contrast v. 形成对比 n. 对比,
    export v. 输出,出口 n. 出口,
    increase v. 增加 n. 增加,
    insult v. 侮辱 n. 侮辱,
    present v. 赠送 n. 礼物,
    product v. 生产 n. 农产品,
    protest v. 抗议n. 抗议,
    record v. 记录,录音 n. 记录,唱片,
    refuse v. 拒绝 n. 垃圾,
    transport v. 运输,运送 n. 运输

    Lesson 94 Future champions
    【New words and expressions】(9)
    instruct ① vt. 指导,教,传授
    Children can be instructed in swimming at a very early age.
    ② vt. 批示,命令,吩咐
    The doctor instructed Jimmy to stay in bed for a week.
    I’ve been instructed to give you this parcel.
    ★compete ① vi.比赛,对抗(与with或against连用)During the singing contest, Mary competed with Helen for the first prize.
    ② vi. 匹敌,比得上,媲美(与with连用,多用于否定句)Hugh’s house can’t compete with yours.
    【课文讲解】
    1、At a special swimming pool in Los Angeles, children become expert at holding their breath under water even before they can walk.
    expert at/in doing sth. ……方面的专家,熟练者
    hold one’s breath 屏住呼吸
    2、It is not long before they are so accustomed to swimming that they can pick up weights from the floor of the pool.
    not long before 不久,很快
    be accustomed to n./doing sth. 习惯的,适应了的
    3、A game that is very popular with these young swimmers is the underwater tricycle race.
    be popular with… 深受……的欢迎,为……所喜爱
    4、Tricycles are lined up on the floor of the pool seven feet under water.
    line up (使)排成行/排队
    Line these chairs up, please.
    5、Some children can cover the whole length of the pool without coming up for breath even once.
    come up for breath 升上水面换气
    6、Whether they will ever become future Olympic champions, only time will tell.倒装句,宾语从句置于句首,通常,以疑问词引导的宾语从句会用于这种句型:What made him do it, no one knows.
    How they found out the truth, only George can tell.

    Lesson 95 A fantasy
    【New words and expressions】(12)
    ★post v. 派任
    ① vt. 派任,委派(与人连用)
    Two months ago, Horst was posted to Paris.
    ② vt. 邮寄(与物连用,美语用mail)
    He posted me a Christmas card last year.
    ★aim ① vt. &vi.(把……)瞄准/对准
    He aimed a fire extinguisher at me.
    ② vi. 目标在于,志向
    What he aims for is money. 他追求的是金钱。
    She aims to be a painter.
    ③ n. 目的,目标,志向
    What is your aim in life?
    【课文讲解】
    1、How did your clothes get into such a mess?
    get into a mess 搞得这样糟
    2、University students set the Embassy on fire this morning. set…on fire放火,使……燃烧,放火烧……
    3、The fire broke out in the basement.
    break out (火灾、战争等)突然发生,爆发
    4、Someone fired a shot through my office window.
    Fire v. 发射(枪、弹等)
    When the prisoner of war tried to escape, a guard fired a gun at him.
    He fired on the British Ambassador to Japan.
    【New words and expressions】(3)
    ★drift ① vi. 漂流,漂移
    Thousands of lanterns slowly drift out to sea.
    The boat drifted gently across the water.
    ② vi. 漂泊,游荡
    He has lost his job and just drifts in the city all day long./He drifted from France to Italy.
    ★guide ① vt. 给……领路
    The old man guided the explorers through the forest.
    ② vt. 指导(……的行动);影响(……的决策等)
    We should be always guided by truth.
    【课文讲解】
    1、A Festival for the Dead is held once a year in Japan.
    The dead和the living均为“定冠词+形容词”结构,表示某类人。
    2、As they are expected to be hungry after their long journey, food is laid out for them.
    lay out 摆放,展示,摆设,摊开 Don’t lay out your clothes on the bed. Put them away.
    3、All night long, people dance and sing.
    all night long 整夜(long为副词,表示“整个,在整段期间中”,常与all连用) It snowed all day long.
    4、Thousands of lanterns slowly drift out to sea guiding the dead on their return journey to the other world. the other world 另一个世界,即阴间
    the next world = the world to come 来世
    英语朗读宝

    免费资料下载额度不足,请先充值

    每充值一元即可获得5份免费资料下载额度

    今日免费资料下载份数已用完,请明天再来。

    充值学贝或者加入云校通,全网资料任意下。

    提示

    您所在的“深圳市第一中学”云校通为试用账号,试用账号每位老师每日最多可下载 10 份资料 (今日还可下载 0 份),请取消部分资料后重试或选择从个人账户扣费下载。

    您所在的“深深圳市第一中学”云校通为试用账号,试用账号每位老师每日最多可下载10份资料,您的当日额度已用完,请明天再来,或选择从个人账户扣费下载。

    您所在的“深圳市第一中学”云校通余额已不足,请提醒校管理员续费或选择从个人账户扣费下载。

    重新选择
    明天再来
    个人账户下载
    下载确认
    您当前为教习网VIP用户,下载已享8.5折优惠
    您当前为云校通用户,下载免费
    下载需要:
    本次下载:免费
    账户余额:0 学贝
    首次下载后60天内可免费重复下载
    立即下载
    即将下载:0份资料
    • 充值学贝下载 90%的用户选择 本单免费
    • 扫码直接下载
    选择教习网的 4 个理由
    • 更专业

      地区版本全覆盖, 同步最新教材, 公开课⾸选;1200+名校合作, 5600+⼀线名师供稿

    • 更丰富

      涵盖课件/教案/试卷/素材等各种教学资源;500万+优选资源 ⽇更新5000+

    • 更便捷

      课件/教案/试卷配套, 打包下载;手机/电脑随时随地浏览;⽆⽔印, 下载即可⽤

    • 真低价

      超⾼性价⽐, 让优质资源普惠更多师⽣

    开票申请 联系客服
    本次下载需要:0学贝 0学贝 账户剩余:0学贝
    本次下载需要:0学贝 原价:0学贝 账户剩余:0学贝
    了解VIP特权
    您当前为VIP用户,已享全站下载85折优惠,充值学贝可获10%赠送

        扫码支付后直接下载

        0元

        扫码支付后直接下载

        使用学贝下载资料比扫码直接下载优惠50%
        充值学贝下载,本次下载免费
        了解VIP特权
        • 微信
        • 支付宝

        微信扫码支付

        支付宝扫码支付(支持花呗)

        到账0学贝
        • 微信
        • 支付宝

        微信扫码支付

        支付宝扫码支付 (支持花呗)

          下载成功

          Ctrl + Shift + J 查看文件保存位置

          若下载不成功,可重新下载,或查看 资料下载帮助

          本资源来自成套资源

          更多精品资料

          正在打包资料,请稍候…

          预计需要约10秒钟,请勿关闭页面

          服务器繁忙,打包失败

          请联系右侧的在线客服解决

          单次下载文件已超2GB,请分批下载

          请单份下载或分批下载

          支付后60天内可免费重复下载

          我知道了
          正在提交订单

          欢迎来到教习网

          • 900万优选资源,让备课更轻松
          • 600万优选试题,支持自由组卷
          • 高质量可编辑,日均更新2000+
          • 百万教师选择,专业更值得信赖
          微信扫码注册
          qrcode
          二维码已过期
          刷新

          微信扫码,快速注册

          还可免费领教师专享福利「樊登读书VIP」

          手机号注册
          手机号码

          手机号格式错误

          手机验证码 获取验证码

          手机验证码已经成功发送,5分钟内有效

          设置密码

          6-20个字符,数字、字母或符号

          注册即视为同意教习网「注册协议」「隐私条款」
          QQ注册
          手机号注册
          微信注册

          注册成功

          下载确认

          下载需要:0 张下载券

          账户可用:0 张下载券

          立即下载

          如何免费获得下载券?

          加入教习网教师福利群,群内会不定期免费赠送下载券及各种教学资源, 立即入群

          返回
          顶部